Home

EPiServer Commerce User Guide

1. Order Management T a New Order X Delete Selected 3 2B Order Management F 1D Customer Total Status Last Modified Q Order Search PO0485 Mary Smith 39 98 In Progress Today 11 46 AM 3 Purchase Orders PO0850 Mary Smith 59 98 Cancelled Today 10 49 AM a Today Ss M PO7657 Hiep Khuc 499 98 In Progress Today 10 26 AM This Month o All Moreover you can view orders within the Order List by status For example click on Purchase Orders by Status gt InProgress to view orders with that status EPISERVER Orders by Status Welcome a Language About Y Order Management a New Order X Delete Selected 3 2B Order Management ID Customer Total Status Last Modified Q Order Search F PO0485 Mary Smith 39 98 In Progress Today 11 46 AM 2 Purchase Orders _ GG Purchase Orders By Status PH PO7657 Hiep Khuc 499 98 In Progress Today 10 26 AM o OnHold a PO3851 Hiep Khuc 967 44 In Progress 2 18 2011 11 48 36 AM PartiallyShipped E PO1537 Hiep Khuc 451 99 In Progress 2 18 2011 9 58 27 AM InProgress 3 Completed C Cancelled 3 AwaitingExchange Viewing and Searching for Orders Using Order Search to Find Existing Purchase Orders Order Search allows you to find existing orders giving you six different search filters to help refine your search results You can click on the ID number of the order to view it EPiServer AB 126 User Guide for EPiServer C
2. Name Company X West Parent Company X Information information Inf tion Organization Contacts Name Company X West Type Organization Organizations Addresses Description Online software applications Business Category Computers amp Electronics Credit Cards EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 41 Searching for Organizations You can also use the search field on the Organization List to find specific Organizations by name To con duct a search enter in your search terms and click on the Search button To conduct a new search click on the Reset button to reset the form and enter your new search terms Printing a List of Organizations lf you want to generate a printer friendly list of Organizations click on Printer Version A new window will pop up and render a simple table suitable for printing Click on the Print button on the upper right corner of the page Creating or Customizing Views for Browsing Organizations As an Organization List gets longer users can create and customize views to filter the list To create a new view click on the View drop down menu and select New View Organization List System Views All organizations New View E New Organization Printer Version pl Delete Fl Mame Description Type Company X East Online software application Organization Computers amp Electronics Ed Company X West Online software applications
3. a Organizations La Contacts ER Roles t Viewing Detailed Contact Information The Contact List page shows a list of existing Contacts EPiServer AB 50 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 PMA contacts z E New Contact Printer Version XX Delete Selected E FullMNarne 2 FirstName Last Name Middle Name E Receiving Manager Receiving Manager E Order Manager Order Manager E jennifer Browne Jennifer Browne E Mary Smith Mary Smith E Shipping Manager Shipping Manager Fl admin admin E Order Supervisor Order Supervisor E Carlos Nevada Carlos Nevada Fl Lisa Prescott Lisa Prescott You can click through the name an existing Contact to view more information Welcome admin Product Version 5 2 build 361 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServe yout Y Get Help For This Page gt Edit X Delete Contact Contacts New Order Full Name admin Parent Organization Information Information B conac Addresses Fon N i G Credit Cards ull Name admin ustomer Group Security First Name admin Preferred Currency Roles Middle Name Preferred Language Orders Order History Last Name Registration Source Shopping Lists Parent Organization Last Order Date Wish Lists Shopping Carts Preferred Shipping Address i Preferred Billing Address Account Edit Account Change Password Remove Account
4. Edit Organizations Name Company X West Parent Company X Information Information Informatio Organization Contacts Name Company X West Type Organization Organizations Addresses Description Online software applications Business Category Computers Electronics Credit Cards Creating an Organization Unit An Organizational Unitis a child or subsidiary of a Parent organization Within Commerce Manager you can assign an Organization as a Parent of another Organization For example the Parent company Com pany X and the Organizational Units are Company X West and Company X East To create an Organization Unit either create a New Organization or Edit an existing one 1 Enterin a Name and Description From the drop down select the Type as Organization Unit Selecta Business Category o S Select a Parent Organization from the drop down menu Selecting a Parent Organization will des ignate this Organization as a unit or in other words a division sub organization subsidiary etc 5 Click OK to save the changes Overview Name Company X North Description Online software applications p Type Organization Unit e EN Business Category Business Professional Services e E Parent Company X be Parent Organization You will see in the Organization Info View form that the Organization is now a child or Organization Unit of the Parent Organi
5. ES English United States y m 7 You work with folders and files in the Commerce Assets folder structure just as you do with other parts of the File Manager You can copy and move folders from Commerce Assets to other starting points such as Global Files However you cannot move or copy folders and files from other starting points to Commerce Assets since versioning is not supported Also metadata is not supported for the files under Commerce Assets structure so these fields need not to be filled in when adding new files to the structure To find out more about general file management in EPiServer CMS please refer to the EPiServer CMS user documentation O EPiServer AB 36 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Working with the Asset Manager Files can also be managed from the Asset Management sub system in Commerce Manager The Asset Manager folder structure can be used for storing documents related to products in the product catalog This can be for instance user guides software downloads or product sheets Each asset file can then be related to a product in the product catalog EPISERVER Ladminy Q Settings l Welcome admin EPISERVER Asset List Product Version 5 2 build 204 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Welcome Change Language About Y O Get Help For This Page Asset Management ee 3 Create Newr 2 More Actions y Root Cy New Folder Size Created J
6. 4 Inthe next field select Equals and then on the field that says Text enter in the name of the Organization such as Mediachase 5 Once done click Save to save the View New View E ae Business Category Equals Business Professional Services pu Mame Equals Com a x General Applying and Editing a View Once a View is created and saved it appears in the View drop down box View Professional Services Companies 7 System Views All organizations Magl User views Professional Services Companies To apply the View select it from the drop down Based on the columns and filters you applied for the cus tom View your Organization List will reflect those options Organization List pace rroressional Services Companies Ex E New Organization 4 Printer Version pl Delete Fl Business Category Mame Description Type Fl Computers amp Electronics Company X Online software applications Organization O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 45 Example 2 Creating a View to Display Companies with Specific Business Category or Organization Name In this example we will create a filter condition that display Organizations with a Business Category that equals Computer amp Electronics or an Organization Name that contains X Name Equals X Business Category Equals Computers amp Electronics Organization List T E New Organization 4 Printer Version Dele
7. Adding Contracts to an Organization Now that the contract business object has been published you can add multiple contracts to a single organization using a form Click on the Contract node to bring up the list of contracts Click on New to add a new contract Welcome Store Manager Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Welcome Change Language About Y O Get Help For This Page Customer Management gt View General View a rganization be gal Organizations PES New Printer Version X Delete la Contacts _ E Contract Name Roles 68 Contract El Enter in a Contract Name friendly name of the contract object and select an Organization from the drop down menu to associate the contract with This functionality is in harmony with the N 1 relationship between contract and organization Welcome Store Manager C reate Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment Episerver aie Get Help For This Page Contract Name Contract Name HP Servers Click OK to save the contract The View Form appears To learn how to edit forms go to the Customizing and Existing Form section EPiServer AB 190 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Welcome Store Manager View Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment Episerver l Get Help For This Page Edit X Dele
8. Cancel A pop up appears to enter in their user account credentials A User Name and Password are required to create the Account 1 Enter in a User Name which can include spaces and special characters Enter in a Password which must be four or more characters Enter in a Description and Email Address which are both optional gt 2 N To enable the account select Yes under Approved Otherwise select No to keep the account inactive and inaccessible by the user 5 Click OK to save the account Create account User Name Mary Password eengnges Description mary smith companyx com Email mary smtih companyx com Approved Yes No ox User account information appears under the Account section of the Contact Information form Fields Explained EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 57 e Last Activity last time the user logged in or made any changes to the site e Last Lockout last time a user was locked out due to too many failed login attempts e Last Login last time the user logged into his or her account e Last Password Changed last time the user account password changed Contact Info Welcome admin Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer ES Get Help For This Page Eb Edit X Delete Contacts Full Name Mary Smith Parent Organization Information Information __ Informatior Contact Addresses Full
9. Path Writer Fetch main listing from Display number of pages in the main list Fetch left menu listing from Fetch secondary listing from Display number of pages in the secondary list EJ EJE EJ Select Product Y Product Listing The page type Product Listing is used for listing product information from the product catalog in Com merce Manager The listing will be fetched from the selected product category node in the product cat alog for instance digital cameras as in this example The listing will display a short product description with price as well as an image for each of the products There are four products listed side by side ina row The page functionality will also include a product compare option as well as an Add to Cart button for each product in the list The product listings will appear when a visitor clicks on a product in the top menu The listing will display 20 products at the time as default and the listing can be sorted according to prod uct name and price The left column will display related product information depending on the selected product category E Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers Start Digital Cameras Shopping Options Sort By Featured Products 1 20 0f 304 View AN 304 MW 2 3 4 5 BRAND Canon 25 Sony 36 Pentax 37 Olympus 13 Fuji 64 Sandisk 14 Transcend 6 v eos Targus 8 y le weal Toc F Na Add To C Add To
10. DEO Customer Service Support Affiliate Program W A Function Pages My Account H My Account A H Check out H My Cart Wish List goain B Register Search page Payment Forgot Password Show Page Tree ES English United States w When created the Login page is defined in the site configuration setting of the start page Register The Register page type provides the possibility to create new customer accounts on the website Per sonal and login information such as name e mail and password is entered by the user and by clicking Register the account is created and the account details are saved in the customer database of Com merce Manager Later on additional information such as billing and shipping address can be added O EPiServer AB 240 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Log in My Account My Cart Wish List English United States Y US dollar Y O CLICK TALK Your Shopping Basket ES Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers Start Register m Sign Up for Your New Account Personal Information First Name Mary Last Name Smith Email Address mary smith company com Login Information User Name Mary Password eeeeeee Confirm Password eeeeeee Register When created in Edit mode the Register page is defined in the Login page of t
11. Details returns notes Shipment 1 ES New Item X Delete ID Name Quantity List Price Total E ELCBOOOTGQHAW6 Apple Iphone PDA Premium Reusable LCD Screen Protector with Lint Cle 1 00 9 99 9 99 El E ELCB00104U1346 Apple iPhone Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit Case Silver Cozip Brand Mad 1 00 39 99 39 99 Page Size 100 y Shipping Information Shipping Address 1 Main Street Santa Monica California 81823 United States Edit Shipping Address Shipping Method Fixed Shipping Rate Edit Shipping Method Shipment Summary 7 Shipment Status Returns Exchanges A ee ARES Lis Create Return sc E ree L_ Complete shipment Shipment Total 59 98 Release shipment DS Cancel shipment 7 Byclicking on Release shipment the status changes to Released For further processing of the order your shipping department will go to Order Management gt Shipment If you click Cancel shipment you will end up canceling the entire order At the moment there is no way to undo the cancellation so you must be careful Canceling an Order Under the Summary tab click on Cancel Order This will completely cancel the order The status of the order changes to Canceled The cancellation of the order will be logged under the Notes tab EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 123 Order No POD850 Customer Mary Smith Order Total 59 9
12. create and edit content the usual way in EPiServer CMS Recycle Bin Examples of editorial content are the pages under the sec tions News Get the Product and More Support Products The pages under the Products section are based on a page News type called Product Listing These pages will provide the top Buyers guide menu of the website based on what is listed under the Prod Milan wie ucts page The sort order of the Products page controls the order in which the menu items will be displayed Our Services Customer Service The Function Pages section of the tree holds the display template for a number of typical functions such as My Account My Cart Wish List Payment and Checkout These have their own specific page types linking to functions in the Commerce Manager module a M The Resources section resides directly under the root page of the site This part is used for the actual linking to the product Support Affiliate Program Function Pages catalog in Commerce Manager The pages are based on the Product Listings page type and do not display any content Show page tree English United States Start Page The Start page is based on the Home page type and is normally defined when the website is installed The page holds a number of settings with references to other pages on the website The start page will most likely not be touched very often after the setup but occasion
13. 2 When setting up the parameters of the payment method select this class name Class Name Mediachase Commerce Plugins Payment Authorize AuthorizePaymentlateway 3 Select Yes for Supports Recurring 4 Click OK 5 Click on the name of the payment method again and click on the Parameters tab O EPiServer AB 140 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 6 Configure your Authorize net account for both regular payments and recurring payments Overview Parameters Configure Authorize Net Account Get an Authorize Net account at www authorizenet com API Userld 4y5Bfuw7jm Transaction Key 4cAmW927n8u LF5 8 Regular Payments Processing Url https testauthorize net gateway transact dll Payment Options i P Authorization 0 Sale Recurring Payments Processing Url httos apitest authorize net xml wv1 request api Recurring Method internal Cancel Status OnHold h ae Marketing The Commerce Manager Marketing system consists of the following components e Campaigns a way to organize marketing activities Campaigns must be associated with Pro motions in order to provide customer discounts Optionally Campaigns can also be tied to Customer Segments for targeted marketing purposes e Forexample you can create a seasonal campaign that will include different Pro motions targeted for the Spring season e Promotions a way to apply various discounts to the products order tota
14. Commerce Manager Glossary Application Configuration e Shipping Gateways Under Shipping Providers a shipping gateway is the specific class that you select Generic Gateway or Weight Jurisdiction Gateway e Shipping Jurisdictions an option which allows you to define values for region specific shipping rates this is only used when you select the Weight Jurisdiction Gateway i e California e Shipping Jurisdiction Groups group of jurisdictions this is required because this is a required field when configuring the Shipping Method parameters i e Southwest region e Shipping Method A shipping method manages a set of information and rules that determines the shipping cost and displays iton the front end public site while a customer checks out an item from his her shopping basket The shipping fee is added to the total price of the purchase A shipping method is mapped to a shipping provider visible to a back end administrator in Commerce Man ager This allows the public site to display friendly names such as Ground Shipping to the cus tomer and this is mapped to a provider such as UPS Therefore when a customer picks Ground Shipping he she will be using UPS e Shipping Providers A shipping provider is the class es that interacts directly with one or more actual shipping services such as USPS UPS or FedEx It retrieves shipping price information from the shipping service s its associated with One typical scenario would be t
15. Customer SCOMENIS cocoa da coe siete kok eee o bese eons causes e a 151 Creating a Customer SCQMOM se ccscc 2 tees e cece de cie wie dn ousee heer destensieoeshveseeerasens 151 Creating a Customer Segment Assigned to Contacts 0 0 00 0 02 000 22222 222 e ee 151 Creating a Customer Segment with Conditions 0 00 00 00 2 222 222222 153 Working WWIII OOS SIONS musr te Nc oc att 2d 20 Be pn es tere a tl Bu eats eat rete 154 WOKING WI Fe ON GI Ss a a teh rs cla lel 155 ASSEL Wiel GSCI cay to Ss et att ee we tT ares Cae ceed ae nce Iocan tena me ha ee ses 156 Browsing Editing and Deleting Folders and Assets 2 0 220 2c eee eee eee eee ee eee 157 Copying Moving and Deleting Folders and Assets oooococcocccccccccccccccoccnccncnocos 158 Creating Folders and Uploading Files ASSetS oooooccoocccccccccccccccccncccnnccnoccno 159 Creating Folders 2 ada 159 Uploading Individual FileSy coat sarria 161 Uploading Multiple Files at One TiMe __ 22 222 ieee ee eee eee cee eee eeeeee 162 o tet ee aah Bae eee A cela oe Lalo tas nk RA 163 SQL Reporting Services soosse eain ee eee cece e 163 Generating and Customizing Reports 0 ieee ee cee cee cece cece nn 164 Customizing Filtering and Exporting Reports _ 22 222 eee eee eee eee cece eee 164 System AGMINISW ALON 2 2 cososiitarara rise Teal 165 SS AAA II A A NN 165 ola AA O A ete ae A fous 165 Customizing Existing Business Objects
16. O Favorites My Tasks Start Page View E English United States y Da PATA Page Type Commerce Home Status Published Version Compare With Lidl Recycie sin Preview Edit versions workfow a kd Save J Save and View pa Save and Publish J Cancel B Products be erst Content Scheduling site Configuration settings Shortcut Categories ES Name Start About us Fetch News list from EJ Our Services Gee ee Image 1 Global LogoTypes main phone png Support Link 1 Templates ClickTalk Pages ProductListir pan E Affiliate Program Image 2 Global LogoTypes main cameras png m Function Pages Link 2 Templates ClickTalk Pages ProductListir Resources i Show Page Tree ES English United States _ le Site Configuration Tab The settings that are available under the Site Configuration tab when you editthe Start page are com mon website configuration items that are defined as properties on the start page and will be inherited to the sub pages Most often these settings are defined when the website is installed but it may be nec essary to update them at some point Note that the function pages must be created first before defining them on the start page O EPiServer AB 224 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Commerce EPISERVER admins Q Admin Mode Reports Visitor Groups O B 0 seee a E a Favorites Start Page ES English
17. g Customer Lisa Prescott Shipping Address 111 Palm Street Sun City Florida 333445 United States Shipping Method Ground Shipping Tracking Number 234567 EPiServer AB 130 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Currently the Complete shipment pop up is rendered over the purchase order number So to reference the shipment number without closing the pop up you can move and drag the pop up so you can see the PO number by hovering your mouse cursor over the Complete ship ment title bar Method 2 1 To complete a shipment click on the complete shipment icon highlighted in the screenshot below Packing Shipments 2 Complete l Print Picklist MB Print Packing Slip 3X Remove from Picklist Fl Last Modified Customer Shipping Method O 0 i 9 16 2011 12 09 53 PM PO4563 4 Carlos Nevada Fixed Shipping Rate O 0 UNNE 12 14 41 PM PO6908 6 Jennifer Browne Fixed Shipping Rate 2 The Complete shipment pop up appears The shipment is already validated with the last number ofthe PO number Complete shipment gt een E 6 Customer Jennifer Browne Shipping Address 75 Sun Street Sunshine Valley South Wales 333567 Australia Shipping Method Fixed Shipping Rate Tracking Number 234566 Y OK 3 Entera tracking number provided by the shipping provider and then click OK to complete the ship ment and complete the order Processing Returns and Exchanges Initiating a Return Once a package has
18. has the ability to view pack and complete shipments e Receiving Manager has the ability to view shipments and receive returns You can easily modify these existing roles or consolidate roles In addition custom roles can be created depending on your business needs See also the User Access and Roles section to find out more about access rights and role management in EPiServer CMS Creating Editing and Deleting Roles Out of the box Commerce Manager includes a list of pre existing Roles that can be assigned to Accounts Users can also create their own Roles based on a set of Permissions Roles allow Administrators to restrict users from accessing different systems or folders depending on their needs Creating a Role To create a new Role go to Customer Management gt Roles to see the Role List O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 59 EPISERVER Welcome Change Language About Customer Management go New Fi More Actions a Organizations La Contacts Role Marne Asset Admins Asset Managers Catalog Viewers Click on New to open up the Role Edit page Overview Role Name Permissions a y Asset he Manage sg Administration a y Catalog Py Catalogs Pg 0 Administration Mm E y Content ly sites Pg Administration a Py Core Pg E Management Pg 0 Administration E y Customer ly Roles E y Marketing Campaigns sg Promotions 3 Customer Se
19. work ow a Start H Save i Save and View Save and Publish J Cancel E amp Products Camera Accessories Name Digital Cameras Mobile Phone Catalog Node Digital Cameras uss F Phone Accessories Special Offers News Buyers guide About us EJ Our Services Customer Service EJ Support Affiliate Program Function Pages Resources Show Page Tree ES English United States w Function Pages Function pages is a collection of pages holding typical e commerce functionality such as account shop ping cart check out and payment information Many of these features are personal and connected to a specific customer account The function pages also include general features such as login search and registration My Account Pages In the sample site the account information is gathered under the My Account page under the Function Pages branch of the page tree The My Account page is a container page holding a number of sub pages Structure Affiliate Program Function Pages My Account Account Dashboard Account Information My Orders Address book These sub pages are based on specific page types with functionality for extracting personal customer information from the customer management part of Commerce Manager The page types hold no editorial information of their own After they have been created they will be defined in the site configuration setting of the start page
20. 185 Publishing a Contract a a e tats a do Ll teo eee 188 Adding Contracts to an OrganizZatiON o ooooccoccoccccccccccccoccnccncnncnccncr nn 189 PUbIISHING Business Objects ic o a la ed 190 AA A E A A O AS RAN 190 Deleting Published Business Objects 0 0 0200 cee cece eee eee 191 Creating Dictionary Values for Adding Languages Countries and Currencies 192 EPiServer AB Table of Contents 9 Adding New Languages ooo o 192 Adding New Countries 2 0000 esate ba ec a 193 Adding New Currencies _ 22 22 eee cee cee o 194 Setting Your Default Language Currency and Units 0200 02 00 22 02 22222 195 Customizing Left Menu corsa sapo dd eb cs derrita 196 Adding a Left Menu Item from the Left Menu Page 2 22 2 22 2 196 Editing Ordering or Deleting a Left Menu Item_ _ 22 2 22 222 e eee eee ee 197 Indexing Your New or Edited Catalog 02 02 199 Satalo gd SIA 2o ese ite Sule dE edi oe ea ad o 199 Setting up Meta Fields and Meta Classes 0 00 0 ole ee eee eee 199 Adding Meta Fields to a Meta Class _ 2 22 lee cee cece cece ceeeeeees 199 Ware NoUs S AAA A n ede d fare lett Badan 200 order SIM ssp e te iin ee RS det TO AS a o ds 202 Payment Gate ways ii A A A TA ee ieee 202 Using a Built In Payment Gateway 2 22 22 c cece nn 203 Setting up Payment Methods using nSoftware Provided Payment Gateways 206 Edi
21. O EPiServer AB 230 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Account Dashboard The Account Dashboard page type provides an overview of the personal account information collected from various parts ofthe system Information about recent orders are displayed together with billing and shipping address information Contact and password information can also be reached from here for edit ing The left column displayes the sub pages under the My Account container page E Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers Start Account Dashboard Account Dashboard Hello Carlos From your My Account Dashboard you have the ability to view a snapshot of your recent account activity and update your account information Select a link below to view or edit information Recent Orders view all ORDER ID CREATED SHIP TO TOTAL STATUS PO4563 June 16 2011 Carlos Nevada 19 99 InProgress View Order Reorder PO14134 June 23 2011 Carlos 5418 99 InProgress View Order Reorder Account Information Contact Information edit Carlos Nevada carlos somemail com Change Password Address Book manage addresses Default Billing Address Default Shipping Address You have not set a primary billing address You have not set a primary shipping address When created the Account Dashboard page is defined in the site configuration setting of the start page Account Information From the Account Information page t
22. Page Size 100 i 3 Select the item you want to move by clicking on the Move icon Shipment 1 EP New Item 3 Delete El Fa ELCEOOOFOMGSA5 E ELCEOOOTGOHAW6 Move f 4 The pop up appears which allows you to choose to move the item s to an existing shipment or create a new shipment You can also select the quantity of the item to move Each new shipment within the order can have its own separate shipping address and shipping method Select a ship ping address and shipping method from their respective drop down lists Click OK to save your O EPiServer AB 124 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 changes Move Lineltem Quantity to move Move to existing shipment Create new shipment 111 Palm Street Sun City Florida 333445 United States Address Shipping Method Ground Shipping After splitting the shipments the order form goes into Edit Mode The Details page shows the new shipment which can be processed completely separate from one another but tied to a single pur chase order AS ES New Item X lt Delete El ID Name Quantity List Price Tot E Ea ELCBOOOFOM68A56 Plantronics Voyager 510 Bluetooth Headset Carrying Case 1 00 19 99 0 E E ELCBOOOWKS80G6 Headphone Adapter for Apple iPhone Recessed Jack 3 5mm Male Female 1 00 EJ 14 95 0 Ea ELCB00081A2D06 Koss SPARKPLUG Stereo In Ear Ear Plugs 1 00 14 99 0 4 Page
23. Select Yes or No to set the Policy Is Local e Policy ls Local is No this is the default behavior This means that this Policy is not part of a Pro motion Group and is available for all Promotions e Policy ls Local is Yes this means this Policy is part of a Promotion Group and is applicable only for that Promotion Group Selectan existing Policy Expression from the drop down menu Select from the Groups list to place the Policy under Click OK when done Asset Management The Asset Management system allows for assets including images MP3s PDFs software packages and other downloadable files to be centrally stored displayed on either the front end site or the Commerce Manager site and ultimately to be shared or purchased O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 157 Please refer also to the File Management section in this documentation to find out more about file man agement in EPiServer Commerce Browsing Editing and Deleting Folders and Assets The Asset List page categorizes and manages downloadable Asset files The default list of Asset folders are Video Presentations Specifications Software Downloads User Guides and Images These folder names can be changed To access the Asset List click on Asset Management gt Root or any other folder below Root Video Presentations Specifications Downloads User Guides Images The Asset List shows folders and assets The Asset List shows the total Size of the Asse
24. Select product pos pe 7 E Language Automatically eros quam gravida nisl id sapien Phasellus volutpa egestas quam mauris ut Path p SecondaryBody Le Da i J am fe w Q Show Page Tree _ E English United States w EPiServer Commerce supports permanent links meaning that when a product is renamed the URL will be remembered and will not be broken Editing a Product Link 1 Selectthe link and choose the Insert edit Product Link tool in the toolbar This will open the Prod uct Link dialog 2 Editthe link options as desired and click OK to save your changes Removing a Product Link Select the link and click the Unlink tool in the Editor toolbar This will remove the link from the selected text The tool buttons in the editor toolbar can be customized for instance you can change the grouping and orders of the buttons This is done from the EPiServer CMS administration inter face and is described in the Configuring the HTML Editor section ofthe EPiServer CMS user documentation Product Dynamic Content The Product Picker Dynamic Content function is used for displaying products as dynamic content In Edit mode in EPiServer CMS the editor can use the function to display product information from the prod uct catalog This adds to the many possibilities with dynamic content where you can reuse and display contentin multiple places on the website but will only need to update the information in on
25. Start Check out Shipping Address FIRST NAME Mary LAST NAME Smith STREET ADDRESS 1 First Street CITY Santa Monica COUNTRY United States STATE PROVINCE California ZIP 81823 DAY PHONE 8181234567 EVENING PHONE FAX 4 Shipping Address 2 Shipping Options 3 PaymentOptions 4 Order Confirmation m 000 4 00000 Proceed To Shipping Options The customer enters name address and contact details if these are not already registered in the system If they are there will be an option to update the existing information Clicking on Proceed To Shipping Options will take the customer to step two in the process Step 2 Shipping Options CLICK ALK Log in My Account My Cart Wish List English United States US dollar 1 item s in your cart ES Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers Start Check out Shipping Options Shipping to Mary Smith 1 First Street Santa Monica California 81823 United States 8181234567 lt lt Back 1 Shipping Address 2 Shipping Options 3 PaymentOptions 4 Order Confirmation Shipping Options 9 10 00 Fixed Shipping Rate 2 00 Ground Shipping Description 449 99 1 of Canon PowerShot Pro Series S5 IS 8 0MP Digital Camera with 12x Optical Image Stabilized Zoom Proceed to Payment The customer selects the desired shipping options The contact details from the previ
26. Start My Orders Order History ORDER ID CREATED SHIP TO TOTAL STATUS PO2654 June 02 2010 Kalle Andersson 8 208 44 Shipped View Order Reorder PO13145 June 03 2010 Manager 369 99 New Order View Order Reorder PO20804 June 07 2010 Manager 4 373 94 Submitted View Order Reorder PO22369 June 08 2010 5389 98 New Order View Order Reorder PO27522 June 11 2010 12 262 98 New Order View Order Reorder PO33568 June 15 2010 1 434 44 New Order View Order Reorder PO60805 June 16 2010 Manager 324 99 New Order View Order Reorder My Account Account Dashboard Account Information My Orders Address Book Buyers guide About us Our Services Customer Service Support z When created the Account My Orders page is defined in the site configuration setting of the start page EPiServer AB 232 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Account Address Book The Account Address Book page type holds functionality for displaying and updating address infor mation for an account The information is collected from the customer management part of Commerce Manager Welcome Store Log out My Account My Cart Wish List English United States Y US dollar Y a CLICK TALK Your Shopping Basket E Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers Start Address Book Address Book Add New Address Ww Default Addresses Additional Addresses Edit Address Delete Address D
27. Two Columns 2 1 Es Cell Padding 5 Internet Protected Mode On fa y 100 v You can edit a section by clicking on a section and click on Edit Common Tasks HS Recreate Form Edit Form Save Table Credit Card Form Edit Form Type Last Four Digits Expiration Month Card Number Expiration Year Security Code Customer Service Phone Number Credit Card 2 OSOS 1 1 1 Within each section are fields You can add new fields to a specific section by highlighting the section and then by clicking Add gt Edit O EPiServer AB 178 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Common Tasks tS Recreate Form edit Form Save v Table Add Credit Card Form Edit Form t Y e gt BH Edt X Remove 2 Add Section Y Add Field M Y r Last Four Digits Expiration Month Card Number Expiration Year Security Code Customer Service Credit Card 2 Phone Number Last Four Digits Select an existing associated field in the dropdown menu a Checkmark the Field is Read Only box if you want the field to be unavailable for edit When you see the rendered form the field will be grayed out 1 2 Selectthe ltem label showing on the form e Hide Label No label appears next to the text box e System Label Shows the system name next text box e Custom Label Enter in a custom label Enter in a Label Width numerical value Defaultis 120p
28. United States nea Ba SE Page Type Commerce Home Status Published Version Compare With Lia Recycle Bin Preview Edit Workflow at kd Save kl Save and View Save and Publish J Cancel B coe Site Configuration Senings shorscut Categories EJ Buyers guide PS EJ About us ES Our Servi Display top menus from ur Services E Customer Service Display menus from Support Display bottom menus from Affiliate Program Account page Function Pages L Address book page Resources i Account edit page Search page DUDE Product page Wish list page Shopping cart page Check out page DIBS Payment page Order history page p p p p H q 1 Compare products page Allow empty column Path to template for display entry without SEO info E Show Page Tree E PayPalPaymentPage ES English United States w Open the Start page for editing in Edit mode to change the settings for the different properties Save and publish the page to update the settings Login page Defines the login page to be used when visitors log in to the website The login page itself has settings to define the account register and password recovery pages Select the login page in the page tree structure to define it for the website Display top menus from In this field you configure the menu atthe very top of the website In this example the menu contains func tions My Account
29. Updating Multiple Catalog Entries at Once 22 cee cee cece cece cee eceeees 115 Order Management _ 2 2 2 eee cece cc cee eee e cee nec e eee e eee e ec eeeceeeceeeceeecenee 116 EPiServer AB Table of Contents 7 O e arado oa 116 GCrealing ar NEW IR nader ios ag dd aes 116 Option 1 Creating an Order Within a Contact 22 022 ieee eee eee eee ee eee 116 Filling Out the New Purchase Order 0 00 02 o eee eee eee eee ee 117 Advanced SO AMC ts 117 Configuring the Selected ENtTy ococcocccccccccccccccnccnocn eee ee eee 117 Completing the Rest of the Purchase Order Form 2 22 2 2 0 eeeeeee 118 Option 2 Creating an Order from Purchase Order List 2 20 0 0 22 222 119 Fulling an Ode cols cto co licita e ll sae rea el o iu ees iN 120 Processing the Order Submitting a Payment and Releasing to Shipping 120 Cancela ta Ode a meen ested it ra ii MOS Yes se ao dr aes 3 122 Si A O ueeee os Qsdaweda anes nec cc aes 123 Viewing Purchase Orders by Date or Status 22 022 lee ee ee eee eee eee ee eeee 125 Viewing and Searching for Orders 220 e cece cnn 125 Using Order Search to Find Existing Purchase Orders 0 0 0 0 22 2 125 Shipping and Receiving Workflow 00 oe eee cee cee cece cece cece ce eeceeeceeecees 126 Processing Shipments and Creating Picklists 2222 2222 ee eee eee eee e
30. from the Promotion Type drop down menu enter in a Promotion Name such as 40 Off Canon PowerShot 5 Under the Display Name section enter in the display name for each language type A 40 Off Canon Powershot 55 enter promotion name Display Name ne ee 40 Off Canon Powershot 55 German Germany Spanish Spain ji French France Promotion Properties e Under the Campaign drop down select an existing Campaign created earlier e Promotion Group is grayed out because the Promotion Type is specified e From the Combination with other promotions drop down select the degree to which multiple Pro motions can be combined There are three options Combine with other promotions Exclusive within select groups and Exclusive within all groups e Combine with other Promotions The selected promotion will be combined with all other promotion types that may be in use e Exclusive within Selected Groups If the selected promotion is applied no other pro motions within that group will be applied but other promotions in other groups may be applied e Exclusive within all Groups If the selected promotion is applied no other promotions will be applied e Entera numerical value into the Priority field Promotions with a higher priority will be evaluated first e Optionally enter in a Coupon Code that customers can redeem from the front end public site to get receive the discount Otherwise leave the field blank e
31. lt ns0 CodeMethodInvokeExpression Parame ters gt lt ns0 CodeMethodInvokeExpression gt lt ns0 CodeMethodInvokeExpression Parameters gt lt ns0 CodeMethodInvokeExpression gt lt ns0 CodeMethodInvo keExpression Parameters gt lt ns0 CodePrimitiveExpression gt lt ns0 CodePrimitiveExpression Value gt lt ns 1 String xmins ns1 cr namespace System Assembly mscorlib Version 2 0 0 0 Culture neutral PublickeyToken b77a5c56 1934e089 gt lt ns1 String gt lt ns0 CodePrimitiveExpression Value gt lt ns0 CodePrimitiveExpression gt lt ns0 CodeMethodInvokeEx pression Parameters gt lt ns0 CodeMethodInvokeExpression Method gt lt ns0 CodeMethodReferenceExpression MethodName Parse gt lt ns0 CodeMethodReferenceExpression TargetObject gt lt ns0 CodeTypeReferenceExpression Type System Char mscorlib Version 2 0 0 0 Culture neutral x enter expression xml Wi Working with Policies Policies are rules that are always executed when Promotions are applied Promotion policies determine whether a conflict situation will arise when a particular promotion is applied in addition to any previously applied promotions If no conflict is detected this promotion is added to the list of applicable promotions otherwise itis eliminated and will not be applied to the order Policies are the business rules on how to eliminate similar promotions for the same order or same prod uct Policies are pre configured for each store Policies
32. meaning it is full access to all systems and all elements within each system Addi tional accounts used by your internal team to access Commerce Manager must have one or more Roles assigned to them A role can be for instance Catalog Viewers Marketing Admins or Asset Managers Commerce Manager users are internal to your organization and should not be confused with customers By default customers who register from your public site are given the Everyone and Registered Roles but these roles do not allow access to Commerce Manager A standard installation of the EPiServer Commerce sample site has a number of predefined roles These roles are based on common e commerce working procedures and provides a suggestion to how you can work with the system O EPiServer AB 30 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 EPISERVER EPISERVER XL admin y Q Settings Welcome admin Welcome Change Language About Role List Product Version 5 2 build 204 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Get Help For This Page gt Customer Management QS 3 rer Customer Management ca Organizations LA Contacts 2 More Actions y New Role Name Admins Order Managers An Bp Roles A Dashboard fer Customer Management Catalog Management l Order Management mm Marketing Asset Management an Reporting Administration Order Supervisor Shiping Manager Recei
33. 1 of 0 0 items 3 Once an asset is added to the list below you can choose to edit specific assets such as their Group name and Sort Order Pricing Inventory Find Assets Root Presentations Presentation Powerpoint pptx mr Croup Name default Edit Command ID Type Name Croup Sort Order Pal 1 file Root Presentati default 0 1 Page 1 of 1 1 items O EPiServer AB 100 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 4 Once done click OK and the new category node will be created You will be redirected to the Node List Otherwise select Cancel to go back to the Node List without saving any changes Relations Tab Here the relations for a product will be displayed and you can manage the categories a product is linked to This is useful in order to get an overview of all the different categories nodes where a product will occur product can for instance appear in the French Market category as well as under Daily Spe cials and Digital Cameras Browse to a product and open it for editing The relations for the product will be displayed under the Relations tab CMS EPISERVER MET AO Settings EPISERVER Variation SKU Edit Product Version 5 2 build 243 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Welcome Change Language About O Get Help For This Page 3 ID Name Catalog Full Path Catalog Management 3 Catalog Management _4 Catalog Entry Search a Catalog Batch Update X digital c
34. 100 Initiating an Exchange Order Generating an exchange creates a separate Exchange Order denoted by EO instead of PO tied to the original Purchase Order An Exchange Order is similar to processing a Purchase Order as it involves payment processing and releasing packages for shipment 1 2 Go to a Purchase Order click on the Details tab and then click on Create Return Add the items for exchange Click on the Returns tab and click on Acknowledge Receipt Items Click Create Exchange to open the Create Exchange Order form Click on New Item and then select the item to be exchanged by clicking Configure Selected Entry You can adjust the price quantity and applicable discounts before you add the item to the Exchange Order by clicking Add items to the order EPiServer AB 134 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 New Lineltem Advanced Search Picture Name Ultimate Ears Metro fi 150 Noise Isolating Earphones Black Plantronics Voyager 510 Bluetooth Headset Carrying Case Le 510 Headset Charger g Adapter Car Lighter Explorer Voyager Apple Iphone PDA Premium Reusable LED Screen Protector with Lint Cleaning Cloth Apple iPhone Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit Case Silver Loo 7 Brann Made In Ores Page Size 20 l New Lineltem Selected Entry Ultimate Ears Metro fi 150 Noise Isolating Earphones Black Display Price 49 99 Price 49 99 Quantity 1 Discount enter descr he
35. 11 7 2020 1 00 00 AM True 10 8 2008 12 14 13 AM Creating a Marketing Campaign Sales promotions are tied to specific Campaigns A Campaign could be related to seasonal sales such as Easter or Christmas Campaigns are the first step to deploying targeted marketing efforts To create a new Campaign click on New Campaign on the Campaign List page EPiServer AB 142 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Campaign List New Campaign More Actions E Mare E Digital Cameras 10 7 2008 2 Starts This opens up the Campaign Edit page 1 Enterin a Campaign Name such as Christmas Campaign or Back to School Sale 2 Enter in any Comments as notes about the Campaign 3 Enter in a date directly or click on the Calendar icon to select a date and time into the Available From field This will indicate when the Campaign is expected to start 4 Enter in a date and time in the Expires On field 5 Selectthe Target Segments from the list Target segments are created under the Customer Seg ments section 6 Indicate whether or not the Campaign is Active Yes or No 7 Indicate whether or not to Archive the Campaign Yes or No NOTE This feature has not been implemented and switching its status from No to Yes will not change anything 8 Once done click on OK EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 143 Campaign Edit Overview Campaign Name Craduation 2010 enter Campaign name
36. AR REO aE Ce OAR NOP TSE GE Eo go Pm OTN STONE aR IT ROTOR ET 89 EPiServer AB 6 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 ASSOCIAMONS TAD ri iio 90 ASS CS MA A e O 92 co A 93 Editing ProquectTaDS rss ida o la Das us tada ela 93 Overview MAA 93 vana tons o RUTA ot de Sere ei 94 SEO MAD arta a NN ca 95 ASSOCIA ION TAD 0 interracial tds 96 AN A A A 98 RS UTA ON St A O II nln td ns earache dec UE 100 Setting Pricing Data at the Product Level _ 2 22 lee eee eee eee ee eeee 100 Ereating aVanaton ora ole usara ted eee tenis ga eee cal is 100 Overview Tab tia ta I OS Se Ri a th eae edn la oda 100 PRICING INVENMIORY TaD ts a US ei teehee 101 SEO Tab aene A Bh A E en ated Toes 103 ASSOCIANONS TaD Sih ct es ets ol pet at e a te at dba 104 ASS MA e OC ET 104 ReTONS Da ao ELIA 104 Creating RackagOecdanstacdalead cda is ween le nds 2 hee loca a dass 105 IA A A A Sota ot en heals ate A eet Be eget 105 Pricing Inventory Tab cc sd a oye ld eae ws aed 105 Package tems Tal oe Sh ek Ue seed ena eae ae eee a a 106 108 A ent to cee ao ests aad hap Da eee eats te Geli A ce E ies 106 ASSOCIAUONS TAD ins cc cevec2tcce cucnuboeesaecsandeasugceesnetes Uabhnueesensccesnsesadesueds 107 SSNS WA aia ale ka eth Ballet at Ran lil waa Cand he len ast agate lanes le sed hd A peat donee dl 107 E AAA A EEN A aE pean ee 1 EME NAS PetSI aT ARE Oa SAO Ds Peony MOCO ORAL RANE eee ee ee EO 107 Creating sa Bundle iccccnbesest lead lec bo el
37. Browsing PromoOllOnS conianicaso ts ni od e se a sde dd E ae 143 Deleting a Promotion eet atthe wal oh ule OG eA hoe due See ee 144 Creating an Entry Level Promotion 0 200 oe cece cee cee ec ee ec ee ec cece nn 144 Example Build Your Own Discount 40 Off Canon PowerShot 5 222 22 222 145 Buy catalog entry X get catalog entry Y ata discount 0 200 eee eee 147 Buy X Get Ol DISCOUN Le e aos 147 Buy X get N quantity of Y ata discount 0 2 2 eee ee cece eee eee eens 148 Creating an Order Level Promotion _ 22 222 cee eee cece ee eee cece cece eeeeeees 148 Order Sub Total Volume Discount 02 eee ee ccc cee cee cece cee eeees 148 Example Build Your Own Discount 20 Off for a Shopping Cart Subtotal of 100 or Ma rh phage Be Nyc Face AEN nat ka ON 148 Creating a Shipping Level Promotion 0 02 22 e eee eee eee eee eee 149 EPiServer AB 8 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Buy X Get Off Shipment Discount 2 2 2 2 2 eee eee eee ee eee eee ee eee eee 149 RE A ee ae hates ct O ee ne ieee 150 Creating Custom Promotions _ 2 222 ee ee ec ececce cece cece ee orooro annona 150 How to Use Or When Building Your Own Promotions 2 2 150 Building the DiSCOUNM Es tocui tostado doen es Set Soong aveauelekeasetaeesiatauedenesaeuand 150 Seeing the Discount Applied 0 0022 e eee ee eeee 150
38. Catalog Entry in the pull down menu e Under Type choose your meta class e g Baby Catalog you created earlier e Selectthe desired meta fields from the list displayed at the bottom of the screen e Select OK to save the new meta class to fields association O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 73 e Youare done with setting up your meta fields Step 3 Upload the CSV data files to the CSV Import page Follow these steps to prepare the CSV files for import e Select the Catalog Management system e Inthe upper left detail area click on Catalogs folder and you will see the Catalog List view in the main area e Inthe action area above the main view click the Import Export drop down button and select CSV Import Catalog e Youwill now see the CSV Import Catalog page in the main screen The screen contains two tabs 1 CSV Import and 2 Mapping File which we will be talking about next CSV Import Tab e Inthe CSV Import tab in the main view click Add New File e Browse for the CSV file you wish to import then click Upload File e When you get the Uploaded File confirmation click Save the file e The CSV file you uploaded will be added to the Files available for import list e Repeatthe previous four steps for each CSV file you wish to upload O EPiServer AB 74 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 CSW Import Mapping file It is strongly recommended that you back up your ECF database before performing imp
39. E New Category Node pai New Variation Sku New Package dh New Bundle Eb New Dynamic Package Overview Tab This is where you enter basic information about the Product e Name a name for the product e Available from the date to which the product is activated O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 87 e Expires on the date on which the product expires once the expiration date passes the product will no longer appear on the public site e Display Template choose a display template used to show the products in the public site from this dropdown box by default the only available catalog display template is Digital Camera To create your custom template you will need some technical skills with html templates e Code enter a product code here e g DIGICAM e Sort Order determines the order to which the product is sorted in the Node List page e Available select Yes to make the product appear on the public site select No to hide the product from the public site e Meta Class the choice made here dictates which the meta fields or product attributes will appear on the public site or Commerce Manager site Product Edit Overview Variations SKUs Associations Mame Available from 6 21 2011 HA 02 38 PM Expires on 6 21 2021 Ha 02 38 PM Display Template Digital Camera Template Code sort Order 0 The sort order for the category entry Available im Yes No Meta Class Default Catalog Entr
40. E g Customer Management ca Organizations 5 Ef Edit X Delete Contact Contacts New quel Full Name Carlos Nevada la Contacts Roles at Dashboard ee Customer Management Catalog Management Information Information Addresses Credit Cards Security Roles Orders Order History Shopping Lists Wish Lists Shopping Carts Parent Organization Information o Contact Full Name Carlos Nevada Custe First Name Carlos Prefe Middle Name Prefe Last Name Nevada Regis Parent Organization Last Preferred Shipping Address Preferred Billing Address Account User Name Carlos Is Lock Description Last Ai Email carlos somemail com Last Lc Last Pa Chang Cancel EPiServer AB 58 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Roles and Permissions In the Roles section Commerce Manager users can be either granted or restricted access to an entire sys tem or a particular menu item within a system Each Role is defined by a set of Permissions that can be added or changed based on user selection Existing Roles can be customized new Roles can also be created to suit your unique business needs Roles control the level of access permissions of each user account in Commerce Manager Different Roles may be added to user accounts i e store operator or webmaster so that they can access edit or process relevant information
41. EPiServer CMS for managing and displaying content on the website e Commerce Manager for administration of back end online store tasks EPiServer AB Getting Started 27 Depending on how you choose to work with editorial content and your online store administration you will define your user roles and groups and give them access rights to the different parts Example of user roles in EPiServer Commerce are content editors marketers business owners and store and system administrators EPiServer OnlineCenter All users of EPiServer CMS and Commerce Manager including business and website owners can use EPiServer OnlineCenter to get an overview of the website and activities of interest Through the usage of customized gadgets on the personalized dashboard you can create your own website workspace The OnlineCenter also has a global search function where you can search for topics in both pages and files on the entire website EPiServer CMS In EPiServer CMS you will work with your editorial content just as you would with any website The dif ferent tasks are done in the EPiServer CMS Edit and Admin modes Edit mode Web editors will work inside the EPiServer CMS editorial interface to update content of web pages Per haps you want to create news or article content related to the products in your online store This is most typically done by web editors creating EPiServer CMS pages The EPiServer Commerce page types in the sample
42. Expression knowledge of XML is required Non technical users may want to skip this section Enter in an Expression Name such as ShippingCustomDiscount Enter in a Description of the Expression Enter in the Expression XML Under Category select from the drop down whether this Expression is for a Promotion Segment or Policy Depending on your selection the Expression will appear under those respective folders Click OK to save changes To create a new Expression click on New Expression The Expression Edit page appears In order to create an Expression knowledge of XML is required Non technical users may want to skip this section Enter in an Expression Name such as ShippingCustomDiscount EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 155 Enter in a Description ofthe Expression Enter in the Expression Xml Under Category select from the drop down whether this Expression is for a Promotion Segment or Policy Depending on your selection the Expression will appear under those respective folders Click OK to save changes Expression Edit Overview Expression Name BuyxGetOffDiscount enter expression name Description This type of promotion gives off discount per item for the minimum quantity enter expression description Expression Xml lt RuleSet Name RuleSet0 ChainingBehavior None Description p 1 Null xmins p1 http schemas microsoft com winfx 2006 xaml xmins http sche
43. Management Administration A 4 WW at Dashboard l Order Management 13 New More Actions Name Type 9 Get Help For This Page Path C Digital Camera Node Info Template Entries Template entry node Commerce Display Templates DigitalCameraTemplate ascx Templates Everything BusinessControls CatalogBrowseControls Nodel Templates Everything BusinessControls CatalogBrovseControls Nodel 3 items Page 4 1 Page Size 20 Adding a display template TA NN Under Catalog Management select Templates and click New In the Name field enter the name of the display template for instance DigitalCameraTemplate In the Friendly Name field enter the display name for the template for instance Digital Camera In the Type field enter the type of display template for instance entry In the Path field add the path to the display template for instance T emplates Ev erything BusinessControls CatalogBrowseControls EntryTemplates DigitalCameraTemplate ascx Click OK to save your changes Updating an existing display template 1 oS 2 Ss 2 Under Catalog Management select Templates and the language version and template that you want to update In the Name field enter the name of the display template In the Friendly Name field enter the display name of the display template In the Type field enter the type of d
44. Node hn O Mew Product mi New Variation Sku o Series 53 15 GMP with 12x Image Stabilized Zoom Tt OR Barkan New Package o Series 55 15 8 0MP Digital Camera with 12x Optical Image de New Bundle dd New Dynamic Package Cloning Moving or Linking a Category Under More Actions cloning creates a duplicates with a unique ID that you can place in any loca tion hierarchy that you choose Move Link to Folder allows you either to move a category product to a new location hierarchy or to link one category product to another category product So for example you can create a category called Fea tured Products and link it to items across various other categories This way if you make changes to content on the original product page and that same product is part of the Featured Products category as a linked product the changes will be displayed in both locations In other words changes are bi directional Links can be broken if either of the two are deleted 1 To link a category go to the Node List and checkmark a category you want linked back 2 Click on More Actions and then click Move Link folder 3 Select link to folder and select the link destination from the dropdown menu Click OK to create the link to that category under that directory EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 85 Node List x Delete Selected 33 Clone Selected J L3 Move Link to folder Digital Downloads mm Mobile Phones amp
45. Node List without saving any changes Relations Tab Here the relations for a product will be displayed and you can manage the categories a product is linked to This is useful in order to get an overview of all the different categories nodes where a product will occur A product can for instance appear in the French Market category as well as under Daily Spe cials and Digital Cameras Browse to a product and open it for editing The relations for the product will be displayed under the Relations tab Creating Product Associations Product Associations help you to highlight certain products in your public site For example one or more products can be related to or associated to another product so thatthese associated products can be dis played or advertised on the public site as a product accessory or as an up selling cross selling item Associations can be made from any of the individual products Product Entries SKUs Bundles Pack ages and Dynamic Packages Product Entries Variations SKUs Bundles Packages and Dynamic Packages To create Product Associations go to the edit screen of any type of product entry listed above and select the Associations tab Out of the box you can associate related products or accessories or cross sell dif ferent kinds of products You May Also Like EPiServer AB 112 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 CrossSelling Other Products What You May Like 1 Click on th
46. O Not Set lt Once the Purchase Order form is completed the order fulfillment process begins The order form con sists of five sections Summary Details Payments Returns Notes Description Displays an overview of the order including the customer information billing address and other data From here you can cancel orders edit information and place an order on hold Displays the shipment details including shipment status items to be shipped and a list of applied discounts coupons Returns Exchanges are also created here You can create and assign payments to the order here Payments are automatically processed when saved Displays the details of a return if made Displays the notes attached to the order Notes are automatically logged when certain events occur within the order e g the shipment status changed Processing the Order Submitting a Payment and Releasing to Shipping The basic workflow from purchase order to shipping is done this way O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 121 1 Add a payment to the order Order Add Note 4 Send Notifications f Add Order Address Order No PO0850 Customer Mary Smith Order Total 59 95 Status InProgress Payments Transaction Type Amount Status Page Size 190 we 2 Enter the amount of the payment The Amount field auto populates the value of the total order including shipping costs However you can chang
47. OK when the popup appears Shipping This guide will walk you through how to setup Shipping Methods Shipping Providers and Shipping Gateways Shipping Method A shipping method manages a set of information and rules that determines the ship ping cost and displays it on the front end site while a customer checks out an item from his her shopping basket The shipping fee is added to the total price of the purchase A shipping method is mapped to a shipping provider visible to a back end administrator in Commerce Manager This allows the public site to display friendly names such as Ground Shipping to the customer and this is mapped to a provider such as UPS Therefore when a customer picks Ground Shipping he she will be using UPS Shipping Providers A shipping provider is the class es that interacts directly with one or more actual shipping services such as USPS UPS or FedEx It retrieves shipping price information from the shipping service s its associated with One typical scenario would be to have a provider that represents a par ticular service e g USPS A provider can also represent a particular type of shipping situation One EPiServer AB Publishing a Contract 209 example is that you could have a provider for overnight delivery The provider could retrieve pricing for that service to determine the lowest price given the location of the customer A provider could also rep resent other specific scenarios with one or m
48. Organization EPiServer AB Organization Organization E New Relation one to many 188 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Publishing a Contract Another feature of Business Foundation is the ability to publish objects within the left navigation frame as a node You can essentially add more functionality to a specific system without modifying code Now that the Contract object has been created and related to another object you can publish itas a node To publish a business object click on Publish under the Business Object Customization form Welcome Manager Co nfig LI ratio n Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment Episerver M Ei Get Help For This Page Business Object Customization H New Field Edit 33 Publish Back To List Fig Contract Friendly Name Contract Nae Business Object Public Plural Name Contract UN Relations N 1 Relations N N Relations System Views System Name Friendly Name Type aw Contract Contract Name Text Y Contractld ld Guid ES Organization Organization Text ReferencedField 3 Organizationid Organization Reference x A new window will pop up for publication settings 3 y Dashboard 0 Display Region lt nothing is selected gt 4 amp Customer Management 40 y Catalog Management 60 Display Text Contract a Order Management 80 Display Order 10000 q Marketing 100 4 Asset Management 120 Client Script CSManagementClient ChangeBaf
49. Organization Computers Electronics ER Company X Online software applications Organization Computers Electronics A pop up form appears above the Organization ListThis form gives users the ability to customize which columns appear and apply a variety of filters ES Everything is ready to create a new view E Show this view for all users for entities list Please type view name Save Close The default tab is General Enter in a Title for the custom View Click the check box Show this view for all users if you want other users to see this custom View EPiServer AB 42 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 New View enerat Feas rites Enter Titl Professional Services Companies Everything is ready to create a new view Show this view for all users for entities list Please type view name Click on the Fields tab to select which columns you want to appear in the custom View Select the col umns you want to have appear by clicking and highlighting the column name and moving it over to the Visible columns list by clicking on the Right Arrow icon Available columns Visible columns Description A Creator Id yl Business Category Modified Modifier Name o Parent ref Primary Contact Primary Contact ref La Type val mW E Save To deselect a column click and highlight a column name from the Visible columns list and then click on the Left Arrow icon To chang
50. Organization Friendly Name Organization Type Business Object Plural Name Organization 1 N Relations N 1 Relations NN Relations New Relation q to many The Relation N N is much different compared to the Relation 1 N N 1 forms 1 The Current Object defaults to the name of the Business Object you are editing 2 Selecta Related Object from the dropdown menu 3 The Relation Name is autopopulated by Current Object Name_Related Object Name Change this name if you wish but you cannot have spaces or special characters only letters numbers and underscores 4 Enter in a Friendly Name which can have special characters and spaces Make sure both Rela tion and Friendly Names are unique do not already exist 5 Under Current Object selecta Display Region where the field will appear 6 Under Related Object select a Display Region where the field will appear Once all the relevant information is entered click on Save O EPiServer AB 174 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Relation NN A General Info Current Object Related Object Relation Name Friendly Name SKUs SKU_Warehouse cw SKUs Warehouse SKUsSKUs Warehouses Current Object SKUs Display Region Display Text Display Order Information m SKUs Warehouses 10000 Related Object SKU_Warehouse Display Region Display Text Display Order Information sme SKUS 10000 VE 1 A many to
51. Plans Move Link to Folder move or a link to folder Everything Digital Downloads Products Variations and SKUs Bundles Packages Dynamic Packages and Associations A product represents various forms of merchandise that you can display and purchase from the public site including Products Variations SKUs Bundles Packages and Dynamic Packages e Product Entries A product entry typically contains a product name part number description and images e Variations SKUs A variation or SKU corresponds to a specific type of product with specific characteristics For example a product of Shirts will have an individual variation SKU which includes size color and sleeve length e Bundles a bundle is a collection of Variations and SKUs allowing customers to purchase two or more items at once all pricing is SKU specific and separate unlike a package which is multiple SKUs put together in a single unified price e Packages A package is comparable to an individual SKU because the package item must be purchased as a whole i e computer system ltems can be put within a package and package can have its own unique pricing e Dynamic Packages A dynamic package is similar to the package definition above with the added ability to configure the package during checkout e Associations One or more products can be associated to a product so that they can be displayed advertised on the public site as product accessories or upselling cros
52. Registration Source companyx Wish Lists r i Sh oppin yc ti Parent Organization Company X Last Order Date Account Create account Account not found EPiServer AB 56 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 To go back to the Contact List click Cancel or the Contacts button next to the Right Arrow icon Creating an Account An Account can be created with a Contact Once an Account has been created the Contact can be assigned permissions using Roles and access the Commerce Manager A customer Account is automatically created for a customer who registers from the front end public website allowing them to login and view personalized information To create an Account for an existing Contact click on a Contact name from the Contact List On the Con tact Info page click on Create Account Welcome admin Contact Info Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Y Get Help For This Page Eb Edit x Delete Contacts Full Name Mary Smith Parent Organization Company X Information Information Contact Addresses Full Name Mary Smith Customer Group Customer Credit Cards Orders First Name Mary Preferred Currency USD Order History Middle Name Preferred Language en US Shopping Lists Last Name Smith Registration Source companyx Wish Lists ae Shopping Carts Parent Organization Company X Last Order Date Account Create weet Account not found
53. Section on the bottom of this page In this example a String field type is used a The Format drop down menu and options depend on your Field Type selection In this exam ple Text is selected as the field format with a Maximum Length of 100 Unique value is left unchecked 7 Once done click Save The new field appears on the list of fields aY CreditCardid ld Guid aY CreditCardNumber Card Number Text Y CustomerServicePhoneNumber Customer Service Phone Number Text El x EM ExpirationMonth le Expiration Month Integer To verify ifthe new field appears check the form associated with that new field Since this example cus tomized the New Credit Card form you will see that the new field appears New Credit Card x Overview Type Visa EN Last Four Digits Expiration Month No value Card Number Expiration Year No value Security Code Customer Service Phone Number Y OK O EPiServer AB 168 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Editing Fields of Business Objects Fields created by the user can be edited To edita field click on the Edit icon Fields that are locked cannot be edited aY CreditCardNumber Card Number Text Y CustomerServicePhoneNumber Customer Service Phone Number Text x EM ExpirationMonth Expiration Month Integer Edit 3 ExpirationYear Expiration Year Integer The only attributes that can be changed are Friendly Names and Descript
54. Setthe Status of the Promotion either as Active Inactive Suspended or Deleted from the drop down menu Select Active to enable the Promotion Promotion Properties Campaign Digital Cameras ha Promotion Group Combination with other promotions Combine with other promotions A select the degree to which multiple promotions can be combined Priority 1 promotions with higher priority will be evaluated first Coupon Code Test wii require code if entered Status Active Status of the promotion Purchase Condition and Reward EPiServer AB 146 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Here you can set your own Purchase Condition to receive the discount Rewards To apply a 40 dis countfor Canon digital cameras use the following settings in the screenshot Purchase Condition and Reward This type of promotion allows you to create your own custom promotion Use the condition below to restrict how the promotion will be applied Purchase Condition i TargetLineltem CatalogEntryld Equals Text 013803079616 Use the actions below to assign rewards Rewards o ope get off item reward 40 00 Redemption Limits Under this section you can specify the redemption limits of this Promotion e Nextto Max Total Redemption enter in the maximum number of times the Promotion can be redeemed e Nextto Max Redemptions Per Order enter in the maximum number of times the Promotion can be redeemed per customer
55. Size 100 e Shipping Information Shipping Address 111 Palm Street Sun City Florida 333445 United States Shipping Method Ground Shipping Edit Shipping Method Shipment Summary 7 Shipment Status Returns Exchanges Item Subtotal 49 93 Status Inventory Assigned ar Shipping cost 2 00 Complete shipment Release shipment Cancel shipment Shipment Total 51 93 O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 125 Shipment 2 New Item x Delete E ID Name Quantity List Price Total Discount F ELCBOOOVILY426 Samsung WEP200 World Smallest Bluetooth Headset White 1 00 99 99 0 00 4 m Page Size 100 ly Shipping Information Shipping Address 111 Palm Street Sun City Florida 333445 United States Edit Shipping Address Shipping Method Ground Shipping Edit Shipping Method Shipment Summary Shipment Status 7 Returns Exchanges ete ee St ee eS ou Complete shipment Shipment Total 101 99 Release shipment Cancel shipment 6 Click Save to save your changes made to the order form Viewing Purchase Orders by Date or Status On the left navigation menu you can click on the nodes below Purchase Orders and Purchase Orders by Status For example clicking on Purchase Orders gt Today will show the orders created today only on the right window EPISERVER Order List Welcome Change Language About Y
56. The Reward is set to 10 Off Purchase Condition and Reward This type of promotion allows you to create your own custom promotion Use the condition below to restrict how the promotion will be applied Purchase Condition And TargetLineltem DisplayName Contains Canon a TargetLineltem DisplayName Contains Vista get 5 off item reward 10 00 Seeing the Discount Applied We have added three items to our shopping cart As you can see two of the items containing Canon and Vista have been given the 10 off discount and the name of the promotion is shown with the item EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 151 The third item in our cart did not meet the criteria we set so no discount was applied Digital Cameras Mobile Phones Phone Accessories Daily Specials Camera Accessories Shopping Cart Coupon Appy Coupon Turgoriptesn Each asy Toimi Canon PowerShot Pro Series 5 1S 8 04P Digital Camera with las we 12x Optical Image Stabilized Zoom You save 310 00 TEST OR CONDITION E Vista Explorer 60 Lightwedght Tripod with Tripod Bag 0 ds 3 989 00 1 ere A Fes 0 DARTE TODA Fou save 10 00 a I i f al t Ultimate Ears Metrofi 150 Noise Isolating Earphones Black vee fan a FLOOR ROE lt No Discount Applied Subtotal 4 478 98 SS Cosa Zinaning Proceed to checkout Review Store Policies Return and Exchange Policy Privacy Policy Customer Segments Customer Segments determine the target audien
57. User Name admin Is Locked Out none Description Last Activity Today 2 49 PM Email admin yourcompany com Last Login Today 2 48 PM Last Password ae 2A Changed 7 7 2011 9 34 48 AM From within the Contact Info form you can view other recorded information about the Contact For exam ple you can view Addresses and Order History related to this Contact O More objects or metadata can be added to the default View Form via Business Foundation Searching for Contacts On the Contact Info page you can use the search form above to search for a particular Contact using key terms Conduct the search by clicking on the Search icon magnifying glass Contacts that match the search terms will appear on the list O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 51 83 New Contact Printer Version Pas Delete Selected E Full Marne First Marne E EPiServer Commerce Visitor Visitor To clear the search and revert back to show all Contacts click on the Reset icon eraser next to the Search icon Generating a Printer Friendly List of Contacts To generate a printer friendly layout of the Contact List click on Printer Version from the menu bar on the Contact List page List A Vie att contacts 3 Printer Version Delete Selected E FullMame2 C FirstName Last Name E ER Receiving Manager Receiving Manager rl Order Manager Order Manager Fl lennifer Browne Jennifer Browne E ee Mary Smith Mary Smith Fl El Sh
58. a nde ss r 09 manao z z 3 Catalog Management Name Canon PowerShot SX100IS 8MP Digital Camera 1 _4 Catalog Entry Search S a Catalog Batch Update Available i og pd e 8 24 2008 3 03 31 PM 33 Catalogs Expires on 1951 y 8 25 2018 EH 03 31 PM E a 3 Mobile Phones Plans Display ini 3 Template Digital Camera Template 3 Digital Downloads e Code 013803084146 4 4 Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Sart Order g The sort order for the category entry 4 C Daily Specials a Brands Available Yes No 7 Templates Meta Class Digital Cameras Display Name en Canon PowerShot SX100IS 8MP Digital Camera with 10x Optical Im us Display Name de Canon Powershot 5X100 IS 8 Megapixel 10 fach opt Zoom 2 5 de SS 77 CODispilay ay Dashboard Name es es fers Customer Management Primary Image en us Primary Image Delete Picture Description z s p PR TEA An A Malo limon fia A G u 2 ES A A oa a 4 um When created the Product page is defined in the site configuration setting of the start page EPiServer AB 244 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Products Compare The Products Compare page type holds functionality for displaying selected products for comparison The customer selects the desired products by marking the check box next to each product an then clicks theCompareoption COMPARE Add To
59. access rights for editorial content Start Commerce EPISERVER Edit Mode Reports Visitor Groups Admin y System Administration Delete Unused Files Edit Categories y Access Rights Set Access Rights Administer Groups Search User Group Create User y Scheduled Jobs Publish Delayed Page Versions Subscription Automatic Emptying of Recycle Bin Clear Commerce Cache Archive Function Link Validation Mirroring Service Remove Permanent Editing Change Log Auto Truncate Remove Autosaved Page Drafts y Tools Export Data Import Data File Management Content Channels Workflows Product licensed to EPiServer AB Dung Le Search Users Groups Type Name Number of hits per page Groups 20 yal Search Name Administrators Admins Everyone Management Users Order Manager Order Supervisor Receiving Manager Registered Shiping Manager WebAdmins WebEditors Provider CMSRoleProvider CMSRoleProvider CMSRoleProvider CMSRoleProvider CMSRoleProvider CMSRoleProvider CMSRoleProvider CMSRoleProvider CMSRoleProvider CMSRoleProvider CMSRoleProvider As with any EPiServer CMS website you can work with role and membership providers from Windows or SQL or both using the multiplexing setting You can also build your own user and membership provider to be used with EPiServer Commerce Find out more about membership and role provide management in the documentation for EPiServer CMS on wo
60. application names and keys are defined in EPiServer CMO which will then listen for incoming notifications with these specific key values and collect and store the data The following procedure applies when setting up the integration between CMO and Commerce e Setup the web services to be used by EPiServer CMO and the corresponding URL to be used e Define the external applications their application names and keys in EPiServer CMO e Define the product views and or product orders you want to monitor using the EPiServer Com merce Settings for CMO gadget Here you will need the application keys and the URL for the CMO Web Services e In EPiServer CMO create a campaign and add the generic KPI for EPiServer Commerce e EPiServer Commerce will update the KPI value using web services e The monitoring result will be displayed on the campaign report page in CMO or by using the CMO KPI Summary gadget for EPiServer Commerce on the site that has the EPiServer CMO serv ice installed Start CMS EPISERVER Administratory Q Overview LPO Campaigns Po External Applications Y General Data Aggregation HH Save E Cancel Security Page Thumbnails dh Add Live Monitor Application Name Application Key Is Used Edit Delete Web shop orders 23456 Yes SP 5g The collected data for EPiServer Commerce is defined in the EPiServer OnlineCenter using the Com merce settings for CMO gadget as described in the following To use this gadget
61. are true i 1 Enter in a Segment Name such as Company X Team 2 Enter in a Display Name which will appear to users when associating this Customer Segment when Creating a Marketing Campaign 3 Enter in a Description 4 Select from a list of contacts from the Members drop down to assign them to this Customer Seg ment Select the name from the drop down and then click add member You can choose to Exclude member by clicking on the checkbox and then clicking add member 5 Once done click OK to save the Customer Segment EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 153 segment Edit Overview Segment Name Company X enter seginment Name Display Name Com pany X Description Discounts for Company X employees Members 2 Mats Hellstram me Exclude member add member x Mats Hellstrom X Mary Smith x Peter Sunna Conditions New Condition The above conditions will be evaluated in runtime and if any are true th Creating a Customer Segment with Conditions Instead of assigning members manually to a Customer Segment you can use Conditions to apply rules If a customer satisfies the Conditions then the customer is part of the Customer Segment To add Conditions to the Customer Segment click on New Condition on the Segment Edit page This example will show how to specify Company X or Techarts emails as part of this Customer Segment Enter in an Expression Name such as Company X or Email Addresses Setup
62. be a news section with news items or articles related to products on the e commerce website The Asset Manager sub system is made available in the File Manager of the sample site as the Com merce Assets starting point making it possible to work with all files on the website in one place Commerce EPISERVER 7 Admins Q Admin Mode Reports Visitor Groups DO X DB UU 4 B G a E i Action Window Hide oo Search page Page View AS SUppo A Page Type Commerce Search Status English United States Folders A f Commerce Assets Affiliate Program Published Version Compare With rc lA d Page Files Path Commerce Assets EJ My Account D Preview Edit Versions Workflow ae Points A de Keay La l l 2 2 My Account A A Ta a Ga Global Files Show thumbnails O Y Documents Te Size Modified Downloads re CLICK TALK SE commerce Chinas m Login ian O Presentations Register Al My Favorites A Software im ocarch page Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Add folder A Specifications Payment favorites using User Guides l the right click O Forgot Password Start Search page menu for any of d Video Product Page the folders in the Search list to the right Compare products PayPal Search result ES Resources i 2 Ki Sorry no matching results for Please check your spelling or search for a different keyword Show Page Tree ao erez
63. be achieved by entering the following information for the product e Title this is the friendly name that appears in your browser s title area e URL this is what gets displayed in the browser URL window e Description this is the meta description that is used for SEO purposes by search engines Keywords keywords used for SEO purposes by search engines lf the URL field is left empty it will be automatically filled in with a generated URL which depends on the entry name If the URL field is not empty you entered some URL it will be saved as itis and will not be changed automatically even if you change an entry name If you need the URL to change leave it blank Associations Tab Different products or variations SKUs can be linked to this Dynamic Package Follow these steps to create associations 1 Click on Add an Association A pop up window will appear that says Edit Association Infor mation When the pop up appears enter an Association Name Description and define the Sort Order Once you re done click on Save Changes The new association will appear in the drop down list EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 111 4 You can also choose to Edit Details which will allow you to edit associated items The Pick Item drop down appears below Modify Existing Association 5 Click on Modify Association and you can edit the name description and sort order of an existing association You can also Delete an as
64. can be optionally associated with one or more pro motion groups e Local Policy Ifa policy is associated with a promotion group it is considered a local policy and applies only to those promotions in the group to which this policy is associated If a policy is not associated with a promotion group it is considered a global policy which applies to all pro motions This allows a Marketing manager to declare rules just once for the whole site For example you can create a Policy such as this Do not allow negative orders Creating Policies like creating Expressions is meant for advanced users Most non technical users will want to skip this section To create a new Policy go to Marketing gt Policies to open the Policy List O EPiServer AB 156 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Policy List New Policy More Actions Click on New Policy to open the Policy Edit page Policy Edit Overview Policy Name enter Policy name Status enter Policy status Is Local Yes No Expression BE select Policy expression Groups Order Catalog Entry Shipping select policy group allows you to logically group policies Policy Status and Policy Is Local has not been fully implemented Therefore all policies will be Enter in a Policy Name global meaning it cannot be limited to a Promotion Group until this feature becomes avail able in a future release Enter the Status of the policy
65. catalog updates Clicking on a result such as the example below will direct you to the entry s edit page EPiServer AB 116 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Batch Update Main Adjustment Additional Filters Entry Type Variation Sku Language English United States A Meta Class Digital Cameras Catalog Category all catalogs A Field Entry Name le Keyword s Apply Filter ly Save All Name Entry Name pin aS Canon PowerShot Pro Series 55 15 8 0MP Digital Camera Canon PowerShot Pro Series 55 IS 8 0MP Digital Camera with 12x Optical Image Sta with 12x Optical Image Stabilized Zoom ny o 2 Canon PowerShot 5X10015 8MP Digital Camera with 10x Canon PowerShot SX100IS SMP Digital Camera with 10x Optical Image Stabilized Zc Optical Image Stabilized Zoom Silver iy Canon PowerShot AS70IS 7 1MP Digital Camera with 4x Canon PowerShot AS70IS 7 1MP Digital Camera with 4x Optical Image Stabilized Zc Optical Image Stabilized Zoom Order Management The Order Management System provides shopping carts order capture order fulfillment and payment function support Features and functionality include return merchandise authorization RMA support for item exchanges and Ul enhancements The Order Management System in most respects works much differently compared to previous versions of EPiServer Commerce The overall order management workflow involves the Customer Management System a
66. defined in the site configuration setting of the start page Login The purpose of the Login page is to provide a login possibility for registered customers of the e com merce website The user provides a user name or e mail address as well as a password and then clicks Log in When the login details are accepted the user is taken to the Account Dashboard displaying an overview of the current account information The Loginpage also has functionality for password recovery When clicking on the Forgot your pass word option the user will be taken to the Forgot Password page of the website The Login page is also the entrance for new registration of new customers to the site Clicking on the Create a New account will take the user to the Register page of the website for creation of a new account O EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 239 Log in My Account My Cart Wish List English United States Y US dollar O CLICK TALK Your Shopping Basket Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers Start Login Login or Create an Account Existing customers log in New Customers Please type your user name and password to login This will allow you to review your previous orders and access certain other pages If you do not have an account yet create a new one by clicking create new account By creating an account with our store you will be able to move through the checkout process faster
67. delete those entries in the Commerce Manager If in doubt you can always delete all the tax data and perform the CSV tax import from scratch Sample CSV Files and Example Scenarios Example 1 Single Tax Per Catalog Item Based on a Single Jurisdiction For example if your variable is State then you can specify the tax rate on a state level So let s say CA is 9 and MA is 6 If you placed an order from California then 9 sales tax would be applied during checkout Jurisdiction Jurisdiction Group Tax Rate Tax Category California CA Tax Group General Sales Massachusetts MA Tax Group General Sales A sample tax CSV file called test csv is available in this directory taxcsvsample1 zip Example 2 Two or More Taxes Per Catalog Item Based on More Than One Juridiction For example if you have a luxury item that requires State and Federal tax to be applied then you can specify tax rates on a state and federal level So let s say a luxury item purchased in CA has a 9 state tax rate and a federal tax rate of 3 Both taxes would be applied during checkout Jurisdiction Jurisdiction Group Tax Rate Tax Category California General CA GS Tax Group General Sales Massachusetts General MA GS Tax Group General Sales California Luxury CA LX Tax Group Luxury Sales Massachusetts Luxury MA LX Tax Group Luxury Sales US Federal Luxury US LX Tax Group Luxury Sales O EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 217 EPiS
68. e Available select Yes to make the Bundle appear on the public site select No to hide the product from the public site e Meta Class the choice made here dictates which the meta fields or Bundle attributes will appear on the public site or Commerce Manager site Bundle Items Tab In the dropdown you can search through your entire inventory and select items to add to your Bundle by clicking Add Item Clicking the Edit icon beside the item you just added will allow you to specify the Quantity the Group Name and the Sort Order SEO Tab Search Engine Optimization can be achieved by entering the following information for the product e Title this is the friendly name that appears in your browser s title area e URL this is what gets displayed in the browser URL window e Description this is the meta description that is used for SEO purposes by search engines e Keywords keywords used for SEO purposes by search engines If the URL field is left empty it will be automatically filled in with a generated URL which depends on the entry name If the URL field is not empty you entered some URL it will be saved as it is and will not be changed automatically even if you change an entry name If you need the URL to change leave it blank Associations Tab Different products or variations SKUs can be linked to this Bundle Follow these steps to create asso ciations EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 109 1 Click on Add an Ass
69. e commerce procedures is required to fully understand what is described To find out more about other EPiServer products such as EPiServer CMS please refer to the documentation for each specific product available on world episerver com EPiServer AB 24 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Getting Started In the following sections we will describe how you can access log on to and navigate an EPiServer Com merce website Note that the logon procedures may be slightly different from what is described here depending on how your website and infrastructure is set up Logging on to the Website To access the website open a web browser and enter the address of the website Most often Commerce Manager is accessed through the front end of the EPiServer CMS site There are different ways of logging on as an editor or administrator of an EPiServer Commerce site Often you add a path such as epi ui edit or epi ui admin to the URL of your website or there might be a login link as for the EPiServer Commerce sample site On the EPiServer Commerce sample site clicking on Log in in the top menu will take you to the login page of the website Enter your user name and password and click Log In Note that this login page is the same for both customers logging on to their account as well as for web editors and store administrators logging on to work with content or administer the online store parts What you are allowed to do after log gin
70. each comment 5 Click OK to save you changes The gadget will be displayed on your dashboard Do the following to use the Comment Abuse Report gadget 1 Log on to EPiServer Commerce and select Dashboard in the right click menu and select the Dash board tab under which the Comment Abuse Report gadget is located 2 Select the comments you want to manage by clicking the checkbox to the left of each comment Click the top left checkbox to select all comments displayed in the list EPiServer AB 252 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 3 Click Remove Comment to remove the comment Select Ignore to leave the comment without any actions Commerce Settings for CMO Gadget With EPiServer Campaign Monitor and Optimization CMO you can measure and monitor campaigns on your website and optimize your landing pages EPiServer CMO provides a simple way to analyze cam paigns and landing pages rather than whole sites Find out more about EPiServer CMO in the user doc umentation on world episerver com EPiServer CMO can also be used for monitoring activities on an EPiServer Commerce site You can for instance monitor the number of views or orders for a specific product or product category The logging of Commerce KPI data is supported using the Generic KPI function in CMO The number of orders is an example of a generic KPI This allows for external applications such as Commerce to send notifications using a specific application key The
71. following five words in order for the Commerce Manager to correctly recognize its entry type Variation Product Package Bundle or Dynamic Package Parent 8 Child Entry Code for entry relations only A CSV file containing these codes can spec ify relationships between entries e g display different Variations within a Product Although the following attribute is useful in creating a hierarchy in your catalog Action A command to specify the action that will be taken during the import Choose one of the three options Insert Update Delete or I U D Note Please make sure to specify an appropriate command for each line of the CSV files Enter ing Insert when that data already exist or Update when no data exist will give an error during import and those line of data will not get successfully imported Category Code by comma By assigning a category code to an entry you can specify the cat egory that you wantto place your entry in Also please note this rule SEO URL By design this attribute thatis present in both categories and entries must be unique for each item in your catalog Importing files that contain more than one identical url will result in an error Mapping Types Different mapping types are used to create the mapping files mentioned in step 4 above Category w Meta Data select this type to create a mapping file for your category files Entry w Meta Data select this type to create a mappin
72. from the drop down list the currency to associate with the Purchase Order Coupon codes created with a promotions can be applied here to associate with the Pur Coupon chase Order Click Apply once code is entered Advanced Search You can apply three filters to refine your item search results New Lineltem Advanced Search Select catalog oe Select language Select entry type A Description Select catalog Select which specific catalog to search Select language Selecta specific language such as German for items described in German Select entry type Selecta specific type of entry such as variation sku or bundle Configuring the Selected Entry 1 Before you add the item to the order you can configure the actual price the quantity and apply a per centage or discount based discount O EPiServer AB 118 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 New Lineltem Selected Entry Nextware iPhone Screen Protector pk Display Price 19 99 Price 119 99 Quantity 1 Discount enter descr here 0 Percentage Based A Discount description amount 19 99 Add item to the order Required Fields e Price e Quantity Description Display Price This is the price seen on the public website This is set at the catalog entry level Price This is the actual cost of the item that will be charged when the item is added to the order Quantity Set how many of the item to add to the orde
73. granted or restricted access to an entire subsystem or a particular menu item within a subsystem based on the role assigned to them Different roles may be added to user accounts i g store operator or webmaster so that they can access edit or process relevant infor mation By default a customer who registered his her account to make a purchase in the front end site will have no roles assigned to them hence giving him her preventing access to both the edit ing feature of the front end site as well as the back end Commerce Manager Marketing e Campaigns a way to organize marketing activities Campaigns must be associated with Pro motions in order to provide customer discounts Optionally Campaigns can also be tied to EPiServer AB The EPiServer Commerce Platform 21 Customer Segments for targeted marketing purposes e Forexample you can create a seasonal campaign that will include different Promotions tar geted for the Spring season e Customer Segments these determine the target audience for the Promotions Customer Seg ments determine the target audience for the Promotions Within a Campaign all Promotions will be applied to whatever Customer Segments associated with the same Campaign Members of the Customer Segments can be pre defined in static groups or you can use the Expressions Engine to create dynamic groups whenever Promotions are run e Forexample you can have a Customer Segment that targets all users from t
74. management as well as system configuration features The Commerce Manager information is stored in the Commerce data base Terminology In this section we will describe some of the specific terms used in e commerce and EPiServer Commerce Editorial Content With editorial content we mean content that is created from inside the EPiServer CMS Edit mode such as articles news or other information pages Compare this to content thatis displayed as pages on the web site but where the content itself is data fetched from Commerce Manager This type of data cannot be only be edited in Commerce Manager Modes You will work with EPiServer Commerce in different modes View mode What will be displayed to visitors of the website Edit mode Editors will work in the EPiServer CMS edit mode when creating and editing EPiServer CMS content pages of the website Admin mode System administrators will work in the EPiServer CMS administration mode to modify system settings and access rights Commerce Manager interface Store administrators will access the Commerce Manager interface to manage online store data and activ ities The Commerce Manager interface can be reached either from inside the EPiServer OnlineCenter or directly from View mode when right clicking in a page O EPiServer AB 18 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Roles EPiServer Commerce has a number of different roles that are active in the editorial and online s
75. many relationship is automatically generated for the related object when you click onits N N tab under its configuration form Forms in the Business Foundation Forms dictate how fields are presented to the user when view and editing information This section shows you can customize forms for viewing and editing by end users O EPiServer AB Customizing an Existing Form 175 Customizing an Existing Form Every field is associated with a Form Each Business Object is associated with one or more types of forms The common types of forms found in Commerce Manager are the Edit Forms Short Info Forms and View Forms For example the New Credit Card form looks like this Mew Credit Card e E Last Four Digits Expiration Month No value Card Number Expiration Year No value e Security Code Customer Service Phone Number By editing the form you can change the layout add new fields and sections and more To editan existing form click on a Business Object and click on the Forms tab to see the list of asso ciated forms Business Object Customization New Field f Edit 3 Publish EJ Back To List System Name amp CreditCard Friendly Name Credit Card Type Business Object Plural Name CreditCard Fields 1 NRelations N l Relations N N Relations Name Edit Form Short Info Form View Form Click on the Edit icon next to the form you want to make changes
76. move to O EPiServer AB 180 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 HS Recreate Form Edit Form Save Form Edit Form Last Four Digits Expiration Month Card Number Expiration Year Security Coda Customer Service Phone Number Credit Card 2 Organization In this example the Security Code field is moved to the right where the Customer Service Phone Number field is placed by clicking on the right directional arrow Fields are moved from cell to cell within a section Common Tasks HS Recreate Form Edit Form EHsave Table Credit Card Addy 4 a EEE Overview Form Edit Form Type Last Four Digits Expiration Month Card Number Expiration Year Security Code Customer Service Phone Number Credit Card 2 Organization Deleting Sections and Fields To delete a section or field highlight either one and click on Remove A popup will appear Click OK to confirm deletion Otherwise click Cancel Common Tasks Y Recreate Form Edit Form Save Table Credit Card addy t Y e gt ef est Remy Type Form Edit Form Last Four Digits Expiration Month Card Number Expiration Year Security Code Customer Service Phone Number Credit Card 2 Organization EPiServer AB Customizing an Existing Form 181 Message from
77. number of predefined gadgets and the EPiServer Commerce sample site is also delivered with gadgets customized for e commerce solutions In the user documentation for EPiServer OnlineCenter you can read more about gadgets and how to use them You can also develop and customize your own gadgets to suit your needs Find out more about development of gadgets in the technical documentation for OnlineCenter on world episerver com The EPiServer Commerce gadgets are part of the common framework and are included in a sample installation Adding gadgets to the dashboard Gadgets can easily be added to the dashboard in EPiServer Commerce by selecting Add Gadgets and selecting one of the available gadgets CMS Commerce EPISERVER J admin Q Add Gadgets Defaut Commerce Y X Commerce Orders x Commerce Overview e OOO OOO o db Products 1319 Categories 64 2 orders 7 no sales data available Customers 4 Y Promotions 1 Total Sales this year no sales data available 4 mm p Purchase Orders Orders today Orders this week Orders this month Orders this year n A AN Gadgets for EPiServer Commerce are described in more detail in the following EPiServer AB 250 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Commerce Orders Gadget The Commerce Orders gadget displays orders statistics in the form of a sales graph and a list of pur chase orders in a time interval of your choice Do the following t
78. of the public site e Image type as image all lowercase thumbnail icon s will appear on the product details page e Downloads a Downloads tab will appear towards the bottom of the details page e Specifications a Specifications tab will appear towards the bottom of the details page 3 Once an asset is added to the list below you can choose to edit specific assets such as their Group name and Sort Order 4 Once done click OK and the new category node will be created You will be redirected to the Node List Otherwise select Cancel to go back to the Node List without saving any changes Relations Tab Here the relations for a product will be displayed and you can manage the categories a product is linked to This is useful in order to get an overview of all the different categories nodes where a product will occur A product can for instance appear in the French Market category as well as under Daily Spe cials and Digital Cameras Browse to a product and open it for editing The relations for the product will be displayed under the Relations tab Creating a Dynamic Package 1 Click on Catalogs The Catalog List appears on the main window 2 Click on an existing catalog name highlighted in blue The Node List window appears 3 Click on Create New pull down menu located in the upper left part of the main window EPiServer AB 110 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 4 On the drop down menu se
79. on Publish on the Business Object Customization page EPiServer AB Welcome Store Manager Configuration Product Version 5 1 build 24 Publishing a Contract 191 License ECF G5 Deployment Episerver Business Object Customization ig Contract Friendly Name Contract Natt Business Object Public Plural Name Contract UN Relations N 1 Relations N N Relations System Name Friendly Name a Contract Contract Name ze Contractld ld Guid ES Organization Organization Text ReferencedField 3 Organizationld Organization Reference Get Help For This Page 2 New Field Ef Edit 22 Publish J Back To List You can set permissions by customizing Access Permissions This string is auto generated To change you can copy and paste string values from other objects Item Icon N Y Publish Deleting Published Business Objects fg Dashboard 0 Display Region lt nothing is selected gt 3 amp Customer Management 40 y Catalog Management 60 Display Text Contract a E Order Management 80 Display Order 10000 yA Marketing 100 Asset Management 120 Client Script CSManagementClient ChangeBafView Contract Lis Reporting 130 Access m a e z Ey E 2 businessfoundation contract list permission a Tp Administration 200 Permissions Once a business object has been published you can delete all customized business object by going to Administration gt System Settings gt Busi
80. or Commerce Manager site Product Edit Overview Variations SKUs Associations Name Available from 6 21 2011 Sa 02 38 PM Expires on 6 21 2021 HH 02 38 PM Display Template Digital Camera Template Code sort Order D The sort order for the category entry Available Yes No Meta Class Default Catalog Entry Depending on the meta class selected more fields are available to enter data For instance selecting the Digital Camera meta class will yield digital camera meta fields and attributes Overview Variations SKUs SEO Associations Assets Name Available from 5 27 2010 fa 08 41 AM Expires on 5 27 2011 Ea 08 41 AM Display Template Digital Camera Code Sort Order 0 The sort order for the category entry Available Yes No Meta Class Digital Cameras gt Display Name en us Display Name de de Display Name es es Primary Image en us Primary Image Description en us S Css Class Paragraph Default Font Size FT 4 2 e f WT T4 Variations SKU Tab Variations SKUs are subcategories of a Product which represents different variations of the particular product colors sizes different editions for example Such Variations SKUs can be grouped a chosen product from this tabbed page Follow these steps to group variations SKUs 1 Select the Variations SKUs tab EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 95 2 Within the drop down menu next to Find Item select from the li
81. order e Nextto Max Redemptions Per Customer enter in the number of times a Promotion can be by a single customer Redemption Limits Max Total Redemptions 300 Redeemed number of times the promotion can be used by al customers enter 0 for unlimited Max Redemptions Per Order 1 number of times the promotion can be used in a single order enter 0 for uninnited Max Redemptions Per Customer 1 number of times the promotion can be used by a single customer enter 0 for unlimited Schedule Enter the date and time when the Promotion is Available and when it Expires Click OK to save the Promotion The Promotion will appear in the Promotion List Promotion List New Promotion 2 More Actions El Mame Croup Priority Starts Fl 20 Off Canon Powershot Pro J ries entry 1 10 7 2008 2 00 00 AM When the Promotion is applied the price on the front end should change O EPiServer AB Action Move to D emove Commerce Manager 147 Description Each Qty wishlist 3 Canon PowerShot Pro Series 5 IS 8 0MP Digital Camera with 449 99 359 99 1 le 12x Optical Image Stabilized Zoom You save 90 00 ltem 013803079616 20 Off Canon Powershot Pro Series Buy catalog entry X get catalog entry Y ata discount The steps to create this discount are similar to creating a custom discount The difference is the Purchase Condition and Reward Under the Select catalog entry X drop down menu select a spe
82. see products in a new Catalog or changes to an existing catalog you will need to index your catalog to reflect those changes in your search results There are two types of indexing Build and Rebuild Use Build to make a quick re indexing of an existing catalog where you made changes to existing products Build is shorter than a Rebuild because it per forms a reindexing of only the items that were changed since the last Build If you are using a brand new catalog or you made structural changes to your existing catalog i e moving categories around changing a product name etc then you will need to perform a Rebuild Rebuild takes longer because it does a complete indexing To Build or Rebuild your catalog go to Administration gt System Settings gt Search Index Once you perform either of these two operations you will see the changes or additions reflected in your search results If you have the Quartz service installed this can be installed automatically during the SDK install then your catalog is reindexed every five minutes or whatever time interval you decide upon Catalog System This section describes the system administration for the catalog system Setting up Meta Fields and Meta Classes Using meta classes and meta classes itis possible for end users to extend the meta data of catalog items and order forms Meta fields are for adding specific data about an item For instance if you create a meta class called Dig it
83. site do not require much editorial work since most of these are only for display purposes fetching data from elsewhere Some editorial efforts are often needed on content pages such as news listings pri vacy and shopping policies and similar Admin mode The EPiServer administration interface is where you will manage the administrative tasks for the website These may involve setting access rights for EPiServer CMS web pages in the page tree structure con figuration of page types management of scheduled jobs and globalization settings Commerce Manager This section describes the most common tasks for users including business managers marketing staff Ul staff and IT professionals For your convenience these tasks have been categorized by functional area System Administration and Configuration System Administration includes various configuration tasks such as setting up shipping and payment gate ways your default language currency units tax configuration licensing and search settings e System Administration Administrative Users and Customers Users and customers are managed by the Customer Management system Users are internal to your organization and should not be confused with customers partners and organizations Generally only your team of internal users will have access to the Commerce Manager and depending on their per missions will have varying access to the systems and menu items within each system e Customer
84. system This is due to the Commerce Manager database which uses UI culture in the matching In order for EPiServer Commerce to work properly itis therefore essential that you are using the UI Culture setting on your website to make the different lan guages display correctly Make sure this is set up right from the start to avoid problems later on It is recommended that only UI Culture languages i e en US en GB nl BE etc are enabled on the website Content Language To display content in the desired language on your EPiServer Commerce website you may apply the lan guage management options available in EPiServer CMS Edit mode to create pages in different lan guages Available languages for CMS pages are enabled from the EPiServer CMS Admin mode under Config and Manage Website Languages For more detailed information on how the language settings work please refer to the user documentation for EPiServer CMS O EPiServer AB Globalization 33 Start Commerce EPISERVER 7 MET Edit Mode Reports Visitor Groups Admin Config Page Type Type Manage Website Languages y System Configuration System Settings Define the languages that should be available to visitors on your website Site Information i Edit Frames Gp Add Language oe oo ee Move Up Move Down Name Language Code Enabled System Icon Template Icon emote Websites 3 English m Y ES ES Eee English United Kingd GB Permissions for Fun
85. their own comments By default comments added will receive status pend ing and must be approved by the site administrator before they are visible to others on the site The approval is done from the dashboard using the Approval Gadget Commerce Manager administrators can see the status for each comment and remove all comments from the display for each product Abuse reporting of comments When logged on to the website you can abuse report comments that others have posted for a product This makes it possible for site administrators to monitor inappropriate content using the Abuse Gadget on the dashboard When a comment is abuse reported it will generate an item in the list of abuse reports for the site administrator to manage Payment Options EPiServer Commerce is a flexible platform allowing you to use many of the most popular payment pro viders within e commerce There are a number of payment solutions for different markets available out of the box for EPiServer Commerce Some can be installed automatically with the EPiServer Commerce sample site and some are available as separate modules Payment Options Available with the Sample Site When you install the EPiServer Commerce sample site the payment provider options listed below will be available These will be included in the installation and all you need to do is to configure the accounts for these payment providers in Commerce Manager e Pay by PayPal Express payment option
86. to The form customization window pops up Common Tasks Recreate Form fEditForm Save Table Credit Card Form Edit Form Addy gt Edt X Remove Overview Type Last Four Digits Expiration Month Card Number Expiration Year Security Code Customer Service Phone Number There are various functions available to edit and customize a form Editing the Layout of a Form You can change the layout and the fields that appear on the form O EPiServer AB 176 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 1 Click on Edit Form a Select a View Type or the layout of the form You have a choice between a Two Column 1 1 1 2 2 1 or Three Column 1 1 1 layout b Enter in a pixel value for the Cell Padding or spaces between each cell 2 Click Save to confirm your changes This example uses a Two Column 1 1 layout Common Tasks Recreate Form Edit Form Save Table co Cl E eCommerceFramework Windows Intern e Add t e wi B http ecf episerver com Apps MetaDataBase A Edit Form Overview You can edit form Type Last Four Digits Table Credit Card Card Number Edit Form Security Code Customer Service View Type Phone Number Two Columns 1 1 Two Columns 1 2 Two Columns 2 1 Three Columns 1 1 1 Cell Padding 5 Internet Protected Mode On fa 7 100 Adding Sections and Fields On
87. to 1 Relationship Multiple object related data can be associated or related with a single object For example multiple contacts can be related to a single organization e Many to Many Relationship Multiple object related data can be associated or related with mul tiple objects For example different SKUs Store Keeping Unit can be associated with one or more Warehouses for tracking and storage Catalog Management Assets downloadable contents such as documents links videos and images that can be linked to specific products Associations one or more products can be related to or associated to another product so that these associated products can be displayed or advertised on the public site as a product acces sory or as an upselling cross selling item Associations can be made from any of the individual products Product Entries SKUs Bundles Packages and Dynamic Packages Catalog a catalog is a top level container for all catalog entries such as Categories Products and SKUs Category a category is a grouping of purchasable products Node a node is the same thing as a category Product a product represents various forms of merchandise that you can display and pur chase from the public site including Products Variations SKUs Bundles Packages and Dynamic Packages O EPiServer AB 20 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 e Product Entry a product entry typically contains a product name p
88. to default Gf Add and ans The Controls Set tab allows you to select which Controls you want to add to the Dashboard Check the boxes and then click on Add and Close The Controls you selected will appear on the Dashboard To reset the Dashboard back to the default state before any customizations were made click on Set to Default On the Page Template tab you can adjust the Dashboard page layout to a One column template Two columns template first twice bigger than the second Two columns template 2nd twice bigger than the 1st and Two equal columns template Click on the layout you want and then click on Add and close EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 39 Information x Controls Set Page Template One column template Two columns template first twice bigger than the second Two columns template nd twice bigger than the 1st Two equal columns template 2 5et to default Gi Add and close The screen below is an example of how a One column template looks News amp Announcements X xX Summary a X db Products 1320 Categories 64 orders 17 amp Customers 10 Y Promotions 1 Help will appear in a separate window Find answers to questions about Commerce Manager containing the terms Examples Campaigns and Promotions a How do Create a Discount Promotion b How do Create a New Product c Where is the release history Customer Management The Customer Management sys
89. width length height dimensions the options for this drop down are configured in the Administration area This separation of taxes by category allows you to charge a different rate of taxes depending on what is being purchased for example you can have one rate for General Sales items and another rate for Luxury Sales items The details on the available selections are maintained in the Administration sys tem Yes No If this is set to Yes then the quantity value of In Stock Preorder and Backorder fields will be deducted each time a purchase is made If this is set to No then those values will not change Enable Disable If this is Enabled then the number of units of a product being pur chased cannot exceed the inventory value In other words the check out pro cedure cannot be completed if you exceed the number in the inventory instead the quantity you can purchase will default to the actual number of remaining units EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 103 Description For instance if you have Tracking Inventory Yes and Inventory Status Dis abled Ignored then the available quantity will be monitored but it will not limit the number of units that can be checked out If you only have a quantity of 5 and you order 6 items the checkout will still complete and the inventory number will become 1 In Stock You can enter the quantity of a particular product available for sale The quantity you set here allows
90. x Default Shipping Ground Shipping F fh Online Download Fixed Shipping Rate Shipping Providers A Shipping Provider is an actual service such as USPS UPS or FedEX However a provider can also be a type of shipping in order to determine shipping price For example one can have a Percentage of Total Cost provider or Fixed Price provider In this case the shipment types can be associated to one of the existing providers i e USPS UPS FEDEX The Shipping Providers page manages the list of these providers types There are two shipping methods available out of the box for you to customize 1 Generic Gateway and 2 Weight Jurisdiction Gateway A Generic Gateway is is used for a fixed shipping fee while Weight Jurisdiction Gateway is used for a ship ping fee that is calculated based on the weight and shipping location Customizing Shipping Providers Go to Administration gt Order System gt Shipping gt Shipping Providers Edit one of the two providers listed EPiServer AB 214 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Administration a BS System Settings H Sites E Dictionaries H Logs a Common Settings H Business Foundation a Search Index a Left Menu H Catalog System BS Order System E Meta Classes Em Meta Fields H Fayments GS Shipping a Shipping Jurisdiction Groups a Shipping Jurisdictions a Shipping Providers a Shipping Packages Ed Shipping Methods E Tax Configuration 1 Edit Name and Descript
91. you have full permission to the different parts From the EPiServer right click menu you can directly access the Commerce Manager module of EPiS erver Commerce Choosing this option will take you directly to the Commerce Manager administration interface Selecting the Edit or Admin mode will take you to the EPiServer CMS editor or administration interface If you select Dashboard you will be taken to the Dashboard of the EPiServer OnlineCenter EPiServer AB Getting Started 25 On page Edit EES Page IE Quick edit E Dashboard IM Edit Mode E Admin Mode s5 a visitor Groups We Print em Refresh Disable Menu For the other options available please refer to the EPiServer CMS user documentation Logging on to Commerce Manager You can access Commerce Manager through right clicking in View mode after logging in to the website and then select Commerce Manager in the right click menu You can also select Commerce in the top menu when you are in the EPiServer Online Center or from the EPiServer CMS Edit mode You may be required to provide your logon credentials once more when accessing the Com merce Manager module When you log on you will be taken to the Commerce Manager Dash board Home page Navigation EPiServer Commerce has an intuitive navigation When logged on to EPiServer Commerce use the right click menu to go directly to the Commerce Manager interface to work with web store back end pro cedures Or c
92. 08 00 USD ii Vv Payment method CVC CVY 953 Y Validate payment Selecting Validate Payment will validate the payment If the card details validate properly the payment will be accepted and the process will be completed To find out more about the payment process and configuration of DIBS and other payment methods for EPiServer Commerce please refer to the Configuration section of the EPiServer Commerce Developer Guide Search Providers EPiServer Commerce features a provider model for the search index for both indexing and search que ries This provision allows the development of additional custom search provider to other search systems When installing the EPiServer Commerce sample site Lucene will be the default search provider installed To find out more about Lucene please visit the official Lucene website Related topics e Searching for product catalog entries e Indexing product catalogs EPiServer AB 262 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Scheduled Job Clear Commerce Cache When working with EPiServer Commerce and for instance importing or deleting a product catalog it will be necessary to clean the runtime cache in order to make the website up to date This is done using a scheduled job which is managed from the EPiServer CMS administration interface The scheduled job can be executed repeatedly at given time intervals or manually To find out more about how to work with product catalogs please r
93. 2014 1 00 00 AM active You can click through the name of a Promotion to view its properties Promotion List New Promotion 2 More Actions y E Name Group Priority Starts Ends Status 20 Off Canon Powershot Pro ty entry 1 10 7 2008 2 00 00 AM 11 7 2014 1 00 00 AM active Promotion Edit Overview Promotion Type Catalog Entry Buy X Get Off Discount Promotion Name 20 Off Canon Powershot Pro Series enter promotion name Display Name English United States German Germany Spanish Spain French France Promotion Properties Campaign Digital Cameras SA Promotion Group Deleting a Promotion On the Promotion List page checkmark the box next to the name of the Promotion and then click on More Actions gt Delete Selected on the menu bar Promotion List A New Promotion Delete Selected fn Group Prior Flip Status active inactive entry 1 Creating an Entry Level Promotion Out of the box users can build these Catalog Entry Promotion Types e Catalog Entry Build Your Own Discount e Catalog Entry Buy Catalog entry X get catalog entry Y at a discount e Catalog Entry Buy X Get Off Discount e Catalog Entry Buy X get N quantity of Y ata Discount EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 145 The following are examples of how to create each type of Promotion Example Build Your Own Discount 40 Off Canon PowerShot S5 Once you have selected Build Your Own Discount
94. 570IS 7 1MP Digital Camera with 4x Optical Imai Buyers guide About us 013803079616 Canon PowerShot Pro Series 5 IS 8 0MP Digital Camera with 12x Oj 013803084146 Canon PowerShot SX100IS 8MP Digital Camera with 10x Optical Ima Customer Service 027075049253 Pentax El 200 2 1 1MP Digital Camera w 3x Optical Zoom Support 027075052611 Pentax El 100 1 3MP Digital Camera Kit Affiliate Program 027075072404 027075076600 027075076624 027075076655 027075079601 027075079656 Pentax Optio 43WR 4MP Water Resistant Digital Camera with 2 8x c 027075079830 Pentax Optio 540 4MP Digital Camera with 3x Optical Zoom 027075086661 027075086722 027075110632 027075110755 Di Pat Pentax Optio 33L 3 2MP Digital Camera w 3x Optical Zoom Pentax istD 6 1MP Digital SLR Camera Body Only Pentax Optio 33WR 3 2MP All Weather Digital Camera with 3x Optic Function Pages Resources i Pentax Optio 33LF 3 2MP Digital Camera w 3x Optical Zoom Pentax Optio MX 3 2MP Digital Camera with 10x Optical Zoom Pentax Optio 50 5MP Digital Camera with 3x Optical Zoom Pentax ist DS 6 1MP Digital SLR Camera Body Only m Pentax Optio 50 5MP Digital Camera with 3x Optical Zoom Pentax Optio 55 5MP Digital Camera with 3x Optical Zoom j lv Select F No selection E Cancel Show Page Tree i r E English United States 7 Select Product lus O EPiServer AB 24
95. 6 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Removing Product Information in a Page Do the following to remove product information inserted with the Product Picker 1 Open an standard content page for editing in Edit mode 2 Inthe Select Product field click the selection button 3 In the product picker dialog select No selection to remove an existing product link 4 Save your changes The product information will be removed from the page Product Link Tool The Product Link Tool is a plug in to the EPiServer CMS 6 Editor The tool adds a new function to the tool bar allowing an editor to link content to products in the product catalog in Commerce Manager When the link is clicked on the visitor will be transferred to the product page view mode for that product Adding a Product Link You can add product links to text files or images in an EPiServer CMS page 1 In Edit mode select the text files or images where you want to add a link to a product page in the product catalog Select the Insert edit Product Link tool in the toolbar of the Editor In the Select Product field you will be able to access products in the product catalog of Com merce Manager When you expand the catalog tree on the left related products will be displayed You can browse the structure and select products The product display can be sorted by clicking on product ID or Name You can also search for a product by entering free text or product
96. 6 Product in Cart or Wish List Criteria 22 222 eee cece eee cece eee eeeee 256 Recent Orders Cierta c2 hips snd ve enwdaeaesmwmsee bese sti 256 Total Spent Ontel eee tia di ee cil 257 Ratlmg and SO MMS IN ressasser aA o o bd ds tae 257 A INN A BEN EET T AE AS NE IE E AN 257 C Ome AIN oaa a a a aa dl e seee Date a T 257 Abuse reporting of comments _ 222 oe eee cee eee cee no 258 PAyYMeCNtODNONS c2cces ceca rindo liceo 258 Payment Options Available with the Sample Site 2 0 02 eee eee eee eee eee 258 Payment Options Available as Separate Modules 00 eee eee ee cee eee eee 258 PayPal Express Payment Provider _ _ 20 22 eee eee cee cee cc cece nono 258 DIBS Credit Card Payment Services 0 0 oe eee ec ec ee cc eee cece e nec eeeceeeceeece 259 SSAC ROMO Sc ns cece sia say pa to pent nana asia at een ee sats eta ne er 261 Scheduled Job Clear Commerce Cache 2002 cee cece cece eeeeee 262 EPiServer AB The EPiServer Commerce User Guide 13 The EPiServer Commerce User Guide EPiServer Commerce is based on EPiServer CMS for content management and the Commerce Manager module for managing online purchasing procedures With EPiServer Commerce you can quickly build and deploy state of the art online stores lt is tightly integrated with EPiServer CMS so that you can com bine powerful content display with your online store management in the background The EPiServer OnlineCe
97. 69 Step 2 Create necessary meta fields for the new catalog entries 12 Step 3 Upload the CSV data files to the CSV Import page _ 2 222 222222222 73 Step 4 Create a mapping file for each CSV file 0220 0020022 74 Step 5 Import the CSV files and their corresponding mapping files into a specific cat AA A A A 76 Step 6 Verily Your IMport cinc ee ihe edeawde ota seneeeecd 17 EST UIA GC UA OG sl Ai idas TT Categories and Node Sii es reed ee hs tn ee rae o ei 17 Browsing AE MES ld te do de Oat 77 Menu Bar FUNCIONS A A DS A 2a dene 78 Creating a Category 22 ccc ccc cc ec ec nec e cence nec eeceecceceesceeces 19 Overview Fed Ss a A a a 80 A A TT eee een pee eee eee ge yee nT eee ee 81 ASSE seca hase tne ens a inte bese ae atraso 81 Deleting Category 02355 eee ad e aa ie ate gens da lite 82 Organizing Categories 22 ccc ccc cee cee cece cece eee eceeeeeeeeees 83 Creating a SUD CaleGOly osito it teed cooks 83 Cloning Moving or Linking a Category 0 0 2 lee ee eee 84 Products Variations and SKUs Bundles Packages Dynamic Packages and Associations 85 BFOWSIMO FrOdUCIS ik tore echt ba des Bib oe de Gath ad Nn is eae a ah ea 86 Creating a Product including Variations and SKUs SEO Associations Assets 86 AA hae EAA O ores A eal te ate Soe mc lt 86 WarlaliOns SW Ta tics hecho ae Sse sts beats arene ie tina persia cts dada dad aes 88 ONE 6 ee ne meme AIN
98. 8 FUNCION PAdES it tati o e e en o e o da doo eN AA ne Ne 229 My ACCOUNT PATOS Ed 229 PCCOUMED AS MOO Moratoria eada 230 ACCOUNT Mal ON iaa ralla is tala Ailes ale ea leales 230 Nes O e AAA A eee Ae ee en bens 231 Account Address BOOK se uiiscas arcada tc 232 AAA A RN II CPE EE 232 Sep 1 Snip ping AQUI S Srta iia cos ts es rd od ees 233 Step 2 ORIPpINg OPlONS 2 coiims siria sala 233 Sep S aymentOPDlONS tusut asias adi cle Seana carac aa ue Da o a e tl a aL ar nl ca de 234 Step 4 Order COI ao ne ews 235 SNODDING Calta ii eens dual nl ll eae ol dl lo id da 235 A ase gh eft ect leap ee A ens anton coe nee 237 E A A II NS A AOS A CITT E 238 NO A O A NON 239 e AA O NO 240 E A A O cae Pe a eee ch el 241 Forgot PASS WONG cc fe o ds 241 PROGUECl Page ii a Atte E ea 242 Podu CCG Ae a ares ola id ds o dd e dono sented ati 244 E AAA O A eee ae 244 Too sand PiIGGaNS lt 20 80 te e aoe a loans rale roda old dara cido de 245 Product Picker Property ico cari das ida 245 Displaying Product Information in a Page 22 ieee eee ce cee ec e eee eeeeee 245 Removing Product Information in a Page 2 0 eee cece cee cee cee cc 246 PROGUGU LINK TOO conozca tsseaie cd eee NS dol al ps deidad ed 246 Adding a Product ara tt A eee et Sh and e ao 246 EGitingsar rOGuCUIL NK sectas calco eli od se gt de lo aaa bo E 247 REMOVING A FPTOGUCULINK gt cani cre talas cn ce dea eet 247 Product Dynamic Content a en e elo dos 247 Adding
99. 8 Status Cancelled E Originated By Date Time Note Text T 5 admin 2 21 2011 9 49 43 AM New order placed by admin in ConsoleManager E 6 admin 2 21 2011 10 01 16 AM New Other payment in the amount of 59 98 added to order Fl admin 2 21 2011 10 08 10 AM Shipment 10 status changes to Released E admin 2 21 2011 10 11 21 AM Order status changed to Cancelled 4 mr Page Size 100 Pa Splitting Shipments Ilf there are two or more items within an order they can be split into separate shipments This is useful for expediting items within the order that are immediately ready for shipment while other items have extra shipping lead time 1 Go to an existing purchase order or create a new one The order must have two or more items 2 Go to the Details tab in the order form Look for Shipment 1 Order No PO10728 Customer Lisa Prescott Order Total 151 92 Status InProgress Details Payments retums motes Shipment 1 f New Item X Delete ID Name Quantity List Price Total Disc En ELCBOOOFOM68A6 Plantronics Voyager 510 Bluetooth Headset Carrying Case 1 00 19 99 0 00 El En ELCBOOOWKS8O0G6 Headphone Adapter for Apple iPhone Recessed Jack 3 5mm Male Female 1 00 14 95 0 00 Ea ELCB00081A2D06 Koss SPARKPLUG Stereo In Ear Ear Plugs 1 00 14 99 0 00 E ELCBOOOVILY426 Samsung WEP200 World Smallest Bluetooth Headset White 1 00 99 99 0 00 lt TT
100. 9 USD 1 2 2009 11 00 6 2 2009 22 00 9 Insert Wars BEVS 25 99 USD 1 2 2009 11 00 6 1 2009 19 00 10 Insert Vars BBV 4 49 USD 1 2 2009 11 00 6 2 2009 22 00 11 Insert Warl0 BBW10 15 99 USD 1 2 2009 11 00 6 2 2009 22 00 12 Insert Warl11l BBv11 235 99 USD 1 2 2009 11 00 6 2 2009 22 00 13 Figure 9 Step 2 Create necessary meta fields for the new catalog entries For this example no additional meta fields need to be created because the sample spreadsheet uses only the default attributes To create new meta fields follow these steps here Go to the Administration system in Commerce Manager Selectthe Catalog System folder and then Meta Classes node located in the left navigation frame Select Create New then New Meta Class from its pull down menu e Enterin a Name Friendly Name e g Baby Catalog and some description optional for the meta class and choose Catalog Entry for Entry Type e Click OK to save the new class Next Select Create New then New Meta Field from its pull down menu e Enterin a Name Friendly Name e g Baby Diaper Size and some optional description e Also Choose the data type for this meta field and other properties by clicking on the checkboxes e Click OK to save the new field e Repeat the steps to create all the necessary fields e Associate the new meta fields to the meta class you created e Selectto Meta Classes node on the left navigation frame again e For Element choose
101. Adjustment Mapping Type Category w Meta Data v Data File BabyStuffCategories csv bo Meta Class Default Catalog Node v Delimiter hs Language English United States v Text Qualifier E Encoding Default v Fields and Attributes Column headers in the data file Custom values Action Insert Update Delete or I U D Column 1 Action v Codet Column 2 Category Code v Parent Code Column 3 Parent Code vi Name Column 4 Category Name v Available from Column 5 Available from v Expires on lt Custom value gt Column 1 Action Display Template Column 2 Category Code Column 3 Parent Code Available True False Column 4 Category Name Column 5 Available from Sort Order Column 6 Expires on Column 7 Available True False a Column 8 Sort Order SeoTitle en us Y SeoUrl en us v SeoDescription en us v SeoKeywords en us w Display Name en us iv Primary Image v Description en us v Save mapping file Enter file name xml Figure 11 Edit existing mapping file section e Load mapping file This section is used to retrieve previously created and saved mapping files Since there is no existing mapping file in this example leave this section blank Meta Class Language section e Mapping Type Select Category w Meta Data e Meta Class Select Default Catalog Node e Language English Data fle and CSV adjustment section e Data File The drop down values presented here are dependent o
102. All undefined Today 2 27 PM undefined 6 16 2011 4 25 13 PM undefined 6 16 2011 12 07 01 PM 2 Click on the ID number of the shopping cart you want to convert over to a Purchase Order 3 You will see the Cart View window and details of the customer s shopping cart F More Actions y Overview Cart Created Date Cart Total Currency Customer ID f3ed5de8 5f95 43f6 a6d2 e4348cca9d2e 14 6 23 2011 1 27 46 PM 418 99 USD Customer Carlos Email Address carlos somemail com Open Customer Profile LineTtems Notes Fl D Name Quantity List Price Total ELCBOOOWM2VAI6 1 00 19 99 19 99 ELCBOOO NYWBG5 1 00 399 00 399 00 Page Size 100 An anonymous user Cart View will look like this O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 137 o mactions v M Overview 4 Cart 3 Created Date 6 16 2011 10 07 01 AM Cart Total 0 00 Currency USD Customer Anonymous Email Address Line ems motes Fl iw Name Quantity List Price Total FP ELCBOOOTGOHAW6 1 00 9 99 9 99 Page Size 100 1 Edit Information You can change the currency to be used for the Purchase Order 2 Open Customer Profile You can view the profile of the registered customer this option is not available for anonymous shopping carts 3 Line Items This is the list of items currently
103. Amount value defaults to the invoice cost of the item not including the shipping costs For example if the item cost 49 99 and the shipping cost was 2 then the Amount text box will show 49 99 However you can specify a different amount to refund to the customer including the full O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 133 cost of the order item s shipping cost By default the refund will be deposited based on the payment method the customer used to make the order 2 Ifthe customer wants the refund processed and deposited to a different credit card or pay ment method such as cash money order or electronic transfer click on the New Credit radio button and you can enter their alternate credit card information or other refund pay ment information Once done click OK to create and process the refund The status of the purchase order changes to Completed Order No PO6908 Customer Jennifer Browne Order Total 64 94 Status Completed Summary Details Payments Returns Notes Return RMA7696 Date Time Initiated Today 2 39 PM Notes Returns actions Exchange actions Created By admin This must be replaced ms Cancel Return L Create Exchange Return Total 39 99 L complete Return ee ID Name Quantity List Price Total Reason ELCBOOOWHK3V26 Apple iPhone 1G Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit Case Black Cozip Brand Ma 1 00 39 99 39 9900 faulty Page Size
104. Buyers guide About us Our Services Customer Service Support Didigtal cameras History How to place an order New Customer Download Mobile Phones Our success Your payment methods Register Help Site Map Contact Terms and Conditions Forgotten your password Press Order tracking Affiliate Program Guarantee Display Templates To be able to display different products on the e commerce site you need to define the display templates to be used These can be different for different language groups on the site On the EPiServer Commerce sample site the display templates will automatically be imported and configured during the installation procedure However when new templates have been created you may want to define their use in the sys tem or modify the use of existing ones This is done in Commerce Manager in the Catalog Management sub system under Templates O EPiServer AB CMS Settings EPISERVER 218 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Templates List EPISERVER 7 admin Q Welcome Store Manager Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Welcome Change Language About Y 3S System Settings 333 Sites 3S Site Templates English United States 5 German Germany 3 Spanish Spain 5 French France a Workflow a Dictionaries a Logs Common Settings a Business Foundation Search Index feet Customer Management Catalog Management Marketing k Asset
105. CSV tax file with a specified format see Example Scenarios below will allow you to EPiServer AB 216 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 complete steps 2 through 5 in one shot above in Method 1 Step 6 of Method 1 can be done manually but you can also use the CSV import functionality in the Catalog Management subsystem to associate cat alogs to tax categories Click here to see how CSV Catalog Import works Import your CSV tax file into your Commerce Manager by following the steps 1 Selectthe Administration tab in the Commerce Manager 2 Inthe navigation tree drill down to Taxes Order System gt Taxes Configuration gt Taxes 3 Click Import Taxes on the menu bar 4 Choose Add New File and then Browse to select and upload your CSV tax file The path of your chosen file will appear in the field 5 Click Upload File and then Save The File icon The CSV tax file will appear under the Files Avail able for Import section 6 Select and highlight the CSV file and click the Start Import button 7 Your import should begin and complete successfully in a pop up dialog box 8 You will now be able to view your tax setup in the Commerce Manager If you want to edit the existing setup simply repeat steps 1 through 8 with your modified file Caution Re importing CSV files only edits existing information or adds new data but nothing gets deleted If you delete an entire row of data in the CSV file you must manually
106. Carl Wish List 487 46 The selected products are listed next to each other together with related product features for easy over view and comparison A product can be removed from the comparison list or added to the shopping cart or the wish list The selected products will remain for display on the compared products page until they are removed or a new product selection is done by the customer Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Camera Accessories Digital Cameras Start Compare products Compare products Digital Cameras x gt E iS l Canon PowerShot SX10018 IS A A Canon PowerShot Pro Series Display Name 55 13 8 0MP Digital Camera with 12x Optical Image Stabilized Zoom 5449 99 Add to Wishlist Canon PowerShot Pro Series 55 15 8 0MP Digital Camera with 12x Optical Image Stabilized Zoom SMP Digital Camera with 10x Optical Image Stabilized Zoom Silver 5487 46 Add to Wishlist Canon Powershot 5X10015 SMP Digital Camera with 10x Optical Image Stabilized Zoom Silver 5315 6MP with 12x Image Stabilized Zoom 449 99 Add to Wishlist Canon PowerShot Pro Series 3315 6MP with 12x Image Stabilized Zoom The Products Compare page type holds no information of its own so it has no editor field When the prod uct compare page has been created it will be defined in the site configuration setting of the start page PayPal The purpose of the PayPal page type is to link to th
107. Cart Kingston 4 Add To Cart IcomPARE GgieeMiieherls E COMPARE E COMPARE o Ca E COMPARE 3 eS Wish List Wish List Wish List Wish List Viking 7 pee 449 99 3 999 00 3 999 00 149 99 Simpletech 6 Energizer 6 Canon Davis amp Sanford Canon Canon D OW 5 ef 9 Canon PowerShot Pro Series S5 Vista Explorer 60 Lightweight Canon LAH DC20 Conversion Canon TC DC58B Tele Converter Nikon 3 Epson 5 IS 8 0MP Digital Camera with 12x Tripod with Tripod Bag Lens Adapter LA DC58E and Lens for S5 IS 53 IS 4 S2 IS li 5 Optical Image Stabilized Zoom Hood LH DC40 Set for the 55 Digital Camera i No ceon m Kodak 4 IS 53 IS amp S2 IS Digital Camera Apple 2 EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 229 To define a product listing create a page based on the page type Product Listing and select the desired product category node in the Catalog node name field The categories nodes available here are col lected from the Resources section in the page tree structure which is set up at installation This in turn reflects what is defined in the product catalog in Commerce Manager Commerce EPISERVER admins Q Admin Mode Reports Visitor Groups DO XX oO s B G mA E A Favorites Digital Cameras Page View E English United States bd oa win eae Page Type Commerce Product Listing Status Published Version Compare With ia Lidl Recycle Bin _ Preview Edit versions
108. Comments Sale on graduation items a Available from 6 1 2010 Ea 10 23 AM Expires on 7 1 2010 8 10 23 AM Target Segments Lrads Active a Yes F No Archived A Yes No Promotions Promotions provide a way to apply various discounts to the products order totals or shipping A Pro motion is a marketing tool used to increase sales of certain products or product lines Various incentives such as lowered pricing and other discounts can be employed as part of a Promotion Promotions are always tied to Campaigns In addition Promotions can be classified into two types 1 either you can create a promotion that is visible prior to checkout or 2 you can configure the promotion to be displayed during the checkout process The most powerful aspect of the Marketing system is the Expressions Engine which allows variable conditions to be applied when creating a Promotion These conditions vary from the number of items the percentage discount shipping rates and many others Browsing Promotions To view and browse Promotions click on Promotions on the left navigation bar e Customer Segments Policies a Expressions The Promotion List page opens displaying a list of existing Promotions O EPiServer AB 144 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Promotion List Y New Promotion f More Actions y Fl Mame Group Priority Starts Ends Status E 2086 Off Canon Powershot Pro Series entry i 10 7 2008 2 00 00 AM 11 7
109. Commerce to create your own web publishing and online store platform Use the page templates as inspiration and adapt them to your own online store environment EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 221 Log in My Account My Cart Wish List English United States Y US dollar y O CLICK TALK Your Shopping Basket ES Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers Capture it Make it Last The best digital cameras and accessories just a click away m Browse O Commerce Event Canon PowerShot Pro Series S5 IS A 8 0MP Digital Camera with 12x Optical ANON iPhone opone Posted 16 06 10 Image Stabilized Zoom S powershot sno a60 Nikon Nieuw nieuws Canon LAH DC20 Conversion Lens pentax a70 track trac rac camera eos 450d och Adapter LA DC58E and Hood LH PACA ERA Nieuw nieuws DC40 Setfor the S5 1S 3 1S 4 2 1S plantronics voyager disk charger nkon Hardskin for Posted 14 06 10 Digital Camera 3G Black phonekleen adobe wide adapter page sony power Canon PowerShot Pro Series 3 IS 6MP i News 1 with 12x Image Stabilized Zoom Donec malesuada ante sed ipsum hendrerit rhoncus Posted 27 05 10 more news Buyers guide About us Our Services Customer Service Support Didigtal cameras History How to place an order New Customer Download Mobile Phones Our success Your payment methods Register Help Site Map Contact Terms and Conditions Forgotten your password Press Order tracking A
110. EPISERVER COMIMERCE Version R2 SPI User Guide EPISERVER Copyright O EPiServer AB Table of Contents 3 Table of Contents The EPiServer Commerce User Guide 0 0oooopociononios ito 13 About This DOCUMENTATION cocos casio dcir 15 Online Community on EPiServer World 20 2222 e eee cee cee cee cece cece cece cence 15 CODYrONUNGUCE t 223 255250 02 test e e ne e deco o in eden cas eabaieeniakeeaes 15 The EPiServer Commerce Plattonm ctra rr do Ut 16 NA A A A A E cet 16 Functions and Page Templates 0 0 0200 ce cc ce cc ce ec cee ee ce eee eee neee 16 ACCESS TIMES Sed ere ca Sheen o o bees eesti o 17 Editoral OM da a beeen ae oe 17 Store AGMINISMAUOM i464 2205 soe tha OR a ndo a e 17 TOM A vee iene kerosene es 17 EGiOral COMME s24cni esa II A tote A O EAT 17 WMO CSS sista cae ste cd eee hen hoe A A aa see eae oon dee yee ie 17 MS E A AR 17 Ho AAA tiateaen aia Be aes oe aes adn ae eeee eu ah 17 o Css 32225020 remitted Oo Saati tae Aut A 17 Commerce Manager interface 2 020 e eee ccc cee cee cee cece cece ce eeeeeeeee 17 EROS Seas ancien alan A AA A IA tele chick ni 18 E pontiac ili ae hee AAA A 18 A ec eens earl A momo se ae ea enue sce eens 18 Store AMIA IS Tato linia it 18 SISMO e de e re 18 Commerce Manager roles 222 cece ccc ce cece ce cece cece cece eee eceeeeeeeeee 18 Commerce Manager Glossary _ 2 2 2 eee cee cee ccc cc eee noo 18 Application Conigu rat
111. G5 Deployment Get Help For This Overview SEO Assets Name catalog node name description Available from 5 25 2010 E 01 59 PM Expires on 5 25 2011 8 01 59 PM Display Template EntriesTemplate Code Sort Order 0 Available Yes No Meta Class Default Catalog Node Display Name en us Display Name de de Display Name es es Primary Image en us Browse Primary Image Description en us Css Class Paragraph DefaultFont size y E 7 23 e Pm T Overview Fields e Name enter a name for the product e Available from the date to which the product is activated e Expires on the date on which the product expires once the expiration date passes the product will no longer appear on the public site e Display Template choose a display template used to show the products in the public site from this dropdown box by default the only available catalog display template is Digital Camera To create your custom template you will need some technical skills with html templates e Code enter a product code here e g DIGICAM e Sort Order determines the order to which the product is sorted in the Node List page e Available select Yes to make the product appear on the public site select No to hide the product from the public site e Meta Class the choice made here dictates which the meta fields or product attributes will appear on the public site or Commerce Manager s
112. ID Select a product in the list and click Select In the Language field you can choose to select the desired language version for the product page or let the system decide by selecting Automatically Enter the details for the link such as title and target frame just as you would for any link in EPiS erver CMS Click OK The product link will be displayed in the Editor O EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 247 Commerce Admin Mode Reports Visitor Groups O Y BB a 4 B S a E i ES i i Our Services Page View ES English United States 7 a Page Type Commerce Standard Page Status Published Compare With 3d Root folder Version jl Recycle Bin Edit Versions its Preview Edit Versions Workflow gt a E A kd Save Li Save and View Save and Publish J Cancel amp News 2 Content Settings shortcut Buyers guide About us Name Our Services Heading Our Services E Customer Service MainBody Support sZ cd dle uJ http daily commerce ep se Edit ProductPicker ProductLink Sea Affiliate Program Function Pages a E Product Link Resources a Curabitur vestibulum aliq Information habitasse platea dictumst Link title aliquam Curabitur nisi Q rutum vitae vestibulum vestibulum et malesuada Target frame Open the link in a new window pulvinar iaculis ligula mi Link target Mauris sollicitudin ferme
113. Image Stabilized Zoom Silver m You May Also Like Canon Canon PowerShot X100IS 8MP Digital Camera with 10x Optical Image Stabilized Zoom Silver 487 46 Add To Cart Item Number 2 999 00 013803084146 Usually Ships in 24 Hours Fl Compare Sony Compare Products Sony Quick Battery Charger with You have no items to compare 4 AA NiMH Rechargeable Related Products and Accessories Batteries DigiPower a 3 TT a DigiPower DPS 3000 3Hour AA AAA Rechargeable Battery Kit 2 999 00 i with 4 AA 2700 mAh Batteries and Car Charger E 7 Canon Wid Canon ACK 300 AC Adapter for A310 A430 A520 A530 A540 4 900 00 A700 A710 A720IS amp SX100IS ISDigital Cameras E Y DigiPower Digipower DPS 5000 1 Hour AA AAA Rechargeable Battery Kit 3 499 00 Add To Cart with 4 AA 2700 mAh Batteries 1 999 00 Canon Canon PSC 100 Digital Camera Case ltemisinstock Addto Wishlist 1 fe Add To Cart The Product Page page type is linked to the information stored about the product in the product data base For instance information such as name code catalog image and display price is collected from the Commerce Manager product catalog EPISERVER adminn Q Settings Welcome admin EPISERVER Variation SKU Edit Product Version 5 2 build 204 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Welcome Change Language About Y Get Help For This Page 2 Ca ement
114. Keyword as ICharge Selecta Language from the dropdown menu Select the Class Name Mediachase Commerce Plugins Payment ICharge IChargeGateway Select Yes for IsActive Change the Sort Order IsDefault Supports Recurring as needed Click OK to save changes Payment Method Edit Overview Parameters ID Name Description System Keyword Language Class Name Sort Order IsActive Is Default Supports Recurring nsoftware nSoftware Charge select language Mediachase Commerce Plugins Payment l Charge Chargelateway D Ey Yes No Ey Yes No F Yes a No Restricted Shipping Methods Available Shipping Methods Chosen Shipping Methods Default Shipping Online Download Add All gt gt Once created click on the payment gateway again to go back to the Payment Method Edit page Click on the Parameters tab EPiServer AB Publishing a Contract 207 The Configure IBiz E Payment Integrator Component appears and you can select from the Gateway dropdown menu several dozen of the most popular payment gateways will appear Depending on the gateway you select such as Authorize Net the Configuration Parameters will change Enter in your cre dentials and other relevant information to activate the gateway and click OK Overview Parameters Configure Biz E Payment Integrator Component Gateway Authorize Net Get IBiz E Payment Integrator from www nsoftware com You will find
115. L X Creative Headphones HO 140 o OPTIONAL You can Edit an item on the list You can change the Sort Order and the Type Once you re done mod ifying the values click on Update to save your changes Otherwise select Cancel to navigate away with out saving Assets Tab Assets are downloadable contents such as documents links videos and images that can be linked to specific products Assets are uploaded and managed in the Asset Management subsystem 1 Under Find Assets select from the drop down list and click Add Asset O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 99 a aamiin Variation SKU Edit Product Version 5 2 b l License ECF G5 Deplo Get Help F Find Assets Add Asset Sort Order ma Root Specifications Page 1 of 0 0 items 5 Root Software D Root Downloads O Root User Guides fr Root Images 2 Enter a Group Name By default Commerce Manager offers three options with names that will allow the associated assets to be correctly displayed on the product details page of the public site e Image type as image all lowercase thumbnail icon s will appear on the product details page e Downloads a Downloads tab will appear towards the bottom of the details page e Specifications a Specifications tab will appear towards the bottom of the details page Find Assets Root Presentations Add Asset Group Name PowerPoint Edit Command ID Type Name Croup Sort Order Page
116. List LA Vie att organizations Description Business Category The Organization Edit page appears Description Name Enter in the organization name this is the only required field Description For additional details about the organization Select from the drop down menu to assign a type to the organization More Type IE types can be added to the drop down by clicking on the icon Business Cat Select from the drop down menu to assign a category to the organization egory You can add more categories by clicking on the icon You can assign a parent organization to an organization If the organization Parent you are creating is a sub unit of a larger organization then select the par entin the drop down menu If you do not see the Organization listed on the drop down menu click on More Once you have entered all relevant information click on OK The Organization Info window of the organ ization appears From here you can view Information about the Organization you just created Out of the box you can also see associated Contracts Organizations Addresses and Credit Cards You can further edit the Organization by clicking the Edit button To go back to the Organization List click on Organizations on the menu bar next to Edit EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 47 Welcome admin Organization Info Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Get Help For This Page
117. M Dovnload Delete BabyStuffCategories csw 274 bytes Yesterday 4 21 PM Yesterday 4 21 PM 1 Page 1 of 1 8 items Choose mapping file Actions File Name Size Created Last Updated Dovnload Delete BabySalePrice xml 2 82 KB Yesterday 4 43 PM Yesterday 4 56 PM Dovnload Delete BabyAssociations xml 2 09 KB Yesterday 4 42 PM Yesterday 4 42 PM Dovnload Delete BabyEntryRelations xml 1 97 KB Yesterday 4 42 PM Yesterday 4 42 PM Dovnload Delete BabyVariationInventoryPricing xml 6 22 KB Yesterday 4 41 PM Yesterday 4 50 PM Dovnload Delete BabyVariations xml 4 12 KB Yesterday 4 40 PM Yesterday 4 40 PM Dovnload Delete BabyPackages xml 4 11 KB Yesterday 4 38 PM Yesterday 4 38 PM Dovnload Delete BabyProducts xml 4 14 KB Yesterday 4 38 PM Yesterday 4 38 PM Dovnload Delete BabyStuffCategory xml 4 63 KB Yesterday 4 37 PM Yesterday 4 37 PM 1 Page 1 of 1 8 items Choose catalog for import Catalog Bab tuff v Start Import Figure 12 Step 5 At the Import the CSV files and their corresponding mapping files into a specific catalog CSV Import tab view Figure 12 do the following Select and highlight the CSV file you wish to import in the Files available for import section For this example select BabyStuffCategories csv Select and highlight the mapping file that corresponds to the selected CSV file in the Choose mapping file for import section For this example select BabyStuffCategories xml Select the cat
118. Management Catalogs and Product Entries An Commerce Manager front end site allows customers to shop for products Products are arranged into a particular catalog Catalogs are independent from one another and you may create as many catalogs as you need Catalogs can be structured in a number of ways and organized into Categories Products SKUs Bundles Packages and Dynamic Packages O EPiServer AB 28 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 The Catalog Management system provides users with the ability to manage catalogs product categories and products A default B2C Sample Site along with a default electronics catalog consisting of a Brands catalog Everything catalog is included giving you a running demo site after you run the installer e Catalog Management Purchase Orders Shopping Carts Shipping and Returns Exchanges The Order Management system is where you can monitor track change or create new orders ship out items and create returns exchanges Orders are highly flexible giving internal Commerce Manager users the ability to create Purchase Orders with various options including split payments split shipping and split shipping addresses e Order Management Customer Campaigns Promotions and Discounts One area handled by the Marketing system is promotions A Promotion is a marketing tool used to increase sales of certain products or product lines Various incentives such as lowered pricing and other discounts c
119. My Cart and Wish as well as Log in out and the language and currency selector Log out My Account My Cart Wish List English United States Y US dollar T Links to the login page and the language selector will be displayed by default but the other options are listed from the container page defined here In this example the container page is the page Function Pages Under this page you create the other function pages such as My Account Wish list etc The order in which they are presented in the menu is set by the sort order of the Function Pages con tainer page Pages that are set not to be visible in menus will not appear Select the page in the page tree structure to define it O EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 225 Function Pages My Account My Account 4 Check out My Cart Wish List Login Register Search page Payment Forgot Password Product Page Compare products PayPal Display menus from Displays the main navigation menu of the website Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers In this example this information is collected from a container page named Products which itself is not dis played in menus The sub pages consists of a number of selected product pages based on page type Product Listing The order in which the pages are displayed in the menu is controlled by the sort order for the Product parent page which in th
120. Name Mary Smith Credit Cards Security First Name Mary Roles Middle Name Orders Last Name Smith Order History Shopping Lists Parent Organization Company X Wish Lists Shopping Carts Account User Name Mary Description mary smith companyx com Email mary smtih companyx com Company X Customer Group Preferred Currency Preferred Language Registration Source Last Order Date Edit Acco Last Activity Last Lockout Last Login Last Password Changed Customer USD en US companyx Change Password Remove Account 6 1 2010 9 17 44 AM none 6 1 2010 9 17 44 AM 6 1 2010 9 17 44 AM Cancel Editing an Account Changing an Account Password and Removing Accounts To edit an Account click on Edit Account The same pop up will appear You cannot change the User Name unless you remove the Account and recreate the same Account To change the password click on Change Password A password pop up appears with an editable field that allows you to enter in the new password To delete or remote the account click on Remove Account Create an Order Within a Contact For customer accounts you can create purchase orders 1 Click on a contact name You will see the contact details 2 Click on New Order on the menu bar 3 The New Order form appears to generate an order for the customer EPISERVER View Welcome Change Language About Y Customer Management
121. New Field Edit 33 Publi System Name CreditCard Friendly Name Cr Card Type Business Object Plural Name CreditCard Fields 1 NRelations N 1 Relations N NRelations Forms System Views System Name Friendly Name Type N Address Address Text ReferencedField The New Field form allows you to specify the type of data field you want created for the Business Object EPiServer AB Adding Fields to Business Objects 167 New Field Back Business Object Credit Card Field Type String Field Name CustomerServicePhoneNumber Format Text mua Friendly Name CustomerServicePhoneNumber E Maximum Length 100 Description mm LJ Unique value I Allow Nulis Add Field To Y Edit Form m View Form Y Short Info Form 1 Enterin a Field Name which is the system ID or name of the field The Field Name that is entered autopopulates the Friendly Name field 2 Since the Friendly Name is autopopulated based on the Field Name you can either keep the name the same or change it The Friendly Name is what appears on a form such as the Credit Card form 3 You can optionally enter in a Description that appears below the data entry field to explain the field to the user 4 Checkmark on or off to Allow Nulls for this field 5 You can choose to Add Field To an existing Form Checkmark all that apply 6 Enter in a Field Type For further explanation of each Field Type refer to the Reference
122. News 2 Content Scheduling Settings shortcut Categories ee Buyers guide About us Name Our Services Heading Our Services Customer Service MainBody Support Affiliate Program Function Pages Resources i Product picker Page property B Z U Styles z Jm it a Q Show Page Tree E ES English United States v O You can also personalize dynamic content and display customized information to different vis itor groups Find out more under the Personalization section Editing Dynamic Content for a Product Do the following to edit dynamic content for a product 1 Open the page for editing in Edit mode and place the cursor in the editor where you want to add the information O EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 249 2 Inthe dynamic content box select the Edit option The product picker dialog will appear and you can selected another product or product category Click OK when done 3 Save your changes and view the resultin preview or view mode Removing Dynamic Content for a Product Do the following to remove dynamic content for a product 1 Open the page for editing in Edit mode 2 Selectthe dynamic content box and press Delete on your keyboard 3 Save your changes to the page Gadgets in EPiServer Commerce A gadgetis a small application which can be displayed on the OnlineCenter dashboard for quick access The OnlineCenter comes with a
123. ON e655 8 den ss eet aah ae teen ies ode let ee 18 BUSINGSSFOUNGAUOM S28 cscs tees held and eewa a a 19 Catalog AAA ec oe Fe ea eat ees oe ea a eat ee ela 19 Customer Management ecco aie ieee sa comio 20 MARCIO a le e o ne 20 Order Management 2 22 eee cece cece eee cee eee e cece ence eee eeeeeceeceeeeeeees 21 PROTO ING A toe eee ea ee urea ee Raat ane eet te te es 22 Prerrequisito socuiso dio aleatoriedad ie a 22 GOEMING Stariea cion it ii sn 24 LSdging on tome WEDS Ile cotorra tn at o da o el 24 Accessing the Different Modes 00 2 llc ec ccc cee cc eee cece eee eee ceeeeee 24 Logging on to Commerce Manager _ 2 22 ee eee o 25 Pio o AAA A O E 25 Navigating Commerce Manager eee eee cece cece cece cece cee ec eeeceeeceeecees 25 Other Basic Ul and Navigation Elements 0oooooccccccocccccccocccoccno conc 26 Working PTOCEdU ES 1 021 032 31845 26 a oi o e a ica edi la te 26 EPiServer OnlineCenter 0 220 oe ccc cc enc ce noc 27 EPISErVerGCMS Sorodni eee eee a ne eng Be ee aria Soke aeons 27 EIA a as Gnd a e o duda e 27 ATAR mode oft 2322 i boston ed ed be otek dla aca a is bod sce ee ES cds dea 2 Commerce Manager sisas e a Ian 27 System Administration and CONFIQUTatION ooooocccccccccccccccnccnccnccnncnn cnn 27 Administrative Users and Customers occooccccccccccccccncc cee cee cee ec eee cece eee eeee 27 Calalogs and Product ENTES lt t09 20 20 ei secs residan adas 27 Purch
124. Object Address Field Name Organization Friendly Name Organization Allow Nulls Add Field To Eit Form View Form Short Info Form Object Organization Display Region Not Set ET The Related Object will have the Primary Object appear under the opposite relationship N 1 on its configuration form For instance iforganization is the Primary Object and the Related Objectis Address the relationship is automatically generated under the N 1 tab in Address Welcome admin Configuration Product Version 5 2 build 243 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Get Help For This Page gt Business Object Customization a New Field Edit 23 Publish Back To List System Name Address Friendly Name Address Type Business Object Plural Name Address risas Forms system views 7 New Relation one to many Name Primary Object Related Object Contact Address Contact Contact Address Contact 9 CreditCard Address Credit Card EPiServer AB Adding a Many to 1 Relation 171 Adding a Many to I Relation Users can also relate business objects via a Many to 1 relationship For example you can relate mul tiple contacts to a single organization or unit In the example below N Organization and 1 related objects such as Parentld PrimaryContactld etc To create Many to 1 relationships click on a business object and click on the N 1 Relations tab Co
125. Order goes into Edit Mode Click on Save to process the payment and the order The payment Transaction Type changes to Authorization 4 Go back to the Purchase Order and click on the Returns tab Click on Complete Return to enable the Customer Service Representative CSR to release the EO shipment Optionally you can can cel the shipment to cancel the Exchange Order Once you release shipment the CSR repeats the same process as he would when shipping a Purchase Order Shopping Cart Registered and anonymous customer carts can be viewed in detail and converted to a Purchase Order manually Converting a Shopping Cart to a Purchase Order Customer shopping carts can be manually converted over to Purchase Orders rather than have them process the order via the front end site O EPiServer AB 136 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 1 Go to Order Management gt Carts You will see the Shopping Carts List You can also click on Today This Week or This Month to filter by date range Shopping Carts List Welcome Change Language About Y Order Management new Order X Delete Selected 3 2B Order Management Q Order Search E a Purchase Orders o Today This Week This Month o All Y Purchase Orders By Status 3S Carts o Today This Week al D Customer Last Modified 14 Carlos 9 Jennifer Brovme 3 Anonymous m a This Month
126. Parameters ID Name Description A System Keyword Language select language oe Class Name none Sort Order o Is Active F Yes No IsDefault A Yes No Supports Recurring Ey Yes a No Restricted Shipping Methods Available Shipping Methods Chosen Shipping Methods Default Shipping Online Download Add All gt gt Here is an explanation of some of the gateway properties EPiServer AB Publishing a Contract 205 e ID the system assigned unique identifier for the payment gateway e Name the name to be displayed to the user e Description a description that can be displayed to the user e System Keyword the unique name for each instance of the gateway new non unique key words will not save to the database This is not be editable after a gateway is initially created e Language allows a specific language to be specified for the payment gateway e Class Name name of the gateway class to be associated with the payment e Sort Order specifies the order of the payment method on the list of payment methods page e IsActive specify whether or not the payment method is activel e IsDefault specific whether or not the payment method is the default one e Supports Recurring specify whether this payment methods supports recurring payments such as for subscriptions e Restricted Shipping Methods Restricted shipping methods is not fully imple mented out of the box
127. Product Information as Dynamic Content oooccoccccccccccoccccnccnccncnccn ee ee 247 Editing Dynamic Content for a Product 2 0 2 eee cee cece eee cence 248 Removing Dynamic Content for a Product 22 cece eee ee eee 249 Gadgets in EPiServer Commerce coco 249 Adding gadgets to the dashboard 00 00 lee cee cece eee 249 Commerce Orders Gadget 22 oe ns 250 EPiServer AB Table of Contents 11 Commerce Overview Gadget _ 2 2 2 eee cee ce ec eee cee o 250 Comment Approval Gadget icc dd 251 Comment Abuse Report Gadget 22 ieee ee cece cee cece cece cee annon 251 Commerce Settings for CMO Gadget 02 eee eee eee eee 252 Adding the Commerce Settings for CMO Gadget _ _ 2 22 ieee eee eee eee eee eee eee 252 Editing Commerce Settings for the CMO Gadget 2 022i 253 Deleting Commerce Settings for the CMO Gadget 22 lee eee eee eee eee 253 Managing Ne Tag Cl OU ninas stanoitisas St Ute id a a 253 Listing tag cloud MEMS eiii deal td dd a ae 254 S ng UNS TAG CLOW NSU anes prin e edad 254 SE ANC MING MON a ade tenstutss espa aa a tal o eat AU ta ad y a btt ity etl 255 UOC ANNO a aea messen Sea eu cen ihds A E 255 Delega tada o ran ta aio he Ia e ee to ee 255 Personaliza o hela led ut uae A aa eit ts 255 Customer Properties Criteria 20 le ieee ee eee eee eee eee eeee 256 Order Frequency Criteria scs 30see a ee Cee e ds de 25
128. R2 SP1 The Organizations section also comes with a new customizable filtering feature to display organizations and sub units based on any of their attributes such as name organization types business categories etc Browsing Organizations Organizations are one of the major function areas of the Customer Management system You can browse and view existing Organizations To browse Organizations go to Customer Management gt Organization on the left menu Customer Management qo a Organizations La Contacts a Roles This will open the Organization List page Viewing Organization Details Organization details are separated by four columns Description Name Name of the organization Description Additional details of the organization Type The kind of organization itis Business Category Under which category the organization falls Organization List PM att organizations a E New Organization 4 Printer Version pl Delete E Marne Description Type Business Category E Ed Company X West Online software applications Organization Computers amp Electronics E Company X On ye sofware applications Organization Computers amp Electronics You can click through the name of the Organization to view more details about it Welcome admin Organization Info Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer O Get Help For This Page E Edit E organizations
129. Search for a tag field atthe top of the tag list Updating a tag To update a tag click the Edit symbol next to the tag in the tag list You can change the tag name and you can update the hit count number for the tag Click Save to update the changes Note that each tag must have a unique name Deleting a tag To delete a tag click the Delete symbol next to the tag in the tag list Click OK to confirm the deletion Personalization The personalization feature in EPiServer CMS allows you to create adapted content that will be displayed to targeted Visitor Groups Based on user information collected when visitors access your website dif ferent content will be shown to different visitor groups of your choice You can for instance display dif ferent content to first time visitors and returning visitors on your website The personalization feature is described in detail in the user documentation for EPiServer CMS 6 R2 The EPiServer Commerce sample site features a number of predefined visitor group criteria customized for an e commerce site where you want to monitor user activities for instance for products and orders Vis itor groups can be applied to the various content on your EPiServer Commerce site thus creating a per sonalized website visitor experience The visitor groups and their associated personalization criteria can be accessed by clicking on CMS in the global menu and then selecting Visitor Groups in the submenu displayed Or y
130. Segment e Expressions these are customizable Conditions which allow users to extend different aspects of the Marketing system Promotions Customer Segments and Policies all rely on Expressions There is an Expressions Engine which is a core technology behind the Marketing system e Forexample you want to seta Promotion for 40 off Item X The Expression or Condition to enable this Promotion would include Catalog ID for Item X and Reward of 40 e Policies rules that are always executed when Promotions are applied This allows a Marketing manager to declare rules just once for the whole site e Anexample ofa rule is as follows Do not allow negative orders Campaigns Campaigns provide a way to organize marketing activities Campaigns must be associated with Pro motions in order to provide customer discounts Optionally Campaigns can also be tied to Customer Seg ments for targeted marketing purposes For example you can create a seasonal Campaign that will include different Promotions targeted for the spring season Browsing Campaigns To browse Campaigns go to Marketing gt Campaigns to open the Campaign List hs pa Promotions Customer Segments 3 3 Policies a Expressions From the Campaign List you can create a New Campaign or edit existing ones Campaign List 2 More Actions y Jj New Campaign Name Starts Ends Is Active Last Modified Created Digital Cameras 10 7 2008 2 00 00 AM
131. There are three main categories that determine the different levels of permissions Admin Manager and Schema Manager e Admin Role allows users to fully access and administer a particular Commerce Manager system e Manager Role allows users to manage View Create Edit Delete existing aspects of a particular Commerce Manager system e Schema Manager allows users to access only the administrative side of an Commerce Manager system e g setting up Meta Data Definitions of Roles Selecting Roles in the left menu opens a Roles List page with the default Roles shown below The Roles List page allows Commerce Manager administrative users to add new edit or delete these existing roles Here is a listing of the roles available out of the box followed by a brief high level description of what a user with this role can access e Admins allows users to fully administer most areas of the Commerce Manager e Everyone one of the default roles which is assigned when a customer registers an account from the front end public site e Management Users allows users access to the Commerce Manager e Order Supervisor allows users to fully administer the Order Management system e Order Managers allows users to manage View Create Edit Delete Others elements within the Order Management system e Registered one of the default roles which is assigned when you register from an account from the front end public site e Shipping Manager
132. Var3 Diapers size 2 Variation Catl0 1 1 2009 6 00 10 1 2012 18 00 5 Insert Ward Diapers size 3 Variation Catl0 1 1 2009 6 00 10 1 2012 18 00 6 Insert Var5 Diapers size 4 Variation Catl0 1 1 2009 6 00 10 1 2012 18 00 7 Insert Var6 Training Pants Blue Variation Cat 1 2 2009 11 00 10 1 2012 18 00 8 Insert Var Training Pants Pink Variation Cat 1 2 2009 11 00 10 1 2012 18 00 9 Insert Varg Training Pants Yellow Variation Cat 1 2 2009 11 00 10 1 2012 18 00 10 Insert Wars Baby Wipes Portable 80 ct Variation Catl0 1 2 2009 11 00 10 1 2012 18 00 11 Insert VarlO Baby Wipes 300 ct Variation Catl0 1 2 2009 11 00 10 1 2012 18 00 12 Insert Varll Baby Wipes 700 ct Variation Catl0 1 2 2009 11 00 10 1 2012 18 00 13 14 Figure 4 B c D E G 1 Action Package Code Package Name Entry Type Category Code Available from Expires on Availal 2 Insert Package NB Newborn Package Package Catl0 1 1 2009 12 31 2010 3 Insert Package3to 3to 6mo Package Package Catl0 1 1 2009 12 31 2010 A Figure 5 CSV File Type 3 Entry Relations File This file is used to link one entry to others In this example Var1 Var5 different diaper sizes are asso ciated to Prod1 Diapers Var9 Var11 different quantity for wipes are associated with Prod2 Wipes and so forth Also some variations are assigned to packages Please note that the Prod Var and Package codes MUST BE the codes from the entry CSV files Figure 3 4 and 5 If you include codes th
133. Video _ New File Presentations 13 Upload Multiple a 3 Specifications Software C Downloads User Guides C Images dy Dashboard rer Customer Management Catalog Management l Order Management an Marketing Asset Management 4 ul b fii Administration Page Size 20 iy 1 items Page 41 For more information about asset management please refer to the Asset Management section Product images in the EPiServer Commerce sample site are stored in the database and thus File Formats are not available from the File Manager or the Asset Management sub system Files stored in EPiServer Commerce are often image files in different formats such as jpg or png or doc uments in pdf formats However files stored in EPiServer Commerce can be of almost any type since a wide selection of file formats are supported Depending on how your website is configured files will also be indexed and appear in the global search for the website EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 37 Commerce Manager This section explains how end users can administer the EPiServer Commerce site by logging into the back end Commerce Manager module Commerce Manager includes a number of sub systems for man aging the different parts of an online store Dashboard The Dashboard is an aggregated view of a site s status Typically the Dashboard gt Home is the first screen seen that a user sees when he she logs i
134. View Contract Lis 3 Reporting 130 dl mee Nornan gt E businessfoundation contract listpermission 3 TH Administration 200 Permissions Item Icon Publish 1 Selecta Display Region from the navigation three on the left Click on the node you want Contract to be placed under For example Contract will be placed on the root level of Customer Man agement 2 The Display Text defaults to the system name of the Business Object You can choose to keep the name or change it 3 The Display Order defaults to 10000 You can keep it at that number or change the value to deter mine the position of the node 4 The Client Script is autopopulated and can be left as is for most users However you can change Client Script if necessary EPiServer AB Publishing a Contract 189 5 Access Permissions is autopopulated and can also be left as is If you want to change Access Permissions refer to the Permissions section 6 An Item Icon can be uploaded to represent the node Click Browse to upload an icon 7 Once all relevant information is entered click on Publish To verify if the object was published go to the Display Region where you specified the object to be pub lished to Click on the refresh icon on the left navigation frame if you at first do not see the new node Always refresh your browser after publishing a business object Customer Management qo a Organizations Le Contacts a Roles a Contract
135. _ 22 220 02 c eee eee eeee 165 Fields in the Business Foundation 000 cee eee cee cee ce cee cee eeeeee 165 Adding Fields to Business Objects 2 2 22 20 o eee ccc cece cece eee eeeceeees 166 Editing Fields of Business Objects 00 0 000 oe eee eee eee 168 Relations in the Business Foundation 00 22 cece cece cee cee cece ceo 168 Adding a 1 to Many Relation iu os roe A ce ee 169 Adding a Many to 1 Relation _ _ 2 22 22 lee eee cece ce cee cece cence eeeeeeee 171 Adding a Many to Many Relation 0 000 ec e ec eee c ee cee cece cee ceeeeeees 173 Forms in the Business Foundation 220 2 c eee cee cece cnc 174 Customizing an Existing Form 00 200 o ee eee eee eee ee cece cece cee eceeecenecenees 175 Editing the Layout of a Formos 5 5 ceconuns bh eioce tsictecaaliles fit oobi teu ekcoubusueeld leis 175 Adding Sections and Fields cur dir id cba 176 Deleting Sections and FOIS cueicani socias tdi died it iia 180 Recre aling a FONT cios A ech ass a a do 181 Saving a Customized FOr cocinan ad das 181 Creating a New Business Object 2 000 eee eee cee ec cee cee cece ceeeceeecenes 182 Scenario Creating and Publishing a Contract Business Object 182 Creating a New Contract Object 0 2 ec ccc cece concen 183 Connecting a Contract to an Organization Using a Many to One Relationship
136. ackage via Fixed Shipping Rate mary smith email2 com Mary Smith Items Ordered Total 1 of Canon PowerShot Pro Series S5 IS 8 0MP Digital Camera with 12x Optical Image 449 99 1 First Street Stabilized Zoom Santa Monica California 81823 Discount 0 00 United States Item s Subtotal 449 99 8181234567 Shipping amp Handling 10 00 Total for this Shipment 459 99 Billing Address Subtotal 449 99 scount 0 00 Method Pay By Phone Taxes 0 00 Mary Smith Shipping amp Handling 10 00 1 First Street TOTAL 459 99 Santa Monica California 81823 United States 8181234567 lt lt Back Place Order Step four provides a possibility to review the order details including pricing information before the order is submitted Details from previous steps are displayed with the possibility to back to previous steps Click ing on Place Order will submit the order to the system and initiate the order management procedures The Check Out page is created in Edit mode and then defined in the site configuration setting of the start page For more information on different payment providers in EPiServer Commerce please refer to the Payment Providers section Shopping Cart The purpose of the Shopping Cart page type is to display product items that a customer have added to the personal shopping cart The page also provides functionality for changing the quantity of items as well as removing items from the list or moving them to the
137. ager 61 To delete multiple Roles checkmark each box and on the menu bar click on More Actions gt Delete Selected Click OK when the pop up appears Role List A Asset Admins O Asset Managers XO Catalog Viewers XO Cms Admins Cms Managers XO Cms Viewers XO Cms Editors x Management Users 08488000 a x q Assigning Roles to Individual Accounts Roles are designed to allow and disallow certain functionality and folders to individual accounts When a Contact logs into his or her account that Account is bound by the Roles it was assigned To assign one or more Roles to an account go to Customer Management gt Contacts and click on an existing Contact with an Account Welcome admin Contact Info Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Get Help For This Page Edit X Delete Contacts Full Name Mary Smith Parent Organization Company X Information Information Information Contact Addresses Full Name Mary Smith Customer Group Customer Credit Cards Security First Name Mary Preferred Currency USD mS Middle Name Preferred Language en US ore Last Name Smith Registration Source companyx Order History Shopping Lists Parent Organization CompanyX Last Order Date Wish Lists Shopping Carts Account Edit Account Change Password Remove Account User Name Mary Last Activity 6 1 2010 9 17 44 AM Description mary s
138. al Cameras you will want to add meta fields that are specific details related to digital cameras such as number of megapixels focal length red eye reduction support etc Adding Meta Fields to a Meta Class 1 Go to Administration gt Catalog System gt Meta Fields EPiServer AB 200 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 2 Click on New Meta Field to create a new meta field Settings EPISERVER Meta Fields EPISERVER O admin y Q Welcome admin Product Version 5 2 build 204 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Welcome Change Language About 1 Get Help For This Page Administration 2 New Meta Field afi Administration e Type Multi Language Compare Search History Friendly Name y 7 System Settings DisplayName ShortString True True True False Display Name 33 Catalog System 26 Primarylmage ImageFile False False False False Primary Image a Warehouses ae 27 Description LongHtmliString True False True False Description a Tax Categories 28 Cataloglmage ImageFile False False False False Catalog Image a Meta Classes gt 29 Brand ShortString True True True False Brand a Meta Fields a Order System 30 RedEyeReduction Boolean True True False False Red Eye Reduction 31 MemoryFormFactor ShortString True True True False Memory Form Factor 32 LensType ShortString True True True False Lens Type 33 MinFocalLength ShortString True True True False Min Foca
139. ally references pointing to pages defined here may need to be changed When you open the Start page for editing in Edit mode you will find that the Start page itself does not have an editorial area since the content displayed is made up of different types of listings In addition to the standard tabs of EPiServer CMS the Start page has a tab containing specific site configuration prop erty settings Content Tab Below are the properties that can be changed in Edit mode under the Content tab of the Start page Name The name of the page as displayed in the page tree Fetch News list from Defines the container page for the news item listing to be displayed in the mid left information area of the start page O EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 223 Images The start page has a top banner image The image area has functionality for altering between a set of two images which can be defined here Define images in the fields Image 1 Image 2 to be displayed in the top banner area of the start page Select images in the EPiServer CMS file manager Links In the fields Link 1 Link 2 you can define links for each of the altering top banner images on the start page using the EPiServer CMS link dialog The link will take the visitor to the specified URL when clicking on the top image of the start page Commerce EPISERVER fadminy Q Admin Mode Reports Visitor Groups DO Y BD ole 3 0 O a E
140. alog in the Catalog drop down into which you would like to import your CSV data In this example choose Baby Stuff EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 77 e Click the Startimport button You will see the Importing catalog modal dialog box which will notify you ofthe percentage of completion as well as logging messages e Click Close Window at the bottom of the modal dialog to complete the operation e Repeat Step 4 to import all the remaining CSV amp Mapping pairs Step 6 Verify Your Import In the Catalog Management system expand the Baby Stuff folder under Catalog and verify that the con tents of your CSV file were imported into the appropriate catalog Deleting a Catalog 1 At the Catalog List page check off the box to the respective Catalog you wish delete 2 Select More Actions and then Delete Selected from its pull down menu located in the menu bar 3 A pop up will appear to confirm your action Select OK to delete it The chosen catalog will be deleted from the list Catalog List Cy New Catalog Import Export 2 More Actions aT h Everything F E ah Brands Mame Message from webpage Are you sure you want to delete selected items Categories and Nodes A Category or a Node is a grouping of purchasable Products In this section you will learn how to browse create clone move link and delete Categories and Sub Categories Browsing Categories The Node List a
141. ame of the customer group in the Sale Code field The name of the group that you putin the Sale Code field needs to match one of the group names found under Cus Pricing tomer Management gt Contacts gt Name of Contact If your entry into the Sale Code field matches one of the Customer Groups any member of that group will receive the specified price Unit Price discounted price per unit Currency enter currency using the correct currency code i e USD you can create different prices depending on the cur rency that is selected Min Quantity minimum number of units you must purchase to get the discounted bulk rate SEO Tab Search Engine Optimization can be achieved by entering the following information for the product e Title this is the friendly name that appears in your browser s title area e URL this is what gets displayed in the browser URL window e Description this is the meta description that is used for SEO purposes by search engines e Keywords keywords used for SEO purposes by search engines If the Url field is left empty it will be automatically filled in with a generated url which depends on the entry name If the Url field is not empty you entered some url it will be saved as itis and will not be changed automatically even if you change an entry name If you need the url to change leave it blank EPiServer AB 104 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Associations Tab Differ
142. ameras Digital Cameras Everything Digital Cameras g amp Catalogs x dailyspecials Daily Specials Everything Daily Specials a _ Everything Y Brands Templates a E OK Cancel at Dashboard ee Customer Management 1 Page Catalog Management e Order Management mA Marketing i Asset Management fii Administration la m Setting Pricing Data at the Product Level By default EPiServer Commerce ships with the ability to set pricing information at the variation SKU level In certain implementations it may be preferable to set pricing information at the Product level and or the variation SKU level This can be accomplished by editing a configuration file to add the EntryP ricingEditTab to the list of tabs available at the Product level For more information see the section Setting Pricing Data atthe Product Level in the EPiServer Com merce Developer s Guide Creating a Variation or a SKU 1 To create a new variation SKU for a product go to Catalog Management and Catalogs and then click on an existing catalog The Node List window appears 2 Select Create New and New Variation Sku The Variation SKU Edit window appears Overview Tab This is where you enter basic information about the Variation SKU EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 101 Overview Pricing Inventory Associations Name Available from 8 1 2011 sa 01 22 PM Expires on 8 1 2021 al 01 22 PM Display Template Digi
143. an asset is added to the list below you can choose to edit specific assets such as their Group name and Sort Order O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 93 OOOO Add Asset Find Assets Root Presentations Presentation Powerpoint pptx Croup Name default Edit Command ID Type Name Croup Sort Order ee x 1 file Root Presentati default o 1 Page 1 of 1 1 items 4 Once done click OK and the new category node will be created You will be redirected to the Node List Otherwise select Cancel to go back to the Node List without saving any changes Relations Tab Here the relations for a product will be displayed and you can manage the categories a product is linked to This is useful in order to get an overview of all the different categories nodes where a product will occur product can for instance appear in the French Market category as well as under Daily Spe cials and Digital Cameras Browse to a product and open it for editing The relations for the product will be displayed under the Relations tab EPISERVER 7 Ladminxy Q Settings y R Welcome admin EPISERVER Variation SKU Edit Product Version 5 2 build 243 i License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Welcome Change Language About Y O Get Help For This Page Catalog Man t D e a 5 2 3 Catalog Management Catalog Entry Search ID Name Catalog Full Path Catalog Batch Update x digital cameras Digital Cameras Everything Di
144. an be employed as part of a promotion Promotions can be classified into two types either you can create a promotion that is visible prior to check out or you can configure the promotion to be displayed during the checkout process The most powerful aspect of the Marketing system is the Workflow Engine which allows variable conditions to be applied when creating a Promotion These conditions vary from the number of items the percentage discount shipping rates and many others Creating custom promotions is incredibly powerful users have many ways in which to configure pro motions based on their needs Marketing teams also have the ability to target specific customer segments by region individual cus tomers or customer groups e Marketing Assets and Web Files The Asset Management system allows for Assets including images mp3s pdfs software packages and other downloadable files to be centrally stored displayed on either the public site or the Commerce Man ager site and ultimately to be shared or purchased e Asset Management EPiServer AB User Access and Roles 29 User Access and Roles By default EPiServer Commerce uses a customized role and membership provider where groups and users are stored in the Commerce Manager database The information is then shared between EPiServer CMS and Commerce Manager This means thatthe same users and groups will be available both from the EPiServer CMS Admin mode as well as from Commerc
145. an overview of all the different categories nodes where a product will occur A product can for instance appear in the French Market category as well as under Daily Spe O EPiServer AB 108 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 cials and Digital Cameras Browse to a product and open it for editing The relations for the product will be displayed under the Relations tab Creating a Bundle 1 Click on Catalogs The Catalog List appears on the main window 2 Click on an existing catalog name highlighted in blue The Node List window appears 3 Click on Create New pull down menu located in the upper left part of the main window 4 On the drop down menu select New Bundle The Bundle Edit page appears Overview Tab This is where you enter basic information about the Product Package e Name a name for the Bundle e Available from the date to which the Bundle is activated e Expires on the date on which the Bundle expires once the expiration date passes the Bundle will no longer appear on the public site e Display Template choose a display template used to show the Bundle in the public site from this dropdown box by default the only available catalog display template is Digital Camera To create your custom template you will need some technical skills with html templates e Code enter a Bundle code here e g DIGICAM e Sort Order determines the order to which the Bundle is sorted in the Node List page
146. and requires a developer to complete the functionality Restricted Shipping Methods Available Shipping Methods Chosen Shipping Methods Default Shipping Online Download m Add All gt gt Restricted Shipping Methods Available Shipping Methods Chosen Shipping Methods Online Download Default Shipping Click OK to save the Payment Method The payment method will appear in the list of Payment Methods Welcome admin Payment Methods Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer vv Get Help For This Page New 2 More Actions y E Name IsActive IsDefault Ordering Created Last Modified a El x Money Order False False o Today 10 45 AM Today 10 45 AM A El x Payment by card DIBS True True 0 5 12 2010 6 10 05 AM 5 12 2010 6 10 05 AM El x Pay By Phone True True 1 1 1 2006 1 00 00 AM 5 12 2010 6 10 34 AM E El x Pay By Credit Card True False 2 1 1 2006 1 00 00 AM 1 1 2007 1 00 00 AM EPiServer AB 206 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Setting up Payment Methods using nSoftware Provided Payment Gateways EPiServer Commerce supports multiple payment gateways out of the box using nSoftware that the end user can easily setup without the need for a developer O P Ae MSN To enable nSoftware supported gateways create a new payment method Enter in a Name such as nSoftware or anything else Enter in a Description Enter in the System
147. ars Complete the form as you would when creating a new order 4 Under Payment Plan Details you will setthe cycles and parameters of the payment plan 5 Once the payment plan is configured click OK Field AAA You can choose from the following plan cycles which determine how often the customer is charged No Cycle No recurring payment is created The customer is charged once when the initial purchase order is created Plan Cycle Daily Cycle recurring payment happens daily from start date Weekly Cycle recurring payment happens weekly from start date Monthly Cycle recurring payment happens monthly from start date Custom1 Custom2 these are placeholders for developers to create custom cycles within the Mediachase Commerce Orders PaymentPlanCycle class Determines how many times to run a cycle runs For example the cycle length of 2 for a Cycle Length weekly cycle means the cycle will run twice after two weeks from start date Setting a cycle length of 0 means the cycle will run an unlimited number of times Determines the maximum number of cycles to run for this payment plan The max cycles value is typically set to the same value as the cycle length For example if the cycle length is 12 you will set the max cycle length to 12 as well If the cycle length is set to 0 for unlimited then the max cycles length should also be set to 0 Max Cycles This tallies the number of completed cycles so far after the p
148. art number descrip tion and images e Variation SKU a variation or SKU Store Keeping Unit corresponds to a specific type of product with specific characteristics For example a product of Shirts will have an individ ual variation SKU which includes size color and sleeve length e Bundle a bundle is a collection of variations and SKUs allowing customers to purchase two or more items atonce e Package a package is comparable to an individual SKU because the package item must be purchased as a whole i e computer system e Dynamic Package a dynamic package is similar to the package definition above with the added ability to configure the package during checkout e Tax Category this separation of taxes by category allows you to charge a different rate of taxes depending on what is being purchased for example you can have one rate for General Sales items and another rate for Luxury Sales items Customer Management e Account a user account that can be created under a Contact Once an Account has been created the Contact can be assigned Roles and access the Commerce Manager A user account is automatically created for a user who registers from the front end public website which allows a customer to login prior to checking out They default to the Everyone and Registered roles and permissions e Contacts these are users that are created either when an external customer registers on the pub lic site or when a Comm
149. as History How to place an order New Customer Download Mobile Phones Our success Your payment methods Register Help Site Map Contact Terms and Conditions Forgotten your password Press Order tracking Affiliate Program Guarantee Join our program When created in Edit mode the Forgot Password page is defined on the Login page of the website Product Page The Product Page is a central page type on this type of site since this is used for displaying product details and related information The page template will display selected product information such as dis play name and description and item number from the product catalog of Commerce Manager This infor mation is shown in the central part of the page The rest of the page is built up displaying other information related to the product The information is selected based on type of product and meta data available in the product catalog Stock status infor mation for the product item is displayed From here the customer has the option to add selected numbers of the item to the shopping cart or to the wish list EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 243 gt Welcome Store Log out My Account My Cart Wish List English United States US dollar Y gt CLICK TALK 1 item s in your cart Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers Start Digital Cameras Canon PowerShot SX100IS 8MP Digital Camera with 10x Optical
150. ase order manually or when the payment plan quartz job runs and generates the first purchase order Once that first purchase is generated the payment plan goes into effect e The purchase order number that is generated includes the parent ID of the payment plan For example if the payment plan parent ID is 35 the subsequent purchase orders are numbered as PO35XXX e When a payment is added to a payment plan the customer is not charged The customer is charged once the purchase order is generated for the first time and through subsequent pur chase orders The payment plan simply collects the payment information until converted to a pur chase order Editing and Canceling a Payment Plan 1 To edit an existing payment plan go to Order Management gt Payment Plans Recurring or Today This Week This Month All Click on the payment plan ID number to open the payment plans order details page and make edits 2 Tocancel a payment plan when editing a payment plan click on the Summary tab and then click on Cancel Payment Plan Creating a Recurring Payment Plan Using Authorize Net Out of the box EPiServer Commerce supports Authorize net as a recurring payment plan gateway For more information on how to setup payment methods refer to the Payment Gateways section 1 Go to Administration gt Order System gt Payments gt Language and create a new payment method or click on an existing payment method such as Pay by Credit Card
151. ase Orders Shopping Carts Shipping and Returns Exchanges 28 EPiServer AB 4 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Customer Campaigns Promotions and Discounts 22 eee cece cece ee ee 28 PSSCISaN AVEO St eee ee hee Gua a Rata on ieee hess Sie eee ne 28 User Access and Roles occ 29 User Access from Commerce Manager 22 2 22 c eee cee cee ec eee cece cece eee cece cence 29 User Access from EPiServer CMS __ 2 222 eee cece cc eee ro 31 Globaliza UOM taco bla a e sin A ee hate aha aa il do 32 Working With Language Settings oooococccccccccccocccoccnoconocrnocnnocrnccrncrnocnnocas 32 Specific Language SeUINGS nerrrsiaari airada da Eset 32 CoOmentLanguado cuarto ls e ee eth le a ls de et ed ua OS aaa ee hg 32 Languages for Product Catalogs 02 lee ee ee eee 33 User Interface EAN QUADS tees sudan ta eh OAS Aree hee ae Sd Seine Bu eta irte Bates 33 File Management session as Bodied aaa teas eR ees rasos 35 Working With File Management _ 2 22 222 eee cece cece eee cece eee eee eeeeeeeeees 35 Working with the File Manager 0 oe cece cc ee cc ec cee cece cece cece cceecceeceeecees 35 Working with the Asset Manager 2 22 eee cee eee cee cee cece cee eee eeeeeeeeeecees 36 PRC OMS at8 iss seek che Aire alah gana ie aa te tat Get inten a sad cd Ob ee Sais Ditka Ga at 36 Commerce Manager 2 eee cee cee e cee cc eee c
152. at are not defined in the entry CSV files you will get an error while importing them into Commerce Manager in Step 4 O EPiServer AB Wooo sy om on A el oll all el eje e m in B w M e S 17 A Action Insert Insert Insert Insert Insert Insert Insert Insert Insert Insert Insert Insert Insert Insert Insert Figure 6 L B Parent Entry Code Child Entry Code Prodi Varl Prodl Var2 Prodl War3 Prodl Vara Prodl WVar5 Prod2 vars Prod2 Varl0 Prod Varll Prods Varo Prods Var Prod3 vVar Package NB Varl Package NB vVar10 Package3tob Var2 Package3tob Varl0 CSV file type 4 Associations file This file is used to create associations between different entries In this example Var 10 is associated to Var 1 as an Accessory and Var 2 to Var 1 as a cross sell item 1 2 3 A A Action Insert Insert Figure 7 B Baby Catalog Association Name Accessories Customers Who Bought This Item Also Bought Varl CSV file type 5 Pricing Inventory file This file is used to specify the information for the Pricing Inventory tab of each individual entry fo j jon jin da 00 A Lo 10 11 1 13 A Action Update Update Update Update Update Update Update Update Update Update Update Figure 8 CSV file type 6 Sale Price file C O Entry Code Price Tax Category Varl Var2 Vara Vare Vard Varo Var Varg Varg Varl0 Varil 16 99 General Sales 17 99 Gene
153. ave its own catalog Or a retailer may have mul tiple suppliers in which case you can segment each supplier into its own catalog A default B2C Sample Site along with a default electronics catalog consisting of a Brands catalog an Everything catalog is included giving you a running demo site after you run the installer The EPiServer Commerce Catalog Management provides full complement of tools and capabilities to create and manage a diverse range of products variations pricing strategies languages and related website functions EPiServer Commerce allows you to easily and flexibly organize and categorize your products All prod ucts referenced on a front end site reside in a catalog created in Commerce Manager Multiple catalogs can be created and assigned to one or more sites The dates that each catalog will be available to the cus tomer can also be defined In this way future revisions to items and pricing can be prepared easily and reviewed in advance of the release date to the site Catalogs can be organized into Categories Products SKUs Bundles Packages and Dynamic Packages Catalog and Catalog Entries e Catalogs a catalog is a top level container for all catalog entries such as Categories Products and SKUs Catalogs a Catalog is a top level container for all Catalog Entries such as Cat egories Products and SKUs e Categories a Category is a grouping of purchasable products e Products a Product represent
154. ay 3 15 PM To see the Folder in the left navigation frame click on the Refresh icon and the new Folder Audio will appear You can create additional subfolders underneath Audio or any other existing Folder EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 161 Asset Management 3 Root Video Presentations Specifications software 7 Downloads 7 User Guides Images CJ Audio Uploading Individual Files To upload a single File navigate to the Folder you want to upload the File to and then click on Create New gt New File Asset List 2 More Actions Cii New Folder Upload Multiple Files Click on Browse or enter in the file path into the field Once done click on Upload Welcome admin Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer 9 Get Help For This Page File Item Click Browse and select file or type file path C Users anfi Documents Images phone jpg Upload k A progress bar appears below Once the upload is complete the FolderElement form appears allowing you to edit the name of the File if you wish Once done click OK EPiServer AB 162 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 File Item File Item ImageFolderElement Name phone jpg The File is now visible on the Asset List of the destination folder ma L Create New More Actions 3 Root EJ Name Video FA 3 Presentations O es es C S
155. ayment plan was created When Completed Cycles initially creating the payment plan set this field to O Set the start date and time to determine when the payment plan should begin beginning recur Start Date i ring transactions End Date Set the end date and time when the payment plan should end ending recurring transactions Set True to enable the payment plan Set False to create the payment plan but keep it inac Is Plan Active i tive Last Transaction Logs the last transaction date The date and time already in those two fields when first creating Date the payment plan should be kept as is Payment Plan Order Detail Page Explained The payment plan begins once the first purchase order is generated The purchase order can be created manually by clicking on Create First Purchase Order or automatically by the payment plans quartz job After creating a new payment plan a new Order page appears This is slightly altered from the original Order detail page that appears after creating a new order The changes include e Inability to manage shipments i e release shipments for further processing e An Orders tab that shows a history of processed purchase orders from this payment plan EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 139 e A Create First Purchase Order button that a CSR can manually click on to create the first pur chase order related to this payment plan The button disappears after creating the first purch
156. been finalized and shipped out EPiServer Commerce enables you to process returns and exchanges directly in the order Returns and exchanges can only be processed once a pur chase order status is tagged as Completed 1 Goto purchase order that has been finalized and shipped Go to the Details tab and you will see that the Create Return is available under Returns Exchanges Click on it to begin the return and or exchange process EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 131 Shipment Summary _ Shipment Status Returns E Item Subtotal 54 94 Status Shipped Shipping cost 10 00 Shipment Total 64 94 2 The Create Edit Return form appears Click on New Item to add associate the items to be returned 3 The Lineltem drop down menu defaults to the items that were in the original purchase order You can set the Return Quantity and the Return Reason from the drop down list Faulty Unwanted Gift Incorrect Item Click OK to save your changes Create Edit Return x New i x Lineltem Apple iPhone 1G Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit Case Bl ID ELCBOOOWHK3V26 Display Name Apple iPhone 1G Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit Case Black Cozip Brand Made in Korea List Price 39 99 Quantity 1 00 Return Quantity 1 00 Return Reason Faulty Zor 4 The purchase order will go into Edit Mode Click Save to continue the return process Otherwis
157. cart page The page to be used when displaying a shopping cart Select the page in the page tree structure O EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 227 Check out page The page to be used when displaying the check out page for a customer Select the page in the page tree structure DIBS Payment page The page to be used when displaying a DIBS payment page The page will process a DIBS payment through the DIBS payment gateway Select the page in the page tree structure to set the payment page to be used Order history page The page to be used when displaying the order history page for a customer Select the page in the page tree structure Compare products page This setting defines the page to be used when comparing products This page provides functionality for displaying selected products next to each other for comparison Select the page in the page tree struc ture Allow empty column Check this field to allow empty columns to be displayed in the footer menu in case a menu item does not have any sub pages Path to template for display entry without SEO info Enter a path for a display template to use for an entry that does not have any information for search engine optimization SEO PayPalPaymentPage The page to be used when displaying a PayPal payment page PayPal is the default payment provider on the EPiServer Commerce sample site Select the page in the page tree structure to set the payment page to be
158. ce for the Promotions or Campaigns Customer Seg ments determine the target audience for the Promotions Within a Campaign all Promotions will be applied to whatever Customer Segments associated with the same Campaign Members of the Customer Segments can be pre defined in static groups or you can use the Expressions Engine to create dynamic groups whenever Promotions are run For example you can have a Customer Segment that targets all users from the Los Angeles area You can create an Expression that will include all the customers whose home city is Los Angeles Thus when a user registers on the site he immediately becomes part of the target Customer Segment Creating a Customer Segment Customer segments specify which group of Customers a user wants to specifically target with their Cam paigns Creating a Customer Segment Assigned to Contacts Go to Marketing gt Customer Segments af Campaigns pa Promotions Customer Segments a Policies p a Expressions Click on New Segment on the menu bar to open the Segment Edit page EPiServer AB 152 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Customer Segment List t More Actions E livesinume A Stockholmskunder E Grads segment Edit Overview segment Name enter segment nante Display Name Description di Members a Exclude member add member Conditions New Condition The above conditions will be evaluated in runtime and if any
159. ce your layout is set you can add additional sections and or additional fields 1 Click on Add gt Add Section to add a new section Adding sections allows you to separate and divide groups of fields on a form with their own header and border 2 Enter in a Title for the section 3 Checkmark the box next to Show border line for this section if you want to show the border around section Otherwise uncheck the box to hide the border 4 Checkmark Show the name of this section on the form if you want to show the title of the section on the form Otherwise uncheck the box to hide the title 5 Selecta View Type or layout of the section One Column Two Columns 1 1 Two Columns 1 2 Two Columns 2 1 6 Enter a numeric pixel value for Cell Padding or amount of space between each cell in the section 7 Click Save to save your changes EPiServer AB Customizing an Existing Form 177 Common Tasks Recreate Form SEditForm save Windows Intern Eca nE Table Credit Card ad Y amp amp Edt X Rem Add Field E http ecf episerver com Apps MetaDataBase MetaUl P ages Add Section Add a new section to the form Last Four Digits Title Credit Card 2 Card Number Security Code Show border line for this section Customer Service Show the name of this section on the form Phone Number View Type One Column Two Columns 1 2 gt
160. chased cannot exceed the inventory value In other words the check out procedure cannot be completed if you exceed the number in the inventory instead the quantity you can purchase will default to the actual number of remaining units For instance if you have Tracking Inventory Yes and Inventory Status Disabled Ignored then the available quantity will be monitored but it will not limit the number of units that can be checked out If you only have a quantity of 5 and you order 6 items the checkout will still complete and the inventory number will become 1 In Stock you can enter the quantity of a particular product available for sale Reserved The quantity you set here allows you to reserve a specified number of inventory In Stock and prevent them from being used So for instance if you set the In Stock 10 and Reserved 5 then the In Stock count will not go below 5 Reorder Min Qty If the inventory falls below the value specified here then this item will appear in the Low Stock Report in the Dashboard or Reporting subsystem Allow Preorder Backorder Yes or No you need to set Allow Preorder Backorder status to Yes to turn either of these features On Preorder Backorder Avail When you turn on either of the two and specify a quantity the count will begin to decrease after the In Stock count reaches its limit For example if you set In Stock 10 Reserved 3 and Backorder 10 then the Backorder qty will start to decr
161. cific catalog entry Under the Select catalog entry Y drop down menu select another specific catalog entry Enter in a value for the Quantity of X needed to qualify for the promotion For example the cus tomer must purchase 2 of Catalog Entry X as a prerequisite for the discount Enter in a value for the Quantity of Y needed to quality for the promotion For example the cus tomer must purchase 3 of Catalog Entry Y as a prerequisite for the discount In the Amount field enter in a number and select from the drop down to indicate that the Pro motion is Percentage Based or Value Based For example if you enter 40 and select Percentage Based the Promotion will take off 40 If Value based it will be 40 off the total price Purchase Condition and Reward This type of promotion makes additional SKUs available at a percentage discount when an order includes some required amount of the specified SKU Select catalog entry X 510 Headset Charger ELCBOOOCKLCX46 v Select catalog entry Y Plantronics Voyager 510 Bluetooth Headset Carrying Case Quantity of X needed to qualify for the promotion 2 Quantity of Y needed to qualify for the promotion 1 Amount 20 Percentage Based le Buy X Get Off Discount This type of Promotion gives a discount per item by purchasing the minimum quantity specified under these Purchase Conditions Enter in a Minimum quantity that the customer needs to purchase in order to receive the disc
162. come admin DESTE Ea OE Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiSe Get Help For This Page News amp Announcements x Help Help will appear in a separate window Find answers to questions about Commerce Manager containing the terms Examples Campaigns and Promotions a How do Create a Discount Promotion b How do Create a New Product c Where is the release history PS Summary db Products 1320 Categories 64 4 orders 17 4 3 Promotions 1 O EPiServer AB 38 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 To collapse Controls click on the Up arrow icon To expand a collapsed Control click on the Down arrow Summary a X 4B Products 1320 Categories 64 Orders 17 amp Customers 10 3 Promotions 1 News amp Announcements v x Help a X Help will appear in a separate window Find answers to questions about Commerce Manager containing the terms Search Help Examples Campaigns and Promotions a How do Create a Discount Promotion b How do Create a New Product c Where is the release history To remove a Control click on the X icon Adding Controls and Adjusting the Page Template Click on Add on the Dashboard page The Information form pops up above the Dashboard page Information pa Controls Set Page Template Help News Announcements Performance Summary El Set
163. create subcategories If the Parent Code is set to null or root then that category will be created in the root level of a catalog In this example the Infants and Toddlers category will be created at the root level while the Diapering Supplies category will be located under Infants as a subcategory A B C D E F G 1 Action Category Code Parent Code Category Name Available from Expires on Available True False 2 Insert Catil null Infants 1 1 2009 6 1 2009 TRUE 3 Insert Cat null Toddlers 1 1 2009 6 1 2009 TRUE 4 Insert Catl0 Catl Diapering Supplies 1 1 2009 5 1 2009 TRUE 3 Figure 2 EPiServer AB 70 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 CSV File Type 2 Entry Files These files specifies data for Catalog Entries The Products Variation SKUS and Packages CSV files for this example are shown in Figure 3 4 and 5 respectively A B C D E F G 1 Action Product Code Product Name Entry Type Category Code Available from Expires on Avail 2 Insert Prodi Diapers Product Catl0 1 1 2009 6 1 2009 3 Insert Prod2 Wipes Product Catl0 1 1 2009 5 1 2009 4 Insert Prod3 Potty Training Pants Product Cat 1 1 2009 6 1 2009 5 Figure 3 A B C D E F G Variation Category 1 Action Code Variation Name Entry Type Code Available from Expires on 2 Insert Varl Diapers Newborn size Variation Catl0 1 1 2009 6 00 10 1 2012 18 00 3 Inset War2 Diapers size 1 Variation Cati0 1 1 2009 6 00 10 1 2012 18 00 A Insert
164. ct 1 N Relations N 1 n N M Relations System Name Friendly Name ze Contract Contract Name E Contractld Id 2 On the Relation N 1 form select the primary object as Organization The Related Object will be the Contract object the friendly name appears as opposed to the system name 3 Enter in a Field Name such as Organization 4 Enter in a Friendly Name that will render next to the field in a user view Checkmark the box next to Allow Nulls if you want the user to be able to submit the form without having to enter any data into the field Otherwise an unchecking this box means that this becomes a required field that the user must enter data in 5 Checkmark the boxes you want the field to render in such as the Edit Form View Form and Short Info Form To learn more about forms go to Customizing an Existing Form 6 Lastly setthe Display Region using the dropdown menu The display region determines which section the field will appear within the business object in this case the Organization object Note Depending on your selection you may have additional options below the dropdown menu such as Display Text and Display Order An example is below 7 Click Save to save your changes and go back to the Business Object Customization form O EPiServer AB 186 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Relation N 1 General Info Primary Object Organization Related Object Contract Name Object Co
165. ct Page Compare products L PayPal Show Page Tree English United States v When created the Shopping Cart page is defined in the site configuration setting of the start page Wish List The Wish Listpage functionality displays product items in a personal wish list fora customer The items are added to the list when the customer clicks on the Wish List option for a product Sot By Featured Products E hiihii Add To Cart E COMPARE Wisi List 5449359 359 99 You save 220 00 The wish list itself is accessed when clicking on the Wish List option in the menu on the very top of the page EPiServer AB 238 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Welcome Store Log out My Account My Cart Wish List English United States Y US dollar Y O CLICK TALK ems in your ca Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers Start Wish List m Wish List Description Each Qty add to cart Pentax K200D 10 2MP Digital SLR Camera with Shake 599 95 1 Item is in stock remove Reduction Body Only ltem 027075138131 added June 16 2010 add to cart Canon PowerShot Pro Series S5 IS 8 0MP Digital Camera with 449 99 314 99 1 Item is in stock remove 12x Optical Image Stabilized Zoom You save 135 00 item 013803079616 added June 17 2010 Update Wishlist Continue Shopping When created the Wish List page is
166. ction below General Info will have a different title based on the Related Object name 2 Enterin a Field Name and Friendly Name They are autopopulated already using the system name of the business object Both names must be unique and not be the same as an existing field The Field Name cannot con tact spaces or special characters only letters numbers and underscores 3 Checkmark the box Allow Nulls if you do not want this to be a required field the user fill in while editing a form Otherwise uncheck the box to make ita required field 4 Under Add Field To checkmark the Forms you want the field to render in such as the Edit Form to enter and submitinformation or View Form read information only 5 Under the Object Name of Primary Object section select a Display region in the dropdown box Additional options such as Display Text and Display Order will appear based on your dropdown menu selection 6 Once all the relevant information is entered click on Save O EPiServer AB 172 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Relation N 1 General Info Primary Object Address a Related Object Organization Object Organization Field Name Address Friendly Name Address Allow Nulls Add Field To FEE E View Form Short Info Form System View All organizations Object Address Display Region Not Set ET Like an 1 N relationship if you create a N 1 relation
167. ctions t y A ied waa sank F Tent Sea 4 Y English New Zealand en NZ La Plug in Manager Y English South Africa en ZA b ai y Deutsch de Rebuild Name for Web Addresses Mirroring t Y francais fr ii ia Register Web Parts 4 y espa ol es ia a Search Configuration Y svenska sv Y a y norsk no ES BE y dansk da ca Y suomi fi E Y Nederlands nl _ if y Nederlands Belgi nl BE ii id y Portugu s Brasil pt BR y English United States en US Y Y Deutsch Deutschland de DE Y espa ol Espa a es ES Y pr Product licensed to EPiServer AB Dung Le Languages for Product Catalogs For products in the product catalog the language information is set in the product database EPiServer Commerce will display the product information in the language selected by the website visitor Lan guages for the content of a product catalog is set when you create the product catalog Find out more about this under Create a Catalog in the Catalog Management section User Interface Language To set the user interface language from EPiServer CMS click your user profile name in the upper right corner Select My Settings and then the Display Options tab Select the language of your choice in the list and click Save Note that you may need to refresh the browser window for the changes to apply O EPiServer AB 34 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Start CMS Commerce v EPiServer CMS Components Microsoft Of
168. curring Payment Plan the Parent Order ID is automatically associated with the Payment Plan ID Line Items you can associate actual Products SKUs Packages Bundles to orders or Pur chase Orders e ID itis automatically generated e Display Name this can be edited and changed e List Price enter in the price that will appear for the item e Discount enter is the Discount value that will subtract from the List Price e Shipping Address This is automatically generated ifa Shipping Address has already been associated with the Purchase Order e Shipping Method This is automatically generated if a Shipping Address has already been associated with the Purchase Order e Creating a Recurring Payment Plan Reporting Recurring Payment Plans payments that are initiated by the Commerce Manager ona regular cycle i e applicable in a subscription based scenario Plan Cycle this determines the period of time that a payment plan will be initiated Options include No Cycle Daily Cycle Weekly Cycle Monthly Cycle Yearly Cycle Cycle Length Unit of the PlanCycle Max Cycle the maximum number of cycles that this payment plan will be initiated Completed Cycles this value displays the number of times that this payment plan has been initiated e Best Sellers Report this report is used to determine which products sold the most in terms of quantity and total revenue over a period of time e Low Stock Report thi
169. d In the Rates tab you can Add Rates which are the foreign exchange rate when you want to convert from one currency to another Overview Rates Edit Command Currency Rate Rate Date Modified O EPiServer AB Publishing a Contract 195 When the Edit Currency Rate Information popup appears enter in e To Currency select from the drop down the Currency to convert to from the current currency e End of Date Rate enter in the End of Day rate e Average Rate enter in the Average rate e Currency Rate Date enter in a Currency Rate Date Then click on Save Changes Edit Currency Rate Information From Currency Australian dollar AUD To Currency Canadian dollar End Of Day Rate 9 0000 Average Rate 0 0000 Currency Rate Date 5 25 2010 Ha 11 25 AM Modified 3 25 2010 11 25 12 AM Setting Your Default Language Currency and Units To set your default language currency or unit login to the Commerce Manager and go to the Admin istration gt System Settings gt Common Settings and make appropriate selection Administration ao ES System Settings al Sites HG Dictionaries g Logs a System Log a Application Log Common Settings Business Foundation search Index Left Menu A O n A Out of the box you have the following options e Language English German Spanish French e Currency US dollars Canadian dollars Euros Yen Pound sterlings and many others e Length units meters feet e Wei
170. d This type of promotion eligible to buy designated number of item at a reduced price Entry X variation l Ultimate Ears Metro fi 150 Noise Isolating Earphones Black Exclude add variation x Apple Iphone PDA Premium Reusable LCD Screen Protector with Lint Cleaning Cloth ELCBOOOTCOHAWS x Ultimate Ears Metro fi 150 Noise Isolating Earphones Black ELCBOOOPBOWNES select catalog entry Y 219 Headset Charger ELCEOODGKLCX46 y Max quantity Y 2 Amount 20 Percentage Based A Creating an Order Level Promotion Order Level Promotions are discounts applied if the overall Order satisfies the conditions specified by the Promotion There are two types of Order Level Promotions available to the user e Order Sub Total Volume Discount if the order subtotal minimum is met then the customer receives the discount e Build Your Own Discount can create a custom Order Level promotion based on a range of Pur chase Conditions and Rewards similar to creating a custom catalog entry discount Order Sub Total Volume Discount Enter in the Minimum order amount into the field For example if the order amount was set to 200 then the customer must have 200 or more in his shopping cart to qualify for the discount Enter in the Amount of the discount It can either be Percentage Based or Value Based If Percentage Based then the customer gets a percentage off the price If Value Based the customer gets a fixed amount discounted
171. d Orders May 2010 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 June 2010 5 10 41 318 61 0 00 52 00 0 00 41 370 61 41 370 61 5 10 41 318 61 0 00 52 00 0 00 41 370 61 41 370 61 Users can also change the zoom size of the report by clicking on the drop down menu with 100 Also paging controls are available next to the zoom drop down menu Users can also reload the report by click ing on the Refresh icon EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 165 To Export a report to a file format for sharing with others click on the drop down that says Select a for mat Select a format from the drop down menu such as Excel or PDF Click on Export and Open or Save the file once the prompt appears System Administration This guide includes various configuration tasks such as setting up Shipping and Payment Gateways your defaultlanguage currency units tax configuration licensing and search settings Often these settings are not configured by users Most of these configuration tasks are achieved in the Commerce Manager Administration area System Settings This sections covers how to setup EPiServer Commerce with payment methods using built in Payment Gateways and setup the default Language Currency and Units Business Foundation Itis a new generation of Meta Data Engine that allows no code customization of the Data Model We enhanced our Meta Model in this new version In the previous version you could only add fields to the existing meta objects and now you can def
172. d in the right click menu and selectthe Dash board tab under which the Approval gadget is located 2 You can chose to view all comments or filter them according to their status Approved Pending or Deleted Click Refresh to update the list if needed 3 Select one or more comments for which you want to update the status by clicking the checkbox to the left of each comment Click the top left checkbox to select all comments displayed in the list 4 Select the status you want to apply Approve Mark Pending or Delete For instance select Approve to approve the selected comments Comment Abuse Report Gadget The Comment Abuse Report gadget makes it possible for EPiServer Commerce administrators and editors to manage comment abuse reports that have been created by website visitors This gadget pro vides an overview of abuse reports and you can remove selected comments from here Do the following to add and configure the Comment Abuse Report gadget 1 Log on to EPiServer Commerce and select Dashboard in the right click menu 2 Select the Dashboard tab under which you want the gadget to appear 3 Select Add Gadgets in top left corner of the dashboard and then select the Comment Abuse Report gadget by clicking on itin the list The gadget will be displayed on the dashboard 4 By selecting Edit in the drop down menu of the gadget you can set the number of items to display as well as the number of abuse reports to be displayed for
173. dit all properties View Only in Company X First Marne Creating a Contact To create a new Contact from the Contact List page click on New Contact Contact List ACA B New Contact Ej Printer Version 3X Delete Selected E First Mame The Contact Edit page appears where you can enter all relevant information about the contact The only required fields to complete are Full Name First Name Last Name and Email The rest of the fields are optional but are recommended 1 Selecta Parent Organization from the drop down menu to associate the Contact with a single Par ent Organization 2 Assign the Contactto a Customer Group More Customer Groups can be added by editing the Customer Group Dictionaries Customer Groups become useful when setting specific permissions and targeted Marketing Campaigns For more information see How to Assign a Customer Group Sales Price for a Particular Item section below 3 Selecta Preferred Currency for the contact If the Contact is in France you may want to associate the Euro currency Available currency options are based on settings in Administration gt System Settings gt Dictionaries gt Currencies 4 Selecta Preferred Language to associate with the Contact Languages are populated based on the languages set under Administration gt System Settings gt Dictionaries gt Languages O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 55 5 The Registration Source field is a text fi
174. e e Best Sellers Report this report is used to determine which products sold the most in terms of quantity and total revenue over a period of time e Low Stock Report this report is used to determine which products are running low in inventory If a product s inventory is less than its reorder minimum quantity it will be included in this report The display of these reports can be generated by Start and End date time and filtered by Day Month Year In addition they can be exported to Excel or PDF format or printed SQL Reporting Services Since the Commerce Manager utilizes SQL databases custom reports can be created using Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services Reporting Services provides a complete server based platform designed to support a wide variety of reporting needs enabling organizations to deliver relevant infor mation where needed across the entire enterprise Read through the resources below to get familiarized with Reporting Services and how you can create custom SQL reports to display data from your EPiServer Commerce site EPiServer AB 164 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 e Reporting Services Features e Using SQL 2008 Reporting Services and Report Builder 2 0 to Create Custom SQL Reports e Download Report Builder 2 0 e Reporting Services and ReportViewer Controls in Visual Studio e Reporting Services Components and Tools e Reporting Services Configuration How To Topics Generating and Customizin
175. e click Cancel to cancel the return Return Actions 1 Click on the Returns tab to process the return further Once you get notice from the shipping department for example that they received the returned item click on Acknowledge Receipt Items EPiServer AB 132 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Welcome admin Order Product Version 5 2 build 243 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Get Help For This Page gt Y Add Note a Send Notifications Add Order Address Order No PO6908 Customer jennifer Browne Order Total 64 94 Status Completed summary betas Payments Returns Notes Return RMA7696 Date Time Initiated Today 2 39 PM Notes Returns actions Exchange actions Status Awaiting Stock Return Create Exchange Return Total 39 99 Acknowledge Receipt Items 4 ID Name Quantity List Price Total Reason ELCBOOOWHK3V26 Apple iPhone 1G Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit Case Black Cozip Brand Ma 1 00 39 99 39 9900 faulty Page Size 100 You can also choose to edit the return or cancel the return completely 2 Once you click on Acknowledge Receipt Items the Complete Return becomes available 3 Click on the button to open the Create Refund form Create Refund x Amount 39 9900 Existing payments a Pay By Phone Sale 564 94 E New Credit Payment Method Pay Ey Phone 1 The
176. e Add an association button to enter the name CrossSell without the quotes an optional description and sort order number Click Save Changes to save and exitthe screen CrossSell should appear in the dropdown menu Next select the new association that you just created from the drop down menu and click on Edit Details Use the drop down menu to add one or more products and select Add Item to save the asso ciation The items you have added to this association will render on the product detail page under You May Also Like on the default template Associating Related Products and Accessories 1 Click on the Add an association button to enter the name Accessories without the quotes an optional description and sort order number Click Save Changes to save and exitthe screen Accessories should appear in the drop down menu Next select the Accessories product association that you just created from the drop down menu and click on Edit Details Use the drop down menu to add one or more products and select Add Item to save the asso ciation The items you have added to this association will render on the product detail page under Related Products and Accessories on the default template Managing Assets Assets are downloadable contents such as documents links videos and images that can be linked to specific products Assets are uploaded and managed in the Asset Management system and then these Assets can be associated with Catal
177. e Manager under Customer Management Both website administrators and customers registering on the e commerce site will managed by the same provider and the user account information will be saved in the same place Most of the user and group role management for the e commerce part will be done from Commerce Man ager This includes managing user accounts and adding roles to users contacts When you need to set access rights for editorial content management in the page tree of the website this will be done from the EPiServer CMS Admin mode The EPiServer Commerce sample site has a number of predefined users and groups roles both for man aging editorial content as well as for administering the e commerce tasks Remember that these users and groups are only examples of how you can set up access rights for your website User Access from Commerce Manager Managing users and roles for store administrators is done from Commerce Manager under the Customer Management sub system EPiServer Commerce is built with flexibility in mind for structuring internal teams and departments as well as external organizations partners and customers The Customer Man agement system allows for creating users and groups with either pre configured Roles or custom Roles which control access to different systems or individual elements within a system When you install EPiServer Commerce you are provided with an administration account This account is given full privileges
178. e PayPal payment procedure when finalizing a pur chase in the checkout process The PayPal payment gateway is the default payment provider in the EPiS erver Commerce sample site When created the PayPal page is defined in the PayPalPaymentPage field of the site configuration setting of the start page EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 245 There are many different payment methods to use in different markets Please refer to the Payment Pro viders section to find out more about the different payment gateways for EPiServer Commerce Tools and Plug ins In this section we describe a number of tools and plug ins for EPiServer Commerce These are for exam ple a plug in for the EPiServer CMS Editor making it possible to select product details directly from the product catalog The plug ins described here are all included by defaultin the EPiServer Commerce sam ple site Product Picker Property The Product Picker Property is a property which can be included in any EPiServer CMS 6 page tem plate The property will add a field making it possible for editors to select products from the product cat alog to be displayed in an EPiServer CMS content page using a predefined display template of your choice The product information will be fetched from the product catalog Please refer to the EPiServer Commerce technical documentation for information on how to add the Product Picker property plug in to a page template Here we describe h
179. e jpg Y Group Name image Edit Command ID Type Name Croup Sort Order Page 1 of O 0 items 3 Once an assetis added to the list below you can choose to edit specific assets such as their Group name and Sort Order Find Assets Root Images phone jpg Group Name image Edit Command ID Type Name Croup Sort Order Ej l X 2 file Root Images p image D 1 Page 1 of 1 1 items 4 Once done click OK and the new category node will be created You will be redirected to the Node List Otherwise select Cancel to go back to the Node List without saving any changes Searching for Entries in Your Catalog The Catalog Search function enables you look for specific sales items stored in the Commerce Manager 1 Click on Catalog Management and then Catalog Entry Search Catalog Management A Catalog Entry Search o Catalog Batch Update Catalogs __ Everything Brands 2 To do a basic search for catalog entries enter a one keyword or more into the Search by Keywords s field such as canon digital cameras The search will return entries that match either of those keywords 3 If you input keywords around quotation marks canon digital cameras then search will only fetch entries that have those exact three keywords EPiServer AB 114 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Entry Search Search By Keyword s canon digital cameras Additional Filters Filter By Language E
180. e location Adding Product Information as Dynamic Content Do the following to add product information as dynamic content to a page O EPiServer AB 248 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 1 Open the page for editing in Edit mode and place the cursor in the editor where you want to add the information 2 Select the Dynamic Content tool in the toolbar 3 Select Product picker in the Select plug in field The product picker fields will appear in the Set tings section 4 Inthe Select product field click the button to select a product from the Commerce Manager prod uct catalog The product picker dialog will appear and you can select a product or a product category by expanding the product category tree or searching in the search field Select the desired product and click Select 5 The product display template is defined in the Select display path can be changed here if needed 6 Click OK A dynamic content box will appear in the editor Save your changes and view the result in preview or view mode Commerce EPISERVER Ladminy Q Admin Mode Reports Visitor Groups DO Y Ao B S a E eae a Our Services Page View E5 English United States 2 Ba ce woes Page Type Commerce Standard Page Status Published Compare With z Version jl Recycle Bin Preview Edit Versions Workc ow AG start Products A kd Save Ll Save and View Save and Publish E Cancel B
181. e redirected to the Thank You page of the EPiS erver Commerce sample site To find out more about the payment process and configuration of PayPal and other payment methods for EPiServer Commerce please refer to the Configuration section of the EPiServer Commerce Developer Guide DIBS Credit Card Payment Services If selected the DIBS credit card payment services are installed and configured automatically during the installation procedure for the EPiServer Commerce sample site When the order is placed and confirmed the procedure will continue with the payment If the selected payment option is Pay by credit card DIBS in step 3 of the checkout procedure the DIBS payment function will be activated to carry out the payment procedure EPiServer AB 260 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 DIBS Pipes Sarr ii EPI Server AB 1 Payment method 2 Validate payment 3 Payment accepted Purchase MasterCard Information VISA The shops order number PO65 65 Amount 984 92 USD Selecting the desired credit card brand will allow for entering the credit card details EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 261 EPI Server AB 1 Payment method 2 Validate payment 3 Payment accepted Payment using VISA Purchase Cancel Information The shops order Card number 4263880022431091 V number Expiry month PO60479 o Y Amount Expiry year 8 0
182. e start page of the website EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 241 e The Number of items in a search result page Set a number to define the number of matching hits listed on a search result page Commerce EPISERVER admins Q Admin Mode Reports Visitor Groups DO 5 00 4 B G a E i ES i i y a Favorites Search page Page View English United States j 2 A Compare With v Ba Root folder a Page Type Commerce Search Status Published Version L ij Lidl Recycle Bin Preview Edit versions Workflow B start kd Save Save and View Save and Publish J Cancel B Products ame Content Scheduling Settings Shortcut Categories ls Name Search page ES About us Start page for the search Our Services eee Number of items in a search result page 12 EJ Support Affiliate Program W A Function Pages My Account H My Account A Check out H My Cart Wish List Login Register F Payment Forgot Password Show Page Tree ES English United States w When created the Search page is defined in the site configuration setting of the start page Payment The purpose of the Payment page is to link to the appropriate payment procedure when finalizing a pur chase in the checkout process There are many different payment methods to use in different markets and the payment ga
183. e the ordering of the Visible columns list click and highlight a column name and click on the Up and Down Arrow icons on the right of the list to reposition the column Click on the Filters tab to set the View filters Users are given precise controls over filters for setting up rules for their custom View Clicking on the icon allows you add an additional filter EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 43 New View General Filters Business Category Equals Arts amp Entertainment Please choose Please choose And Or Business Category Created Description ld Modified Mame Parent Parent Reference Primary Contact Primary Contact Reference Type Click on Save to save the settings and return to the Organization List screen To editan existing View or a View you just created select the View from the drop down menu and click on the Edit icon next to it The View Editing form pops up and you are able to edit all properties Organization List JA ve rotessonn services compans El New Organization Printer Version Delete al Creator Business Category Mame El To delete a custom View click on the X icon next to the Edit icon There are a multitude of options available for customization but here are some examples to get you started Example View Filter Setups The examples here will start off with the following list of sample Organizations Organization Units and Divisional Units O
184. e the value of the payment useful for splitting payments between two or more payment methods at the request of the customer 3 Select the Payment Method from the drop down list 4 Click OK The order goes into Edit Mode The Order is in the Edit Mode Save changes before exit Cancel Y Add Note Send Notifications Ej Add Order Address Order No PO0850 Customer Mary Smith Order Total 59 98 Details Payments Create Payment Status InProgress E Name Transaction Type Amount Status E X Pay By Phone 59 98 Pending Page Size 100 A Note When in Edit Mode you can add more payments to the order However once you click Save you finalize the payment This means that you cannot further add or delete payments EPiServer AB 122 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 5 Once you have finished adding one or more payments click Save to exit Edit Mode and save your changes The payment gets automatically processed for the amount specified J Add Note Send Notifications Ef Add Order Address Order No POOS5S50 Customer Mary Smith Order Total 59 98 Status InProgress E Name Transaction Type Amount Status E Pay Ey Phone Sale 59 9800 Processed Page Size 100 A 6 Check the Details tab You will see that the Shipment Status has changed to Awaiting Inven tory Once the availability of the item has been determined click on Release Shipment to release the order to your shipping department
185. e way you add organization types 1 Click on the dictionary icon next to the Business Category drop down menu 2 Click on New Item to add a new category 3 Enter in a category name and then click You can change the order the category is on the list by clicking on number drop down menu 4 The category now appears in the drop down menu Contacts Contacts are individuals with a certain set of personalized information name address email etc e Contacts with Accounts a customer who registers on the public site If this customer chooses he she can login to his her Account from the public site and access his her order history and other personalized information He she cannot access the Commerce Manager e Contacts with User Permissions someone internal to your team who has varying levels of access to the systems within Commerce Manager Contacts consisting of users who will be accessing the Commerce Manager can be assigned Roles based on varying permissions For example a user with the Cms Admins role will have full access to only the Content Management system In addition notes regarding the Contact s registration source can be recorded The Contact section also comes with a new customizable filtering feature to display contacts based on any of their attributes such as Name Last Order Date and Customer Group Browsing Contacts To browse Contacts go to Customer Management gt Contacts Customer Management ga
186. earch F Name Available from Expires Status An O El A Everything 12 18 2007 9 00 00 AM 12 18 2020 9 00 00 AM True 3S Catalogs O Brands 6 24 2008 7 00 00 PM 6 24 2020 7 00 00 PM True Y Everything Brands A Dashboard ree Customer Management q Catalog Management Order Management mr Marketing a Asset Management Page Size 20 v 2 items Page 41 Import the Sample Catalogs The sample site includes two product catalogs providing the everything and the brand view 1 In Commerce Manager select Catalog Management and then Catalogs 2 Click on Import Export and then Import Catalog this takes you to the Import Catalog screen 3 Selectthe catalog zip file in this case CatalogExport BG2C Everything zip and click Start Import 4 When the import has completed click Close Window 5 Select CatalogExport B2C Brands zip and click Start Import 6 When the import has completed click Close Window EPiServer AB 220 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Import It is strongly recommended that you back up your ECF database before performing import To import catalog please pick up an existing file from the grid below or upload a new one Then click the button Start Import to start imparting F Add New File Files Awailable For Import File Name Size Created Last Updated CatalogExport B2C Everything zip 9 52 MB 2 10 2010 4 00 45 PM Today 11 44 AM CatalogExport B2C Brands z
187. earches Canon Phone oPhone powershot sno a60 Nikon pentax a O track trac rac camera eos 450 och plantronics voyager disk charger nkon Hardskin for 36 Black phonekleen adobe wide adapter page sony power handsfree The EPiServer Commerce sample site comes with a tag cloud plugin for managing the tag cloud This is accessed from the Action Window of EPiServer CMS From the Tag Cloud Management section in the Action Window you can manage the tag cloud list items and perform tasks such as updating the name and hit count for a tag or delete a tag Listing tag cloud items 1 In EPiServer CMS Edit mode open the Action Window 2 Inthe Action Window click Tag Cloud Management A list of existing tag cloud items will be dis played m la E Acho n Window Search for tag jal Search Mame da Hits Delete Edit camera 3 x F canon 5 xt P demo 6 x P iphone 2 x P nokia 1 t P plan l x P powe x r powershot l x P poweshot l x P price l x P vista 1 x P As default 20 tags will be displayed at the time in the list Click on the paging section in the footer of the listto navigate to between pages of the list Sorting the tag cloud list The tag cloud list can be sorted by tag name or by hit count Click column headers Name Hits to sort in ascending or descending order O EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 255 Searching for a tag To search for an existing tag enter part of or the full tag name in the
188. ears in the Catalog List page e Available select Yes to make the Catalog contents appear on the front end site select No to hide the Catalog from the front end site Once done setting up your catalog attributes select OK to save the catalog You will be brought back to the Catalog List with the new catalog Select Cancel to cancel out ofthe Catalog Edit page and back to the Catalog List Catalog Edit Overview Catalog Name Everything catalog name description Available from 12 18 2007 HA 09 00 AM Expires on 12 18 2020 HA 09 00 AM Default Currency 5 dollar Default Language English United States Base Weight in pounds l Other Languages English United States German Germany Spanish Spain French France Sites Sort Order 0 Available i Yes m No Importing and Exporting Catalogs Preexisting catalog data can be imported or exported quickly to and from the Commerce Manager Accessing the Import amp Export Functions 1 Access the Catalog List page in the Catalog Management subsystem The Import Export menu is located in the upper left corner of the main window 2 For exporting catalogs click on the check box for the appropriate catalog nodes EPiServer AB 66 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 3 Click on the Import Export pull down menu to choose either import or export The corresponding page will appear in the main window Catalog List 2 mpo
189. ease after In Stock count reaches 3 So if you place an order for 10 units then the final count will be In Stock 3 Reserved 3 and Backorder 7 Backorder Qty The quantity you set here will determine the backorders that can be made by cus tomers even when the item is out of stock Pricing e Sale Type you can select All Customers a single Customer or a Customer Price Group the Customer Price Group gives you the ability to create tiered pricing e Sale Code optional enter code to give special pricing for a group of Customers i e Dealers e Unit Price discounted price per unit e Currency enter currency using the correct currency code i e USD you can create different prices depending on the currency that is selected e Min Quantity minimum number of units you must purchase to get the discounted bulk rate For more information regarding Sales Type Sales Code and tiered pricing please read Creating a Contact Package Items Tab In the dropdown you can search through your entire inventory and select items to add to your Package by clicking Add Item Clicking the Edit icon beside the item you just added will allow you to specify the Quantity the Group Name and the Sort Order SEO Tab Search Engine Optimization can be achieved by entering the following information for the product Title this is the friendly name that appears in your browser s title area URL this is what gets displayed in the brow
190. ece cece cece eee e eee eeceeeeeeeceeeeees 37 Dasibo allas o ista enue 37 Customizing the Dashboard __ _ 22 2 2 ee eee ccc crono 37 Rearranging Collapsing and Removing Controls 0 2 0 oe eee eee eee cee eee eee 37 Adding Controls and Adjusting the Page Template _ 22 2 22 222 eee eee eee eee 38 Customer Management 22 22 cee cee ec eee cece cece ccc ec ee ceececcceeceeceececceecceeceees 39 OFGAMNIZAUON Sires oe eb hues oes oscars weak ieee ca dead 39 Browsing OrganiZalionS sc 2cncdncuedesuicsansngasssts rs 40 Viewing Organization Details 2 ica chases secure Mudovu ded ed dens tie oul bu des brs buried 40 SearchinaiorOaniza OS co oo did ee Dea ALE Shao eGo tdo a AOS 41 Printing a List of Organizations _ 2 22 lee eee cece cece cece eee eeeeeees 41 Creating or Customizing Views for Browsing Organizations 02 20 eee eee 41 Example View Filter Setups 2 2 022i eee ce eee no 43 Example 1 Creating a View to Only Show Organizations that Match a Business Cat egory and Organization Name 22 222 eee cc 44 Applying and Editing a View _ 222 ieee eee cece eee eee eeceeecees 44 Example 2 Creating a View to Display Companies with Specific Business Category or OrganizavionNAMe csi e Sete ee a e eek da decor o ia see 45 Example 3 Creating a View to Display Companies with Specific Business Category UVC OM IN ANNA OE ET aaa eds alciat
191. ececcecceecceecs 219 Indexing the Sample Catalog _ 2 2 lec ccc cc ccc cc ee cee eceeeceeeces 220 Page Template sett cok ck o ed the hae ade dao uae 220 The Page Tree Structure oc3 gsooccciccseeededieesediedceatcegeaedeeseetcaeeedacscacsdeneaeeds 221 Slalt PaGeis e e e 222 Content I aD netas dalt tala old e a cae cia dea aio a abel ed lead caos 222 A A a ee acs Rt Ot O A RR IIA 222 HN AAA AA E A eds o stu 222 A cuted 223 SAA ANN a toh EA NAAA 223 Site Configuration Tabs mii da a a ad ide cla ado 223 LOGIN PAGS 235 tol dead led id id id 224 Display 1OD menus MON al e ld de 224 Display menus from o 225 Display bottom menus NOM ociosa 225 ACCOUML DAOC easier 226 EPiServer AB 10 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Address DOOK PAE A O a 226 No o A RAN 226 Search Da rossi aia dd o da as at dit a ba ado 226 PROGUCE DAG AAA A A AR A E NN 226 Wishlist page oersetter cae eee aot around tae ne dt saeta 226 SnoOPpind Can DAJE cara e ad a bl e Doe e 226 Sii an 227 DIBS Payment PAGS iste son src rotas ls ls Ea 227 Order history Padel dad e o do a cs e ad 227 Compare products Page usscrasids sins va a 227 AMO WS DECO sera eta di o di es de tral 227 Path to template for display entry without SEO INTO occocccccccccccccccccccccnoco 227 PayPalPaymentP age ato td O cee a Sa a da atodos 227 Standard Pal a est a ee ho eh ee A e o es Ls 22 PROGUCLLEISUMOis23 rta ico rata tl ld oe site eau bees ecules e eos 22
192. ee ee eeee 126 Printing Picklists and Printing Packing Slips 0 2 lee eee eee cee ee eee ee 128 Finalizing a Package for Shipment _ 2 2 oe ee cece cece cece cee eeeeee 129 Ae Neer oo eect oe eter nee ana oie tga as ts ne Mite ea ene AeA ee ine Bleed 129 MENOT Z ee ie ee ee do a e sais ls las cad bal 130 Processing Returns and Exchanges oo oooccccccccccoccnoccnoccnocnno cn 130 Write Ora REN espadas silicato ee ede adatoms decane 130 FEUUMVACIONS cross arco lia 131 initiating an Exchange Ordek s taste acid a alla De e car Duda ola ls di e ta a io a 133 Wiewingcan EXC Ou canica serine a e ado os oo a O ls 135 Shoping Calls ciicia astilla nro adan dd eet id ea lll td 135 Converting a Shopping Cart to a Purchase Order 022 202i eee eee cee cee cece eee 135 E A E II TOA RN E RNA AN 137 seting upa Payment Pla oi A SS ree ee ee 137 Creating a Payment Plann occ ie 138 Payment Plan Order Detail Page Explained 0 0 020 0c eee eee eee eee 138 Editing and Canceling a Payment Plan_ 2 222 22 ee eee cece eee eee ee eee eee 139 Creating a Recurring Payment Plan Using Authorize Net 00 0 00 022 eee eee eee 139 UE A eNews EOE A a A 140 e A A 141 Browsing CampaignS cate decdosdesssuspurt cresta nitrato certera 141 Creating a Marketing Campaign 0 0 oe cee cece ee cee cece cece cece cceecceeceeeces 141 PROIMOUOINS titre ds tada y SS Ss bed ae edo e eens eke bi ea es ed daa de 143
193. efault Billing Address Kalle Andersson Street Road 4 You have not set a primary billing address Default Shipping Address Village You have not set a primary shipping address 12345 Sweden 18 46 8 3456781 Y My Account Account Dashboard Account Information My Orders Address Book Buyers guide About us Our Services Customer Service Support Nidintal cameras History How to nlace an order New Customer Nowninad x When created the Account Address Book page is defined in the site configuration setting of the start page Check Out The purpose of the Check Outpage type is to display the steps of the check out procedure when a cus tomers wants to finalize a purchase The check out procedure is initiated when the customer selects the Proceed to checkout option for instance from the Shopping Cart view The functionality of the page is linked to the payment and shipping options defined in Commerce Manager The checkout procedure may look different depending on payment and shipping options defined in the system In this example the checkout procedure has four steps Shipping Address Shipping Options Pay ment Options and Order Confirmation EPiServer AB Step l Shipping Address O CLICK ALK EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 233 Log in My Account My Cart Wish List English United States US dollar 1 item s in your cart ES Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers
194. efer to the Catalog Management sec tion in this documentation Do the following to manage the Clear Commerce Cache scheduled job 1 Login as an administrator and navigate to the EPiServer CMS Admin mode 2 Check the Activate check box to activate the scheduled job 3 Ifyou wantto run the scheduled job manually click Start Manually and the job will be executed 4 If you want the scheduled job to be run automatically set the desired time interval in the Sched uled job interval field 5 The time when the scheduled job will be run the next time will be displayed in the Next scheduled date field 6 Click Save to save your changes Under the History tab you can monitor the status and results when the scheduled jobs have been executed To verify that the cache has been cleared you need to refresh the catalog display pages Start Commerce EPISERVER Adminv Edit Mode Reports Visitor Groups Admin Config Page Type y System Administration Clear Commerce Cache Delete Unused Files A scheduled job for clearing Commece cache data Edit Categories y Access Rights Settings History Set Access Rights Administer Groups Y Active Search User Group Scheduled job interval 1 day v Create User aa Next scheduled date 2011 03 08 00 00 y Scheduled Jobs Publish Delayed Page Versions Subscription bel Save amp Start Manually Automatic Emotvina of Recycle Bin EPiServer AB
195. eld for entering in notes about the Contact For instance you may want to reference which website the Contact is currently registered under The Registration Source field is automatically filled when a user creates a new Account from the public website Contact Edit Overview Full Name Mary Smith First Name Mary Middle Name Last Name Smith Email mary smtih comopanyx com Contact Email Description Company X Parent Organization Contact Organization Customer Group Customer E Preferred Currency US dollar Preferred Language English United States a Registration Source Click OK to save the Contact The Contact Info View Form where you can enter in additional information about the Contact as well as go back and editthe Contact again companyx The screenshot below shows the default layout of the Contact Info form This can be cus tomized using Business Foundation Welcome admin Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Contact Info ES Get Help For This Page Edit X Delete EJ Contacts Full Name Mary Smith Parent Organization Company X Information information Information Contact Addresses Full Name Mary Smith Customer Group Customer Credit Cards Orders First Name Mary Preferred Currency USD Order History Middle Name Preferred Language en US shopping Lists Last Name Smith
196. elect to move or copy to folder From the drop down menu select the destination Click on OK to confirm Move Copy to Folder a move or copy to folder Root Presentations bl To delete a Folder or Asset place a check mark in the box and click on More Actions gt Delete Selected Asset List Create New Ware LJ ic Calculator Creating Folders and Uploading Files Assets Users can create their own Folders and upload files Creating Folders To create a new Folder go to the Asset List by clicking Asset Management gt Root or any Folder under neath Root Then click on Create New gt New Folder EPiServer AB 160 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Asset List more cion New File Upload Multiple Files a Specifications E E E software A El downloads EO e E user Guides Al I images Enter in a name for the Folder and click Create Mew Folder Name Audio The Folder will be created in whichever folder you are currently in In this example the Folder Audio was created underneath Root 13 Create Newvy More Actions y Narne Size Created Video 5 11 2010 3 34 57 PM E Presentations 5 11 2010 3 34 57 PM E specifications 5 11 2010 3 34 57 PM E software 5 11 2010 3 34 57 PM lal iaioa 5 11 2010 3 34 57 PM E User Guides 5 11 2010 3 34 57 PM E Images 5 11 2010 3 34 57 PM E Audio Tod
197. em gt Tax Con figuration In this step you will specify particular Tax Jurisdictions You can create different Tax Jurisdictions for a particular region by specifying zip codes country codes etc Tax rates will be applied to whatever level of information you specify for each Jurisdiction For example if you spec ify only the country code as US all shoppers with a US address regardless of state county etc will be included in this jurisdiction Note Country Code and Region Code you enter in the Juris dictions Edit page must match the codes you used in step 1 4 Create and configure new Tax Jurisdiction Groups Go to Administration gt Order system gt Tax Configuration New Tax Jurisdiction Groups created here can include multiple Tax Juris dictions 5 Create and configure Taxes Go to Administration gt Order System gt Tax Configuration Here you will specify tax rates and also associate the Tax Categories and Jurisdiction groups created in Steps 2 and 4 6 Associate Catalogs to the Tax Categories created in Step 2 Go to Order Management gt Cat alogs Now you will switch over to the Catalog Management subsystem and link specific catalog items to the appropriate Tax Categories This can be done on the Pricing Inventory page within each Variation SKU Edit page Method 2 Configuring Taxes Using CSV Import Using the CSV Tax Import functionality is a convenient way to quickly setup and update tax data in bulk Creating a
198. en a us Keywords en us PA Tithe de de Url de de Description ide de i Keywords de de ii Title es esy Url es es Description es es a Keywords 85 es a EPiServer AB 90 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Associations Tab Different products or variations SKUs can be linked to this product Follow these steps to create product associations 1 Click on Add an Association A pop up window will appear that says Edit Association Information Welcome admin Product Edit Product Version 5 2 build 243 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServe Get Help For This Page Overview variaionsskus sto Associations assess Modify Existing Association hd 2 When the pop up appears enter an Association Name Description and define the Sort Order Once you re done click on Save Changes Edit Association Information Name cts Enter association name Description lo Enter association description Sort Order Enter sort order 3 The new association will appear in the drop down list T lt lt E Modify Existing Association CTS v Edit Details 4 You can also choose to Edit Details which will allow you to edit associated items The Pick Item drop down appears below Modify Existing Association a a lt lt a a Modify Existing Association CTS v Edit Details CTS Summer Campaign Pick Item y Edit Command Cata
199. ent products or variations SKUs can be linked to this Variation SKU Follow these steps to create associations 1 Click on Add an Association A pop up window will appear that says Edit Association Infor mation 2 When the pop up appears enter an Association Name Description and define the Sort Order Once you re done click on Save Changes 3 The new association will appear in the drop down list 4 You can also choose to Edit Details which will allow you to edit associated items The Pick Item drop down appears below Modify Existing Association 5 Click on Modify Association and you can edit the name description and sort order of an existing association You can also Delete an association if needed 6 Pick an item or items to add to the association Click Add Item to do so 7 Once you click on Add Item the item will appear in a list just below You can have more than one item tied to an association You can Edit an item on the list You can change the Sort Order and the Type Once you re done mod ifying the values click on Update to save your changes Otherwise select Cancel to navigate away with out saving Assets Tab Assets are downloadable contents such as documents links videos and images that can be linked to specific products Assets are uploaded and managed in the Asset Management subsystem 1 Under Find Assets select from the drop down list and click Add Asset 2 Enter a Group Name By default Comme
200. er 510 Bluetooth Headset Carrying Case 3 E win Adapter Car Lighter Explorer Voyager 4 Paging and Sorting Results Users can sort results by clicking on Name ID Available From Expires and Status in either ascending or descending order 2 More Actions y E Name Available frorn Expires Status E wn Apple Iphone PDA Premium Reusable LCD Screen Protector with Lint Cleaning Cloth 8 18 2008 2 49 48 PM 8 19 2018 2 49 48 PM True E wn Apple iPhone Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit Case Silver Cozip Brand Made in Korea 6 8 18 2008 2 49 49 PM 8 19 2018 2 49 49 PM True E un Apple iPhone 1G Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit Case Black Cozip Brand Made in Korea 7 8 18 2008 2 49 49 PM 8 19 2018 2 49 49 PM True Users can also change the Page Size ranging from 10 entries to All entries EJ min Apple Ipod 3rd Generation Nano 4gb 8gb Tran EJ wn Apple iPod Armband for Pod nano 1G Pink Page Size 20 To page through multiple entry results users can click on the paging controls on the lower right corner of the main window 126 items Page412345 wb Updating Multiple Catalog Entries at Once This area gives you the ability to quickly make mass changes to your catalog You can sort by Entry Type Meta Class Field Language Catalog and Keyword s Once you apply one or more of these filters the search results will appear in the bottom half of the screen If you make changes to the entry click Save All to save all of your
201. erce Manager admin creates them directly from the Commerce Manager typically users that are internal to your organization are assigned to organizations or organization units and assigned varying permissions based on role By default new users that are created by registering from the public site are given the Registered and Everyone roles e Organizations or organization units groups or sub groups of registered users and customers An organizational unit is a child or subsidiary of a parent organization Within Commerce Man ager you can assign an organization as a parent of another organization For example the parent company Company X and the organizational units are Company X West and Company X East Organization units include regional branches or departments or you could name them by busi ness categories such as Computer and Electronics or Clothing and Accessories Organizations can be structured into a tree structure with sub units with different levels of permissions assigned to each So for example you can set up your company as a parent level organization while your departments such as Sales 8 Marketing IT Development and Operations as organization units With this scenario you can allow users in each departments to have access to only relevant sub systems screens and functionality within Commerce Manager e Roles these control the level of access privileges of each user account in Commerce Manager Users can be either
202. erver Commerce Sample Site The EPiServer Commerce sample site provides a set of demo templates to illustrate the functionality of EPiServer Commerce The sample template package is intended as inspiration when you build your own e commerce site based on EPiServer Commerce In the following the templates included in the package are described in more detail explaining the possibilities with EPiServer Commerce to both developers and end users Log in My Account My Cart Wish List English United States Y US dollar O CLICK TALK Your shopping Bastet Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers Capture it Make it Last The best digital cameras and accessories just a click away Browse O Commerce Event B m Canon PowerShot Pro Series 55 IS 8 0MP Digital Camera with 12x Optical Canon iPhone oPhone Image Stabilized Zoom f powershot sho a60 Nikon Welcome to our semniar Posted 16 06 10 Nieuw nieuws Canon L H DC20 Conversion Lens pentax a70 track trac rac camera eos 450d och Adapter LA DC58E and Hood LH Sra ARPA a MEPE Nieuw nieuws DC40 Set for the 55 IS 53 IS amp 52 15 plantronics voyager disk charger nkon Hardskin for Posted 14 06 10 Digital Camera S 7 3G Black phonekleen adobe wide adapter page N sony power Canon PowerShot Pro Series 53 1S 6MP News 1 with 12x Image Stabilized Zoom Donec malesuada ante sed ipsum hendrerit rhoncus Posted 27 05 10 more news
203. esent the node Click Browse to upload an icon 7 Once all relevant information is entered click on Publish Adding x 3 4 Dashboard o Display Region Customer Management ca gh Customer Management 10 Display Text Contracts q Catalog Management 0 3 e Order Management 80 Item Link ai Marketing 100 Display Order 10000 3 Asset Management 120 Access Reportin 30 aia p o 9 pan Permissions a Tp Administration 200 Item Icon Browse sl Add To verify ifthe object was published go to the Display Region where you specified the object to be pub lished to Click on the Refresh icon on the left navigation frame if at first you do not see the new node Customer Management a Organizations Le Contacts a Roles a Contracts Editing Ordering or Deleting a Left Menu Item To Edit a user generated node in the left menu click on the Notepad icon EPiServer AB 198 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Title Order Dashboard D j Home 10 Customer Management 40 Organizations 30 Contacts 40 Roles 50 Contracts 10000 Catalog Management 60 Catalog Entry Search 10 Display Text Contracts Item Link http worldepiserver com contracts Display Order 100 Access Permissions Item Icon Cancel If the left menu item node was created using Business Foundation this popup appears To change the sort order of the left menu item adjust the
204. ew pull down menu located in the upper left part of the main window On the drop down menu select New Product Package The Product Package Edit page appears Overview Tab This is where you enter basic information about the Product Package Name a name for the Product Package Available from the date to which the Product Package is activated Expires on the date on which the Product Package expires once the expiration date passes the Product Package will no longer appear on the public site Display Template choose a display template used to show the Product Package in the public site from this dropdown box by default the only available catalog display template is Digital Cam era To create your custom template you will need some technical skills with html templates Code enter a Product Package code here e g DIGICAM Sort Order determines the order to which the Product Package is sorted in the Node List page Available select Yes to make the Product Package appear on the public site select No to hide the product from the public site Meta Class the choice made here dictates which the meta fields or Product Package attributes will appear on the public site or Commerce Manager site Pricing Inventory Tab Display Price the price that will be displayed in public site Min Quantity this forces your customer to purchase a minimum number of items as set here this number gets displayed as the lower range in the dr
205. f the box and requires cus tomization Refer to the EPiServer Commerce Developer Guide for preliminary guidance on how to create such a promotion and other custom promotions There are two types of Shipping Level Promotions available to the user e Buy X Get Off Shipment Discount e Buy X Get Y Free Buy X Get Off Shipment Discount This Promotion type applies shipping discount if the specified Variations total the Minimum Quantity set or more 1 Enterin a Minimum Quantity 2 Enterin an Amount of the discount Reward and select from the drop down whether it is Per centage Based or Value Based 3 Select the Variations from the drop down list that qualify for the discount Click on Add Variation to add the Variation to the list Purchase Condition and Reward This type of promotion gives 3 off discount per item for the minimum quantity per shipment Minimum quantity 50 Amount 100 Percentage Based da Adapter Car Lighter Explorer Voyager ELCBOOOCHSM2ME add variation x 510 Headset Charger ELCBOOOLKLC 46 x Adapter Car Lighter Explorer Voyager ELCBOOOCHSM2M6 EPiServer AB 150 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Buy X Get Y Free This shipping discount allows a user to set two Catalog entries for X and Y If X is in their shopping cart then the customer receives the Y item at no cost Purchase Condition and Reward Customer adds an eligible item X to their Shopping Bag and receives anothe
206. ff catalog with categories and entries as shown here in Figure 1 O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 69 Example Catalog Catalog Categories amp Subcategorias Products Variation SKUs Packages Baby Stuff Infants Diapering Supplies Diapers Newborn size Package NB Size 1 0 Package 3 to 6 Size Size 3 Wipes Portable 100sheets 300 sheets Toddlers Potty Training Pants Blue Pants Fink Pants Yellow Pants Figure 1 Prerequisite Create a new catalog First create a new catalog called Baby Stuff in the Catalog Management system Step 1 Create CSV files containing data for your new entries The example below is based on an a set of sample csv files These files provide the base for the discussion in the following section The sample files contain the following BabyStuffCategories csv BabyProducts csv BabyPackages csv BabyVariations csv BabyVariationInventoryPricing csv BabyEntryRelations csv BabyAssociations csv BabySalePrice csv CSV File Type 1 Category File This file specifies data for categories and or subcategories within a Catalog The top line has column headers that will be matched with the Meta fields in the later steps The headers can also have different names As you will see in later steps Category Code in column 1 is important since it specifies where the entry data will be stored The code entered in under Parent Code in column 2 can be used to
207. ffiliate Program Guarantee The sample site contains sample product data stored in a product database The template package in EPiServer CMS contains a set of templates for displaying content and providing other typical e commerce functions The templates fields and functions described in this documentation refers to a standard instal lation of an EPiServer Commerce sample site The standard functions and fields of EPiServer CMS are not described here Please refer to the EPiServer CMS documentation for editors and administrators available on world episerver com The Page Tree Structure When installing the EPiServer Commerce package with a sample site a number of pages will be created and displayed in a specific structure in the page tree Some of them will show editorial content Other pages are used as containers for other pages These will not display any content of their own and will be hidden in navigation menus EPiServer AB 222 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 The Start page is built using the Home page type The Start page contains numerous settings affecting the entire website Commerce for instance top menus search and login This is also where Admin Mode Reports you define pages to be used for shopping carts payments D A 5 Al 9 and checkout i Root folder Editorial content pages are most often based on the page type Standard Page These are the pages where editors can
208. fice Add In My Settings Y Display Options Language Settings Personal Language Use system language Use system language dansk Symbols in the tree Deutsch Use default settin espafiol francais Nederlands norsk Portugu s suomi atedswenska ASE Japanese IAEA RHA Chinese People s Republic of China EPISERVER 7 M Ma Mm lEnglish United States To set the user interface language from Commerce Manager select Change Language in the upper menu of Commerce Manager Choose the language of your choice in the list and click OK to save you changes Settings EPISERVER Dashboard Home EPISERVER admin Q Welcome admin Product Version 5 1 build 23 License ECF GS Deployment EpiServer O Get Help For This Page gt Welcome Change jano About Dashboard a Summary a X 4 Home is Products 13 19 D Categories 64 Orders 7 4 Customers 4 3 Promotions 1 Help a X Help will appear in a separate window Find answers to questions about Commerce Manager containing the terms Search Help Examples Campaigns and Promotions a How do Create a Discount Promotion b How do Create a New Product c Where is the release history Pa dd ay Dashboard ree Customer Management Catalog Management e Order Management mr Marketing sj Asset Management Pe
209. g Reports By default users can generate Sales Shipping Best Sellers and Low Stock Reports about the site Reports can be customized filtered and exported to suit the needs of the user To generate a report click on Reporting gt Sales gt Sales Report Shipping Report or Reporting gt Prod ucts gt Best Sellers Report Low Stock Report Sales Report put Start Date 5 7 2010 8 12 48 PM End Date 6 7 2010 688 2 48 pm Group By Day id 4 ofi gt pi 100 x Select a format Export 5 Sales Report 05 08 2010 06 07 2010 Period Num Of Items Ordered Sub Total Tax Shipping Discounts Total Invoiced Orders 05 08 2010 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 05 09 2010 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 05 10 2010 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 05 11 2010 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 05 12 2010 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 05 13 2010 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ceil 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Customizing Filtering and Exporting Reports Users can select the Start Date and End Date ranges and time as well as group the Report data by Day Month or Year Once done click on Apply Filter An example Sales Report with a date range from 5 1 2010 at 6am to 6 7 2010 at 12pm Grouped By Month is in the screenshow below Sales Report Mita Start Date 5 1 2010 8 06 00 AM End Date 6 7 2010 3 12 00 PM_ Group By Month i4 4h ofi gt bl 100 Select a format Export 3 Sales Report May 2010 June 2010 Period Num Of Items Ordered Sub Total Tax Shipping Discounts Total Invoice
210. g file for all the entry files e Packages Products Variation SKUs Bundles and Dynamic Packages Entry Relation select this type to create a mapping file for your entry relation file that specifies the relationships between entries such as many SKUs to one Product or SKUs and Products to a Package Entry Association select this type when creating a mapping file for entry associations Adver tizing other items under titles such as You may also be interested in Variation w Inventory select this type to create a mapping file to import your Pricing Inventory data located in your Variation SKU Edit screen Sale Price Select this type to create a mapping file for Sale Price file which specifies different currencies for each item By selecting these options the Commerce Manager will display different sets of Fields and Attributes for you to manually assign to each data column of your CSV file Figure 8 and 9 below shows the display of the mapping files with the Category w Meta and Entry Relations Data type respectively The items under Fields and Attributes with superscripts 1 and or 2 are headers that are required attributes that must exist in the CSV files you are importing 1 required field for Insert 2 required field for Update Example Importing and Setting up a New Catalog The example below demonstrates how to use CSV import using the guidelines provided above Let s say you want to setup a Baby Stu
211. g on to the website depends on your access rights Log in My Account My Cart Wish List English United States US dollar O CLICK TALK Your Shopping Basket EN Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers Start Login Login or Create an Account Existing customers log in New Customers Please type your user name and password to login This will allow you to review your By creating an account with our store you will be able to move through the checkout previous orders and access certain other pages If you do not have an account yet process faster store multiple shipping addresses view and track your orders in your create a new one by clicking create new account account and more User Name Email Mary Smith Create a New Account Password e Y Remember me next time Login Forgot your password Buyers guide About us Our Services Customer Service Support Didigtal cameras History How to place an order New Customer Download Mobile Phones Our success Your payment methods Register Help Site Map Contact Terms and Conditions Forgotten your password Press Order tracking Affiliate Program Guarantee Join our program Copyright 2010 EPiServer AB Accessing the Different Modes When you are logged on to your EPiServer Commerce website right clicking on a page will display a menu with a number of options What you see here depends on your access rights here we assume that
212. ght units kilograms pounds EPiServer AB 196 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Common Settings Overview Default Language English United States Language that will be selected by default in drowdowns etc Default Currency US dollar Currency that will be used is cases where currency is needed but not specified Default Length Unit Feet ls Default unit of length Default Weight Unit pounds l Default unit of weight cane Click OK to save your changes Customizing Left Menu Prior to customizing your left menu we advise you to read the publication section of Business Foundation to configure Business Objects as individual nodes in the left navigation frame Adding a Left Menu Item from the Left Menu Page To add a Left Menu item you have two choices You can either configure the entire menu item first within Business Foundation or you can add an empty container by clicking the Add button and then go back to Business Foundation to fill in the page contents objects EPISERVER Ladminy Q Settings Welcome Change Language About 1 Get Help For This Page a Common Settings Business Foundation Search Index Left Menu Y 7 Catalog System B Order System ree Customer Management Catalog Management ay Dashboard LALALA AAA AAA AAA Customer Management Organizations Contacts Roles Catalog Management Catalog Entry Searc
213. gital Cameras i Sj Catalogs l 2X dailyspecials Daily Specials Everything Daily Specials Y G Everything w J Brands l Page Templates 7 a at Dashboard rer Customer Management Catalog Management e Order Management mA Marketing sj Asset Management J Reporting fi Administration la i Editing Product Tabs When editing a Product options are divided by tabbed navigation Overview Tab This is where you enter basic information about the Product e Name a name for the product e Available from the date to which the product is activated e Expires on the date on which the product expires once the expiration date passes the product will no longer appear on the public site e Display Template choose a display template used to show the products in the public site from this dropdown box by default the only available catalog display template is Digital Camera To create your custom template you will need some technical skills with html templates e Code enter a product code here e g DIGICAM1 DIGCAM2 EPiServer AB 94 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 e Sort Order determines the order to which the product is sorted in the Node List page e Available select Yes to make the product appear on the public site select No to hide the product from the public site e Meta Class the choice made here dictates which the meta fields or product attributes will appear on the public site
214. gments There is a wealth of Permissions options Administrators can set for a Role Enter a Role Name Checkmark the boxes to give Permissions to the Account for this particular function or action For exam ple ifyou want an Account to only View and Edit Assets you will need to expand Assets gt Manage and checkmark View and Edit EPiServer AB 60 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Role Edit Overview Role Name Asset View Edit Permissions 3 a y Asset E Mg U Manage Eh View Once done defining the Role click on OK The new Role will appear on the Role List E x Customer Managers E x Everyone E O Registered E O Asset View Edit Page Size 100 Editing Existing Roles All existing Roles including the ones included out of the box with Commerce Manager can edited and customized It is also a recommended reference to how each pre existing Role works To edit a Role click on the Edit icon E ef XA catalog Managers Ol ef amp X catalog Schema Managers E XO Order Admins E O Order Managers Fl ef XX Marketing Viewers E X Customer Viewers The Role Edit page appears You can customize the Permissions settings for the Role Once done click OK Deleting Roles To delete any Role on the list there are two ways Click on the X button next to the name ofthe Role to delete one ata time Ej x Cms Viewers x Marketing Admins aaa a O EPiServer AB Commerce Man
215. h Catalog Batch Update Catalogs Order Management Order Search Purchase Orders 40 30 40 50 60 10 20 30 80 10 20 Administration JA 3 3 System Settings Title Order Gf SHES Dashboard 0 fa Y Dictionaries Home 10 wC Logs WW Marketing Today 10 This Week 20 3 Asset Management This Month 30 Reporting all paa d Page Size 20 lv A new window will pop up for publication settings 77 items Page41 234 1 Selecta Display Region from the navigation three on the left Click on the node you want Contract to be placed under For example Contract will be placed on the root level of Customer Man agement O EPiServer AB Publishing a Contract 197 2 The Display Text defaults to the system name of the Business Object You can choose to keep the name or change it 3 Enterin an Item Link an URL to a page When the object is clicked a new window will appear on the right based on the given link 4 The Display Order defaults to 10000 You can keep it at that number or change the value to deter mine the position of the node 5 Access Permissions is autopopulated only when a menu is created through the Business Foun dation When creating a new left menu from scratch you may leave this field blank or otherwise copy in permissions from other existing menus If you want to change Access Permissions refer to the Permissions section 6 An Item Icon can be uploaded to repr
216. han one item tied to an association You can Edit an item on the list You can change the Sort Order and the Type Once you re done mod ifying the values click on Update to save your changes Otherwise select Cancel to navigate away with out saving Assets Tab Assets are downloadable contents such as documents links videos and images that can be linked to specific products Assets are uploaded and managed in the Asset Management subsystem 1 Under Find Assets select from the drop down list and click Add Asset 2 Enter a Group Name By default Commerce Manager offers three options with names that will allow the associated assets to be correctly displayed on the product details page of the public site e Image type as image all lowercase thumbnail icon s will appear on the product details page e Downloads a Downloads tab will appear towards the bottom of the details page e Specifications a Specifications tab will appear towards the bottom of the details page 3 Once an asset is added to the list below you can choose to edit specific assets such as their Group name and Sort Order 4 Once done click OK and the new category node will be created You will be redirected to the Node List Otherwise select Cancel to go back to the Node List without saving any changes Relations Tab Here the relations for a product will be displayed and you can manage the categories a product is linked to This is useful in order to get
217. he Los Angeles area You can create an Expression that will include all the customers whose home city is Los Angeles Thus when a user registers on the site he immediately becomes part of the target Customer Segment e Expressions these are customizable Conditions which allow users to extend different aspects of the Marketing system Promotions Customer Segments and Policies all rely on Expressions There is an Expressions Engine which is a core technology behind the Marketing system e For example you want to seta Promotion for 40 off Item X The Expression or Con dition to enable this Promotion would include Catalog ID for Item X and Reward of 40 e Policies rules that are always executed when Promotions are applied This allows a Marketing manager to declare rules just once for the whole site e An example ofa rule is as follows Do not allow negative orders e Promotions a way to apply various discounts to the products order totals or shipping A Pro motion is a marketing tool used to increase sales of certain products or product lines Various incentives such as lowered pricing and other discounts can be employed as part of a Promotion e Promotions are always tied to Campaigns e Promotions can be classified into two types 1 either you can create a Promotion that is vis ible prior to checkout or 2 you can configure the Promotion to be displayed during the checkout process e The most powerful aspect of the Marketing
218. he desired product category from the list e Product has a specified property and value enter the desired product property and value for instance brand and Sony Only one property type with a related value can be selected for a criterion However you can add several criteria of the type Products in Cart or Wish List to a Visitor group Recent Orders Criteria With the Recent Orders criteria you can personalize content for visitors that have placed an order on the site in the last X days Personalize content based on the following information e Number of days select the number of days EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 257 Total Spent Criteria With the Total Spent criteria you can personalize content for visitors that have spent X amount of money in a specified currency on the site in the last Y days Personalize content based on the following information e Spent at least select amount and currency e Select number of days Rating and Commenting Visitors to the EPiServer Commerce sample site have the possibility to rate and comment on the various products displayed This functionality is built into the product display template ofthe EPiServer Com merce sample site Rating To rate a product a visitor needs to be registered with an account and logged on to the site When select ing a product there will be a clickable rating field available The system will calculate an average
219. he payment procedure EPiServer AB EVENING PHONE FAX Payment Options DataCash Pay by PayPal Express PayPal The safer easier way to pay Pay by credit card DIBS Pay By Phone Pay By Credit Card EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 259 G What ts PayPal PayPal Windows Internet Explo mean P https www paypal com se cgi bin webscr cmd xpt Marketing q PayPal What ls PayPal PayPal the trusted leader in online payments enables buyers and businesses to send and receive money online PayPal has over 100 million member accounts in 190 countries and regions Es accepted by merchants everywhere both on and off eBay Is it safe to use PayPal helps protect your credit card information with industry leading security and fraud prevention systems When you use PayPal your financial information is never shared with the merchant Why use PayPal Make purchases or send money with PayPal it s free Shop and pay conveniently by saving your information with PayPal PayPal is accepted by millions of businesses worldwide and is the preferred payment method on eBay Close Window When you click Place Order on the order confirmation page you will be redirected to PayPal to approve the payment You can see the shipping and billing addresses entered during the checkout procedure during which these addresses can be changed When you have finalized the approval process you will b
220. he same as the Billing Address click on Same as Billing Address The Shipping Address form is autopopulated with the information entered in the Billing Address form 2 Selectthe kind of shipping to use for the order under Shipment Details Select from the drop down the shipping methods add link available 3 Click on Recalculate to generate the cost summary Shipment Details Shipping method Fixed Shipping Rate Item Subtotal 419 99 Shipping Cost 10 00 Less Shipment Discount 0 00 Total Before Tax 19 99 Item Taxes 0 00 Shipment Total 29 99 4 Click OK Option 2 Creating an Order from Purchase Order List 1 Go to Order Management gt Purchase Orders 2 Click on New Order A pop up appears allowing you to select the site and contact to apply the new order to EPiServer AB 120 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Welcome Order List Product V License Welcome Change Language About Y Order Management Y g 2 Order Management Q Order Search 4 3 Purchase Orders o Today a This Week a This Month o All a Purchase Orders By Status a Carts 4 Payment Plans recurring a Shipping Receiving fat Dashboard ree Customer Management Catalog Management eS Order Management 3 Click OK 4 Follow the steps above to complete the Purchase Order Fulfilling an Order New Order Site No sites available Customer
221. he website Search The Search pagepage type is used for displaying the results of a product search performed on the web site The matching search hits are shown in a listing with rows of four product items Product details are displayed with the possibility to add items to the shopping cart or select items for comparison The number of matching hits listed on a search result page can be customized Clicking on an item will dis play the full product information page Welcome Store Log out My Account My Cart Wish List English United States Y US dollar Y O CLICK TALK 1 item s in your cart ES Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers Start Search page handsfree Search Search result Products 19 Other Sort By Featured Products 1 120f19 View All 19 1 2 A e gm Flcompare COLLER Micompare COLLE Flcompare COLLER El COMPARE Add To Cart Wish List Wish List Wish List Wish List 79 11 39 95 21 95 14 99 HS 890 Bluetooth Headset Sony Ericsson OEM Original Car HEADSET ANSWER END BUTTON Nokia HandsFree Headset Earbud Charger CLA 60 for K750 W300 REMOTE BUTTON with Receive and End Button for w600 W600i Z520 Z520a Nokia Phones J220 W300 W810 In Edit mode the following properties are set in the Search page page type e The Start page for the search Select a page in the page tree to define where the search should begin often this will be th
222. herefore when a customer picks Ground Shipping he she will be using UPS Customizing Shipping Methods There are two Shipping Methods available out of the box for you to customize Ground Shipping and Fixed Shipping To customize the Shipping Methods first go to Administration gt Order System gt Shipping gt Shipping Methods gt English United States or any other languages EPiServer AB 210 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 E System Settings H Sites Dictionaries Logs a Common Settings E business Foundation E Search Index o Left Menu H Catalog System El Order System E Meta Classes ao Meta Fields E Fayments 343 Shipping Shipping Jurisdiction Groups Shipping Jurisdictions Shipping Providers Shipping Packages BS Shipping Methods English United States I German Germany Spanish Spain French France Atthe Shipping Methods List screen select the editicon for either ofthe available methods The Over view tab screen for Shipping Method Edit will load with the below fields Overview Settings Parameters ID alcalbca 6fbf 4b6f b01 f bbf3df23a02a Name Friendly Name Cround Shipping Description Calculates shipping based on weight and zone gt Provider Weight Jurisdiction Gateway ana English United States Base Price 2 00 Currency US dollar A lsActive a Yes No IsDefault Yes Ey No Sort Order D e ID this is auto generated after saving the new shipping
223. hoose the EPiServer CMS Edit or Admin mode to work with content management or sys tem administrative tasks See also Accessing the different modes Navigating Commerce Manager Once you first login to Commerce Manager you are directed to the Dashboard homepage e The Dashboard has Controls showing various information including Alerts News Announce ments Help and a Summary e More Controls can be added by clicking on Add e On the leftis the Left Menu or Navigation iframe where users can switch between Commerce Man ager systems and navigate a folder trees of options e On the top right you can see your login name product version and installed license e By clicking on the top left header you will be directed back to the front end site e On the menu bar below header there are additional options available to the user e Byclicking Welcome you can adjust your Settings Sign In As a Different User or Sign Out of Commerce Manager You can also change the language used to a different one if your Commerce Manager is configured for multiple languages e Byclicking About you can Send Feedback using a form get information on the Database Schema for support purposes and open up our Online Help repository EPiServer AB 26 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 e On the right side of the menu bar you can click on Get Help For this Page to get help on a specific page you are in such as the Catalog Edit page under Ca
224. iaa dd etapa e ds 108 OVEIVIEW TD crasas creas se acme uae da doce os Aes 108 HU NA A A E E A 108 ON A Oot eee See T PE eee et 108 PXSSOGIAUONNS TA ore ote pipe hn Ses AS Aha ne ay oat ae a O ate 108 ASSES abia a ro o ss hk his tes ee ti o balas Dl alla dei dul 109 SE AAA E CN O 109 Creating a Dynamic Package 5 il Sok Sacre abe eemeeascwdcateceeuseerenatesenwexsors 109 OVEIVICW A E e tn firs tae ts metas teins de secre os ele ett ete ntsc dee cae 110 Package tems Tabacos scoacina rss subsidiarias iobs cited 110 SETA pai e editen dd eee RV toa cata sabia teo cp dido bie 110 ASSOGIAUONS Tabarca ade eke de dee deste da dad led 110 Asse aD 6 och del bios Coen sa arica do bis cad ie aria 111 Relations Tab panes ti Dt a ad aol es e ai e ates 111 Creating Product Associations _ 22 22 eee ee cece cee cee eee eee eee eee noo 111 CrossSelling Other Products What You May Like oocoocccccccccccccccccccccoo 112 Associating Related Products and Accessories 2 20 202 e eee cece eee e eee eeee 112 Managing Asset ales elt sii RAT ea EN ise cia adaa 112 Associating Additional Digital Materials with Catalog Entries 0 0 2202 2 22 112 Searching for Entries in Your Catalog 22 ieee cc cee cece cece cee eceeeceeeceees 113 Catalog Search Filters coto osado pote a a Bun td ee Soe te 114 Deleting and Cloning Entries aci e des 114 Paging and Sorting Results 2 00 0 ccc cece cece nro 115
225. ick on Administration expand System Settings and click on Business Foundation to access the Business Foundation Configuration page Administration 3 System Settings Sites Dictionaries H Logs a Common Settings a Business Foundation a Search Index o Left Menu Catalog System Order System Click on Create New and on the dropdown click on New Business Object The New Business Object form page appears Enter all relevant information Welcome admin Confi gu ration Product Version 5 2 build 243 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer mtv Get Help For This Page New Business Object Back To List Base Info Field Info System Name Contract System Name Contract Friendly Name Contract Name oy Friendly Name Contract Name ay Plural Name Contract y Drim Lem 100 Supports Extensions Base Info e System Name name of the Business Object once you input a name the Friendly Name and Plu ral Name fields are autopopulated e Friendly Name alternative to the System Name e Plural Name plural version of the system friendly name e g inventories e Supports Extensions this allows you to extend an existing meta class with extra properties For example you can have a download class and you can extend it with imagedownload which con tains width and height as extra parameters Field Info e System Name enter in a system name e Friendly Name enter in a friendly front end name e Maximum Length max
226. imum number of characters allowed in this field Click Save to save changes EPiServer AB 184 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Business Object Customization dls Mew Field Edit 33 Publish Back To List fg Contract Friendly Name Contract Name Business Object Public Plural Name Contract 1 N Relations N 1 Relations N N Relations System Name Friendly Name a Contract Contract Name a Contractld ld Add fields to the Contract business object as needed Refer to Adding New Fields to Business Object section for instructions on how to add new fields to a business object Click Save to save changes O EPiServer AB Connecting a Contract to an Organization Using a Many to One Relationship 185 Connecting a Contract to an Organization Using a Many to One Relationship The next step is to create a relationship between this contract with an organization In this example the Many to one relationship will be used because multiple contracts can be tied to a single organization 1 To add a relationship click on the N 1 tab and click New Relation Many to one Welcome Manager Co nfig LI ratio n Product Version 5 1 build 24 i License ECF G5 Deployment Episerver h Get Help For This Page Business Object Customization FS New Field ER Edit zaj Publish Back To List System Name Fig Contract Friendly Name Contract Name Type Business Object Public Plural Name Contra
227. in blue O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 67 Welcome admin Export Catalog Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer O Get Help For This Page gt Export You re about to export a catalog Click the button to start Exported Fikes List I Actions File Name Size Created Last Updated Download Delete MobilePhoneProductCatalog zip 9 81 KB Today 1 42 PM Today 1 42 PM 1 Page 1 of 1 1 items Using CSV Files to Quickly Create Custom Catalogs Why Should I Use a CSV File The CSV catalog import is a feature in the Catalog Management system that enables you to import and manage catalog entries such as Products Variations SKUs Packages in bulk using an excel spread sheet csv format It is an alternative to manually creating catalog entries directly in Commerce Manager which can be tedious when dealing with a large amount of catalog data This feature enables you to accomplish these key tasks e Import your csv spreadsheets and create new catalog entries in Commerce Manager e Set your catalog items into a desired category structure of your choosing e Create entry relations to associate one entry with others e g variation SKUs will appear within a product or a package e Editor delete existing catalog items The CSV catalog import feature can be used for your entire catalog data or just portions of them Import Overview Here are the basic steps you can take to import and se
228. in the customer s shopping cart displaying the Quantity of each item List Price and Total 4 Notes You can add edit or delete notes about the shopping cart 4 Click on More Actions and click on Convert to Purchase Order ior Actions Convert to Purchase Ore Create Payment Plan Edit Information Cani 14 Created Date 6 23 2011 1 27 46 PM Cart Total 418 99 Currency USD Customer Carlos Customer ID f3ed5de8 5f95 43f6 abd2 e4348cca9dze Open Customer Profile Email Address carlos somemail com The page refreshes and shows the Order view page for further processing of the purchase order Payment Plans This section describes how to work with payment plans and recurring payment plans in EPiServer Com merce Setting up a Payment Plan Payment plans can be setup by the CSR to generate recurring payments An example recurring payment would be for magazine or grocery subscriptions EPiServer AB 138 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Payment plans are handled in the background by a scheduled Quartz job which should be configured by your IT team based on your business needs Ideally the payment plan job should run once per day Creating a Payment Plan 1 Goto Order Management gt Payment Plans recurring You will open up the Payment Plans List To create a new payment plan click on New Payment Plan 2 Selecta customer contact to attach the payment plan to 3 The Payment Plan New page appe
229. ine new objects and relations between them The form is fully customizable so you can define layout and specify which fields you want to display You can also work with system fields which was previously impossible The currentimplementation of Business Foundation only supports the Customer Management and Asset Management systems Support for other Commerce Manager systems is planned for the future Customizing Existing Business Objects Out of the box Commerce Manager includes Business Objects that can edited and customized Cus tomizing existing business objects is a good starting point for end users to model business objects for their needs However pre existing business objects such as Address and Organization cannot be deleted only edited The currentimplementation of Business Foundation only supports the Customer and Asset Management subsystems Support for other subsystems such as Order and Catalog are planned for future releases Fields in the Business Foundation This section covers how to add or edit different types of data fields within an existing business object O EPiServer AB 166 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Adding Fields to Business Objects Existing Business Foundation Objects can be customized to have additional data entry fields For exam ple you can add fields to the New Credit Card form built in to Commerce Manager To add new fields to Business Object click on Administration expand Sy
230. ion 2 System Keyword no spaces and Classes are something that your developers need to code and provide 3 Click OK to save changes The revised shipping provider will appear in the Shipping Providers page The Parameters and Packages tabs are not fully implemented they serve as a starting point for developers for full implementation of those features Deleting Shipping Providers 1 Go to the Shipping Providers page 2 Check off the box that corresponds to the shipping providers you want to delete 3 Click on the More Actions button on the upper left corner of the main window menu bar and choose Delete from the pull down menu 4 Click OK when prompted The selected providers will be deleted from the list Shipping Providers New 2 More Actions y Fl Mame E x Generic Gateway F Weight Jurisdiction Gateway EPiServer AB Publishing a Contract 215 Tax Configuration Introduction Taxes can be configured in the Administration subsystem so that specified rates are calculated and added to the total price during the checkout process Depending on your configuration it is also possible to combine and apply multiple taxes such as federal state and local tax to a purchase Taxes can be set up and maintained using two methods 1 creating editing each tax control manually or 2 importing all data using a CSV file Here we will discuss both methods and also provide you with a few examples to demon
231. ions Once those changes are made click Save Edit Field Back Business Object Credit Card Field Type String Field Name Format Text Friendly Name Customer Service Phone Number y Maximum Length Description Phone found on back of card Relations in the Business Foundation In order to track and record relevant data business objects must be related to other objects whether they are 1 to many many to 1 many to many Currently business objects only affect the customer and asset management systems e 1to Many Relationship 1 object can be associated or related with multiple object related data For example one organization can be associated with multiple contracts e Many to 1 Relationship Multiple object related data can be associated or related with a single object For example multiple contacts can be related to a single organization e Many to Many Relationship Multiple object related data can be associated or related with mul tiple objects For example different SKUs can be associated with one or more Warehouses for tracking and storage O EPiServer AB Adding a 1 to Many Relation 169 Adding a to Many Relation Business Foundation objects allow a user to specify 1 to many relationships For example if you have one organization you can relate many types of data to that organization such as multiple contacts addresses or organizational units or divisions within an organization Within a 1 N relationshi
232. ip 185 66 KB 2 10 2010 4 00 45 PM Today 11 44 AM L Page 1 of 1 2 items Start import Indexing the Sample Catalog After importing a product catalog at also needs to be indexed 1 In Commerce Manager select Administration System Settings and then Search Index 2 Click Rebuild Index to index the catalog for the first time The Build Index option is used for future updates when you import the same catalog again and only want to index the changes EPISERVER ET TAO Settings Welcome admin EPISERVER Search Manager Product Version 5 1 buid 23 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Welcome Change Language About Get Help For This Page gt Administration ed Index 3 System Settings ds Rebuild the Search Index This operation will cause complete index rebuild B Sites a Dictionaries Build Index Build the Search Index This operation will build index for items updated since last build H Logs Common Settings Business Foundation E Search Index Left Menu a Catalog System Y Order System A Dashboard ree Customer Management Catalog Management Page Templates The EPiServer Commerce product package is based on EPiServer CMS for managing content and the e commerce module Commerce Manager The EPiServer Commerce package includes a sample website with a set of display templates The page templates provide an example of how you can work with EPiS erver
233. ipping Manager Shipping Manager E admin admin F Order Supervisor Order Supervisor El ER Carlos Nevada Carlos Nevada E Lisa Prescott Lisa Prescott A new browser window opens showing a printer friendly version of the Contact List Click on Print on the far right corner of the browser window Contact Full Name First Name Last Name Middle Name Last Order Date Customer Group Receiving Manager Receiving Manager S d Order Manager__ Order Mamager Jennifer Browne O TI fF Mary Smith Mar A O A Shipping Manager Shippin 08 E FEA admin admin A Order Supervisor Order Supervisor Carlos Nevada Carlos Nevada Lisa Prescott Lisa Prescott o o Creating or Customizing Views for Browsing Contacts LIke Organizations users can create or customize Views when browsing objects O EPiServer AB 52 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Creating a New View On the Contact List page click on the View drop down menu and select New View Contact List LA Vie att contacts System Views Eg New Contact 6 Printer Version Y Delete Selected AN cintar New View Fl Full Marne First Name E Mats Hellstr m Mats Hellstr m E admin admin A pop up appears very similar to the one found in Organizations This form gives users the ability to cus tomize which columns appear and apply a variety of filters Fields Filters i Everything is ready gt to create a
234. iration Month Card Number Expiration Year Security Code Customer Service Phone Number Once those changes are saved the form you edited will render based on your configuration For exam ple here is the customized Credit Card edit form an end user sees New Credit Card Overview Type Visa E Last Four Digits Expiration Month No value Card Number Expiration Year No value Customer Service Phone Number security Code A 4 Credit Card 2 Organization Customer CreditCard_mtOrganization_Description Creating a New Business Object Creating new business objects allows users to extend customer and asset forms for tracking and relating different types of data Business Objects could be related in a one to many many relationship This section covers an example of how to create and publish a Contract busin one relationship Scenario Creating and Publishing a Contract Business Object many to one or many to ess object using a many to This is a basic step by step guide on how to create and publish a simple Contract Business Object for relating multiple contracts to a single organization EPiServer AB Creating a New Contract Object 183 Creating a New Contract Object New Business Objects can be created to suits a multitude of business purposes This example shows you how to create a Contract business object To add new fields to Business Object cl
235. is case is set to be sorted according to sort index Select the page in the page tree structure to define it Start Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers Display bottom menus from Buyers guide About us Our Services Customer Service Support Didigtal cameras History How to place an order New Customer Download Mobile Phones Our success Your payment methods Register Help Site Map Contact Terms and Conditions Forgotten your password Press Order tracking Affiliate Program Guarantee Join our program The start page contains a bottom section listing pages in five columns The Display bottom menus from field defines from where the page listing will be fetched In this example the listing will display pages and their one level sub pages under the start page All pages will be listed except those that are set not to be displayed in menus EPiServer AB 226 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 a Products News i Buyers guide About us Our Services Customer Service Support Affiliate Program Function Pages In this example the bottom menu listing will start with Buyers guide to be followed by About us Our services etc Note that the listing will go from left to right to fill the columns The order is controlled by the sort order of the start page which is set to be sorted according to sort index in this case The number of columns can be changed programa
236. ishing a Contract 203 Payment Methods Payment Types Payment types are classes which contain the properties of a particular payment type For example a credit card payment type contains credit card number card expiration date card type etc All payment types inherit from the abstract class Payment The most common payment types are already built in to EPiServer Commerce e Credit card e Cash Card e Gift Card e Invoice In addition a generic OtherPayment type is included in EPiServer Commerce Payment types are meta classes Payment Gateways Payment gateways provide an interface to the system which provides payment processing A payment type is passed to the payment gateway and the gateway executes the payment transaction with the payment system e g PayPal One payment type is associated with each payment gateway Payment Methods Payment methods contain information about the way the customer views a payment option and has a payment gateway associated with it Using a Built In Payment Gateway To setup payments using a built in Payment Gateway go to Administration gt Language English Ger man Spanish etc Administration ae 33 System Settings Sites a C Dictionaries 4 03 Logs a Common Settings a Business Foundation a Search Index a Left Menu a Catalog System 3 Order System BH Meta Classes ma Meta Fields 353 Payments English United States C German Ge
237. isplay template In the Path field add the path to the display template Click OK to save your changes Importing the Sample Catalog The product catalog contains information regarding brands and sales items This information will either be displayed in the public site or used for pricing and promotions Product catalogs needs to be imported EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 219 into EPiServer Commerce This will normally be done automatically during the installation procedure for the EPiServer Commerce sample site However there may be occasions where you need to import a product catalog and the procedure is therefore described in the following There are different ways of doing this and in this example we describe how you manually import the sample catalogs 2 of the sample site using the import export func tion in Commerce Manager When product catalogs have been imported they also need to be indexed in order for the product search function to incorporate any changes Additional information on how to import product catalogs can be found in the Catalog Management sec tion EPISERVER 7 admin Q Settings Welcome admin EPISERVER Catalog List Product Version 5 1 build 23 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Welcome Change Language About Get Help For This Page Catalog Management lt Ci New Catalog Aj Import Export 4 More Actions Y 4 Catalog Entry S
238. ite e Display Name enter a name the way you like to be displayed in the public site with appropriate languages e Primary Image use the browse button to select and upload an image here e Description enter a description of a product with appropriate languages EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 81 Once done click OK on the bottom of the page SEO Search Engine Optimization can be achieved by entering the following information for the product e Title this is the friendly name that appears in your browser s title area e URL this is what gets displayed in the browser URL window e Description this is the meta description that is used for SEO purposes by search engines e Keywords keywords used for SEO purposes by search engines Catalog Node Edit Overview SEO Assets Tithe en us Url en us Description en us a Keywords en us a Tithe de de Url de de Description de de a Keywords de de a Tithe es es Url es es Description es es a Keywords 25 85 m Assets Under Assets you can associate additional files such as images pdf and video files all stored in the Asset Management system EPiServer AB 82 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Catalog Node Edit Overview SEQ Assets Find Assets Add Asset Group Name default Edit Command ID Type Name Group Sort Order Page 1 of O 0 items Follow these three simple steps to add an asset file t
239. ka the Category List is used to organize and manage nodes categories subcategories created within a Catalog The Brand Catalog for example which is available in the Commerce Manager by default includes nodes assigned with brand names such as Canon IZOD and Dell Also the Everything Catalog con tains a node called Mobile Phones amp Plans which has subcategories called Phones and Plans Addi tional nodes or subcategories may be created in the Node List page 1 Clicking on the memo icon located between the check box and the folder icon will display the Cat alog Node Edit page which contains more information and settings of that particular node Here you can setup the information and status that are common for all it s subcategories EPiServer AB 78 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 2 Clicking on any node names highlighted in blue will take you to the next sublevel which shows the list of categories under the selected node create Neww More Actions E Mame G Daily Specials G Digital Cameras 5 Digital Downloads Haada ic Mobile Phones amp Plans Menu Bar Functions Create New This dropdown allows users to create different types of Categories Nodes or Product entries as shown below e Category Node e Product e Variation SKU e Package e Bundle e Dynamic Package e More Actions e Delete Selected e Clone Selected e Move Link to Folder Under More Actio
240. l Length 34 MaxFocalLength ShortString True True True False Max Focal Length 1 35 OpticalSensorResolution ShortString True True True False Optical Sensor Resolution 4 36 OpticalZoom Float True True True False Optical Zoom 37 DisplaySize ShortString True True True False Display Size at Dashboard 38 DigitalZoom Float True True True False Digital Zoom 39 ModelNo ShortString True False False False Model No fet Customer Management O y E Features LongHtmliString True False True False Features Catalog Management 41 Specifications LongHtmliString True False True False Specifications 4 m Page Size 20 x 17 items Page 41 3 The Meta Field Edit page appears There is a wide variety of parameters you can set for the meta field depending on the type you select Description Maras Enter in a system name without spaces or special characters e g NumberMegapixels without the quotes Friendly Enter in a user friendly name seen by end users on the back and front end e g Number Name of Megapixels without the quotes Description Enter in any additional information about the meta field Type The drop down menu shows the field types you can use for the meta field Warehouses Commerce Manager users can add and track a list of Warehouses within EPiServer Commerce A Ware house is a physical place with an address from which items are shipped To access Warehouses navigate to Administration gt Expand Ca
241. lect New Dynamic Package The Product Dynamic Package Edit page appears Overview Tab This is where you enter basic information about the Product Package Name a name for the Dynamic Package Available from the date to which the Dynamic Package is activated Expires on the date on which the Dynamic Package expires once the expiration date passes the Product Package will no longer appear on the public site Display Template choose a display template used to show the Dynamic Package in the public site from this dropdown box by default the only available catalog display template is Digital Cam era To create your custom template you will need some technical skills with html templates Code enter a Dynamic Package code here e g DIGICAM Sort Order determines the order to which the Dynamic Package is sorted in the Node List page Available select Yes to make the Dynamic Package appear on the public site select No to hide the product from the public site Meta Class the choice made here dictates which the meta fields or Dynamic Package attributes will appear on the public site or Commerce Manager site Package Items Tab In the dropdown you can search through your entire inventory and select items to add to your Dynamic Package by clicking Add Item Clicking the Edit icon beside the item you just added will allow you to specify the Quantity the Group Name and the Sort Order SEO Tab Search Engine Optimization can
242. lete Selected to delete the Category Node EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 83 Node List crente nene 3 Clone Selected 142 Move Link to folder a Digital Downloads ic Mobile Phones amp Plans Organizing Categories To organize a category enter a numerical order in the Sort Order field within the Catalog Node Edit page Categories and node will sort based on numercial order Catalog Node Edit Overview SEO Assets Name Phone Accessories catalog node name description Available from 8 5 2008 FA 10 00 PM Expires on 8 5 2009 a 10 00 PM Display Template EntriesTemplate e Code phone accessories Sort Order y Available Yes a No Meta Class Default Catalog Node Display Name en us Phone Accessories Display Name de de Display Name es es Primary Image en us Primary Image Creating a Sub Category To create a sub category it is similar to creating a high level category 1 Go to Node List and click through an existing Catalog 2 Click on Create New and click on Category Node Specify the information under Catalog Edit refer to Creating a Category and click OK to save changes EPiServer AB 84 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Node List Create Newwv More Actions y E Name El El E paily special El El E pigital Cameras M ef pigital Downloads E fm Mobile Phones amp Plans Node List Bmore Actions E New Category
243. log Entry ld Name Sort Ord Type Page 1 of O 0 items O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 91 5 Click on Modify Association and you can edit the name description and sort order of an existing asso ciation Edit Association Information Mame cts Enter association name Description Enter association description Sort Order Enter sort order You can also Delete an association if needed omnes Prcnarnvemon 560 Associations sees Modify Existing Association CrossSell aa 6 Pick an item or items to add to the association Click Add Item to do so Pick Item Edituta MI Ultimate Ears Metro fi 150 Noise Isolating Earphones 3 zort Order Type WI 510 Headset Charger WI Plantronics Voyager 510 Bluetooth Headset Carrying WI Apple Iphone PDA Premium Reusable LCD Screen Pro MI Apple iPhone Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit Case Silver twin Apple iPhone 1G Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit Case Bla i Headphone Adapter for Apple iPhone Recessed Jack Creative Headphones HQ 140 MI Koss SPARKPLUG Stereo In Ear Ear Plugs 7 Once you click on Add Item the item will appear in a list just below You can have more than one item tied to an association Pick Item Creative Headphones HO 140 Edit Command Mame Sort Order Type l A 510 Headset Charger D OPTIONAL X Creative Headphones HO 140 o OPTIONAL EPiServer AB 92 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 You ca
244. ls or shipping A Pro motion is a marketing tool used to increase sales of certain products or product lines Various incentives such as lowered pricing and other discounts can be employed as part of a Promotion e Promotions are always tied to Campaigns e Promotions can be classified into two types 1 either you can create a Promotion that is visible prior to checkout or 2 you can configure the Promotion to be dis played during the checkout process e The most powerful aspect of the Marketing system is the Expression Engine which allows variable conditions to be applied when creating a Promotion These con ditions vary from the number of items the percentage discount shipping rates and many others O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 141 e Customer Segments these determine the target audience for the Promotions Customer Seg ments determine the target audience for the Promotions Within a Campaign all Promotions will be applied to whatever Customer Segments associated with the same Campaign Members of the Customer Segments can be pre defined in static groups or you can use the Expressions Engine to create dynamic groups whenever Promotions are run e Forexample you can have a Customer Segment that targets all users from the Los Angeles area You can create an Expression that will include all the customers whose home city is Los Angeles Thus when a user registers on the site he imme diately becomes part of the target Customer
245. mas microsoft com winfx 2006 xaml workfiow gt lt RuleSet Rules gt lt Rule Name SetupConstants ReevaluationBehavior Never Priority 2 Description p 1 Null Active True gt lt Rule ThenActions gt lt RuleStatementAction gt lt RuleStatementAction CodeDomStatement gt lt ns0 CodeAssignStatement LinePragma p 1 Null xmins ns0 clr namespace System CodeDom Assembly System Version 2 0 0 0 Culture neutral PublicKeyToken b77a5c56 1934 089 gt lt ns0 CodeAssignStatement Left gt lt ns0 CodeIndexerExpression gt lt ns0 CodeIndexerExpression Indices gt lt ns0 Cod ePrimitiveExpression gt lt ns0 CodePrimitiveExpression Value gt lt ns 1 String xmins ns 1 dr namespace System Assembly mscorlib Version 2 0 0 0 Culture neutral PublicKeyToken b77a5c561934e089 gt RuleSkuSet lt ns1 String gt lt ns0 CodePrimitiveExpression Value gt lt ns0 CodePrimitiveExpression gt lt ns0 Codelndexe rExpression Indices gt lt ns0 CodeIndexerExpression TargetObject gt lt ns0 CodePropertyReferenceExpression PropertyName RuntimeContext gt lt ns0 CodePropertyReferenceExpression TargetObject gt lt ns0 CodeThisReferenceExpression gt lt ns0 CodePropertyRe ferenceExpression TargetObject gt lt ns0 CodePropertyReferenceExpression gt lt ns0 CodeIndexerExpression TargetObject gt lt ns0 CodelndexerExpression gt lt ns0 CodeAssignStatement Left gt lt ns0 CodeAssignStatement Right gt lt ns0 CodeMethodInvokeExpression gt
246. mer Campaign Pick Item z Edit Command Catalog Entry ld Name Sort Ord Type Page 1 of O 0 items ox cancer 5 Click on Modify Association and you can edit the name description and sort order of an existing asso ciation Edit Association Information Name cts Enter association name Description Enter association description Sort Order Enter sort order You can also Delete an association if needed MO IES O lt lt Modify Existing Association CrossSell v Edit Details AS ox cancer 6 Pick an item or items to add to the association Click Add Item to do so O EPiServer AB 98 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Pick Item Y Add Item Edit Co MI Ultimate Ears Metro fi 150 Noise Isolating Earphones q Sort Order Type WI 510 Headset Charger MI Plantronics Voyager 510 Bluetooth Headset Carrying en ce MUG oe NI Apple Iphone PDA Premium Reusable LCD Screen Pro WI Apple iPhone Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit Case Silver WI Apple iPhone 1G Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit Case Bla Headphone Adapter for Apple iPhone Recessed Jack WI Creative Headphones HQ 140 MI Koss SPARKPLUG Stereo In Ear Ear Plugs 7 Once you click on Add Item the item will appear in a list just below You can have more than one item tied to an association Pick Item Creative Headphones HO 140 g Edit Command Mame Sort Order Type Ej X 510 Headset Charger o OPTIONA
247. method e Name enter in a name without spaces or special character this name will not be displayed in the public site butis only for end users to manage and organize the shipping methods e Friendly Name enter a friendly name which can have spaces and special character the friendly name is the name seen by customers who are purchasing items EPiServer AB Publishing a Contract 211 e Description enter a description optional e Provider select an available provider from the dropdown menu the options displayed here are created in the Shipping Providers screen Generic Gateway is for a fixed shipping fee specified below under base price while Weight Jurisdiction Gateway is used for a shipping fee depended on the weight and shipping location e Language select a language of your choice from the dropdown menu e Base Price the base price you specify here will become the fixed shipping fee for the Generic Gateway option and part of the Weight Jurisdiction Gateway option e lsActive select Yes or No under IsActive to enable is disable it respectively e IsDefault select Yes or No if this shipping method is the default one e Sort Order enter a number for the sort order to determine its position on the list of shipping meth ods The Settings tab is used to exclude any Countries Regions and Payments from a particular shipping method To exclude a selection highlight the items on the Available boxes on the left and m
248. mith companyx com Last Lockout none Email mary smtih companyx com Last Login 6 1 2010 9 17 44 AM Last Password es Changed 6 1 2010 9 17 44 AM Under Security click on Roles The Security section only appears after an Account was created for the Contact The Roles form appear allowing you to assign Roles to the Account By default an Account is already assigned to the Registered and Everyone roles EPiServer AB 62 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Contact Info Welcome admin Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer ES v Get Help For This Page Edit X Delete Contacts Full Name Mary Smith Parent Organization Company X Information Roles Information Assign Role X Remove Roles Addresses Credit Cards Security Orders Order History Shopping Lists Wish Lists Shopping Carts Inheritance Role Name Registered Everyone Organization Undefined Undefined none none Page Size 20 2 items Page 41 Click on Assign Role to assign a new Role to the Account A pop up appears allowing you to assign a specific Role from the drop down menu Security Role Cms Admins Organization Inheritance Inherit From Parent Select a Security Role from the drop down to assign to the Account Optionally you can assign an O
249. more documentation on how to configure it there also Configuration Parameters Payment Options Sale ls Merchant Login Merchant Password Transaction Key Secret Hash Payment Gateway URL used for testing Editing Payment Methods To edit an existing payment method click on the Notepad icon next to the Delete icon New Ej More Actions Marne nSoftware Money Order Payment by card DIES Pay Ey Phone Pay By Credit Card The ID is autogenerated Every field can be changed except System Keyword After you are satisfied with your changes click on OK O EPiServer AB 208 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Payment Method Edit Overview Parameters ID eOfbbel d 053f 4adc b15c 669374639502 Name Money Order Description System Keyword Language English United States w Class Name EPiServer business Commerce Payment DIBS DIBSPaymentGateway oe Sort Order oO IsActive im Yes No IsDefault E Yes No Supports Recurring Yes No Restricted Shipping Methods Available Shipping Methods Chosen Shipping Methods Online Download Default Shipping Add All gt Deleting Payment Methods To delete Payment Methods click on the X icon next to the payment method name and click OK when the popup appears To delete multiple payment methods at once check mark each payment method you want to delete then click on More Actions gt Delete on the dropdown menu Click
250. n Edit an item on the list You can change the Sort Order and the Type Once you re done mod ifying the values click on Update to save your changes Otherwise select Cancel to navigate away with out saving Assets Tab Assets are downloadable contents such as documents links videos and images that can be linked to specific products Assets are uploaded and managed in the Asset Management system 1 Under Find Assets select from the drop down list and click Add Asset Welcome an miin Variation SKU Edit Product Version 5 2 H l License ECF G5 Deplo Get Help F Find Assets Add Asset Group Name a Root O Root Video Edit COMM gt pero Sort Order Root Specifications Page 1 of 0 0 items m fr Root Software ma Root Downloads a Root User Guides ma Root Images 2 Enter a Group Name By default EPiServer Commerce offers three options with names that will allow the associated assets to be correctly displayed on the product details page of the public site e Image type as image all lowercase thumbnail icon s will appear on the product details page e Downloads a Downloads tab will appear towards the bottom of the details page e Specifications a Specifications tab will appear towards the bottom of the details page Find Assets Root Presentations Add Asset Group Name PowerPoint Edit Command ID Type Name Croup Sort Order Page 1 of 0 0 items 3 Once
251. n Organization Organization at Under General Info the Primary Object Organization is automatically set to Organization 1 Selecta Related Object to relate an the Organization object in the dropdown 2 The Object section below General Info will have a different title based on Related Object you selected For example if you selected Address the title would be Object Address 3 Enter in a Field Name and Friendly Name They are autopopulated already using the system name of the business object Both names must be unique and not be the same as an existing field The Field Name cannot con tact spaces or special characters only letters numbers and underscores 4 Checkmark the box Allow Nulls ifyou do not want this to be a required field the user fill in while editing a form Otherwise uncheck the box to make ita required field 5 Under Add Field To checkmark the Forms you want the field to render in such as the Edit Form to enter and submit information or View Form read information only O EPiServer AB 170 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 6 Under the Object Name of Primary Object section select a Display region in the dropdown box Additional options such as Display Text and Display Order will appear based on your dropdown menu selection 7 Once all the relevant information is entered click on Save Relation 1 N General Info Primary Object Organization Related Object Address
252. n the different CSV data files you uploaded on the CSV Import tab in step 2 e For this example first choose BabyStuffCategory csv Leave the rest of the field as default and move on to the next section Fields and Attributes Column headers in the data file and Selected values section The values presented under the Fields and Attributes column are representative of the Meta Class selected in the MetaClass Language section above which were either previously imported or created within Commerce Manager The values presented in the drop down menus under the Column headers in the data file column are representative of the Data file selected in the Data file and CSV adjustment section above which were previously imported above EPiServer AB 76 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Selectthe appropriate Column header drop down value to map with the MetaClass Fields and Attributes to the left the value selected will be reflected in the Selected values column to the right Save mapping file section Enter a file name for the Enter file name textbox For this example save the mapping files using the same CSV file names e Click the Save button The browser returns to the CSV Import tab and the mapping file in XML format will be added to the listin the Choose mapping file section e Repeat Step 3 to create and save a mapping file for each CSV files you wish to import e For CSV Entry file
253. nd provides access to the EPiServer CMS administration interface needed when administering the content management parts of EPiServer Commerce WebEditors this role is EPiServer CMS specific and provides access to the EPiServer CMS edit ing interface needed when working with content on the EPiServer Commerce website You can change the detailed permissions for each of these roles as well as define your own roles and set permissions all in order to match the specific working procedures in your organization EPiServer AB User Access from EPiServer CMS You will need to access the EPiServer CMS Admin mode to manage access rights for content editors In the EPiServer CMS Admin mode you will be able to view all users and user groups under Search User Groups User Access and Roles 31 Setting access rights for editorial content and the page tree structure is done from the Set access rights section just as you normally do in EPiServer CMS In EPiServer CMS there are the following default roles e Everyone an anonymous visitor browsing to your website Can only access the View mode of the website e WebAdmins membership in this group provides access to the EPiServer CMS administration interface e WebEditors membership in this group provides access to the EPiServer CMS editing interface Please refer to the EPiServer CMS administration documentation on world episerver com for more infor mation on how to work with
254. ness Foundation To remove from the Left Menu you have to perform an additional step of going to Administration gt System Settings gt Left Menu and clicking the Delete icon O EPiServer AB 192 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 EPISERVER admin Q Settings Welcome Store Manager EPISERVER Left Men u Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Welcome Change Language About Y O Get Help For This Page 2 Administration J Ada J System Settings Title Order la SHES Dashboard o 4 Dictionaries Home 10 C Logs a Common Settings Customer Management 40 Business Foundation a Organizations 30 Search Index af Contacts 40 a Left Menu af oe ae oles 3 Catalog System HC Order System Contract 10000 Catalog Management 60 Catalog Entry Search 10 Catalog Batch Update 20 af Catalogs 30 Order Management 80 El Order Search 10 A Dashboard af Purchase Orders 20 feet Customer Management af Today 10 Catalog Management This Week 20 Order Management El This Month 30 Ej All 40 Marketing Purchase Orders By Status 30 sl Asset Management Carts 40 Page Size 20 gt 78 items Page41234 Creating Dictionary Values for Adding Languages Countries and Currencies This guide walks you through how to add Languages Countries and Currencies to EPiServer Com merce Adding New Languages By default you are given several Language option
255. new view for entities list Please type view name E Show this view for all users The default tab is General Enter in a Title for the custom View Check the box Show this view for all users if you want other users to see this custom View New View E Enter Titl Only in Company X i Everything is ready to create a new wiew Show this wiew for all users for entities list Please type view name Click on the Fields tab to select which columns you want to appear in the custom View Select the col umns you want to have appear by clicking and highlighting the column name and moving it over to the Visible columns list by clicking on the Right Arrow icon EPiServer AB New View Generar Fieras ries Available columns Visible columns Code First Name Created E Full Name Creator Email r r Customer Group Date Of Birth LM Bt Last Name Last Order Date Middle Name Modified Commerce Manager 53 To deselect a column click and highlight a column name from the Visible columns list and then click on the Left Arrow icon To change the ordering of the Visible column list click and highlight a column name and click on the Up and Down Arrows on the right of the list to reposition the column Click on the Filters tab to set the view filters Users are given precise controls over filters for setting up rules for their custom View Clicking on the icon allows you add an additional filte
256. nfiguration Welcome Manager Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Get Help For This Page Business Object Customization X New Field Edit 33 Publish EJ Back To List System Name Type Syster aY BusinessCategory EM Created 3 Organization Business Object Friendly Name Plural Name Fietds 1 N Relations N 1 Relations N N Relations 1 Name im Friendly Name Business Category Created Creator Organization Organization Type BusinessCategory DateTime Guid aY Creatorld Click on New Relation Many to one to create a new relationship Business Object Customization New Field Edit 33 Publish EJ Back To List System Name Organization Friendly Name Organization Type Business Object Plural Name Organization System Name Name New ty many to one Primary Object Related Object a Parentid Parent Organization Organization El a PrimaryContactid Primary Contact Contact Organization El The Relation N 1 form is very similar to the Relation 1 N form except you can select the Primary Object from the dropdown whereas the Related Object defaults to the name of the Business Object Under General Info the Primary Object Organization is automatically set to Organization 1 Selecta Primary Object to relate an the Organization objectin the dropdown The Object se
257. ng a Contract 213 e Jurisdiction Group select a jurisdiction group to apply the current Shipping Method using the dropdown menu the options listed here are set up in the Shipping Jurisdictions and Shipping Jurisdiction Groups screen e Weight enter a numerical value for the weight units for the weight is set in the Common Settings screen e Price enter a price to be added to the base price Overview tab when the weight and juris diction group conditions are met e Start Date enter a start date and time for the shipping method to take effect e End Date enter a end date and time for the shipping method to expire When finish entering the values above select Add to save the condition The condition will appear on table below In the above example if the customer checks out an item that weights anywhere between 0 to 10 weight units Ibs for example and the customer s shipping address is in the United States then the total shipping fee will equal 10 the base price you enter in the overview screen Click OK to save changes Deleting Shipping Methods 1 Check off the box that corresponds to the shipping methods you want to delete 2 Click on the More Actions button on the upper left corner of the main window menu bar and choose Delete from the pull down menu 3 Click OK when prompted The selected methods will be deleted from the list shipping Methods New j More Actions F Mame Display Marne F ai
258. nglish United States A Filter By Catalog s all catalogs A Search By Codefld Entry Search Search By Keyword s canon digital cameras Additional Filters Filter By Language English United States Filter By Catalog s all catalogs I Search By Codefld Catalog Search Filters To narrow entry search results there are Additional Filters available Click search once those filters are set e Filter by language Pull down menu will show the available language choices e Filter by catalog s Pull down menu will show the available catalog choices e Search by code id Instead of text you can search by code or ID Search By Keyword s Additional Filters Filter by Language English United States Filter By Catalog s all catalogs x Search Ey Codefld 3958 Deleting and Cloning Entries Users can Delete and Clone entries To delete or clone an entry 1 Select an entry or entries by checkmarking the box next to it 2 Click on More Actions 3 Click on Delete Selected or Clone Selected The entry will either be deleted or a clone copy of it appears O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 115 Entry Search Search By Keyword s Additional Filters Filter By Language English United States A Filter By Catalog s all catalogs Search Ey Code ld Delete Selected ID 33 Clone Selected tro fi 150 Noise Isolating Earphones Black 1 min 510 Headset Charger 2 wi Plantronics Voyag
259. ns cloning creates a duplicates with a unique ID that you can place in any loca tion hierarchy that you choose Move Link to Folder allows you either to move a category product to a new location hierarchy or to link one category product to another category product So for example you can create a category called Featured Products and link it to items across various other categories This way if you make changes to content on the original product page and that same product is part of the Featured Products category as a linked product the changes will be displayed in both locations In other words changes are bi directional Links can be broken if either of the two are deleted EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 79 E New Category Node O New Product Package Eundle Dynamic Package Node List 43 Clone Selected Las Move Link to folder E Mmi Mobile Phones amp Plans Creating a Category 1 To create a new category click on Create New and then click on New Category Node 5 New Category Node New Product New Variation Sku New Package L New Bundle New Dynamic Package This page will appear when creating a new category or editing an existing one The Catalog Node Edit page will contain information of a Node selected from the Node List page EPiServer AB 80 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Welcome admin Catalog Node Edit Product Version 5 1 build 2 License ECF
260. nter provides easy access to both your web content through EPiServer CMS and your online store through the Commerce Manager module This User Guide provides guidance to the usage of the various functions of EPiServer Commerce both within web store administration as well as content management for your website The purpose of the EPiS erver Commerce sample site which is described here is to provide an example of how you can work with EPiServer Commerce in order to get your web store up and running in as little time as possible To find out more about how to integrate develop and extend the functionality of EPiServer Commerce please refer to the EPiServer Commerce Developer Guide O EPiServer AB About This Documentation 15 About This Documentation This documentation is intended for the target groups as described below e The EPiServer Commerce User Guide e Content editors and system administrators working in EPiServer Commerce and EPiServer CMS e Web shop administrators working with online store procedures in EPiServer Commerce and Commerce Manager e The EPiServer Commerce Developer Guide e Developers working with development and customization of EPiServer Commerce sites e System architects and others with an interest in the technical features of EPiServer Com merce This documentation describes features in EPiServer Commerce The following documentation accessible from world episerver com may be of use for reference purpose
261. nto Commerce Manager This is the area that a user can get a quick overall snapshot of his ecommerce site including notifications and alerts an overall summary of products categories orders customers and promotions sales performance graphs customizable news and announcements and a search field for help Customizing the Dashboard The user can customize the Dashboard by re arranging the layout ofthe Controls remove or add Con trols or adjust the page template The five Controls available are Help Summary News Announce ments Alerts and Performance To access the Dashboard click on Dashboard gt Home from the left navigation frame Users have five controls out of the box e The Help control allows users to search for help topics that links directly to the EPiServer Com merce documentation site e The Summary control displays the total number of Products Categories Orders Customers and Promotions e The News amp Announcements control displays a feed of the latest articles from a selected source e The Alerts control displays warnings about each site that may hinder performance and sales such as the lack of site analytics installed on the site e The Performance control displays a Sales Graph and a graph for the Total Sales of the year Rearranging Collapsing and Removing Controls To rearrange Controls hover the mouse cursor over the title bar and drag the Control to another space in the Dashboard Wel
262. ntract Name Field Name Organization Friendly Name Organization Allow Nulls Add Field To Edit Form View Form Short Info Form System View General View Object Organization Display Region Information ua Display Text Contract Display Order 10000 VET So now thatthe Organization business object is tied to Contract you will see that Contract now appears under the Information section or the Organization Info view page Welcome Manager Organization Info Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment Episerver 1 Get Help For This Page Edit Organizations Name EPiServer Parent Information Contract Information Contacts Addresses Credit Cards Wf Add Items EP Exclude Selected AL Since this example ties many contracts to a single organization the organization business object is automatically related to the contracts object as a 1 N relationship EPiServer AB Connecting a Contract to an Organization Using a Many to One Relationship 187 Business Object Customization Mame ie Address Ge Contact GE Contract ia CreditCard 3 Organization Organization business Object M N Relations Primary Object Organization Organization Organization Organization Organization S New Field EH Edit 3 Publish Ej Back To List Friendly Name Plural Name Related Object Address Contact Contract Name Credit Card
263. numerical value in Display Order The lower the value the higher the position of the item within the navigation tree relative to items with a higher Display Order value Display Text Contract Client Script CSManagementClient ChangeBafView Contract Lis Display Order 10000 Access Permissions businessfoundation contract list permission Item Icon Cancel To save changes click OK To delete a left menu item click on X icon EPiServer AB Publishing a Contract 199 Start CMS EPISERVER 7 Ladminy Q Settings Welcome Change Language About 1 Get Help For This Page Administration od J Ada 3S System Settings Title Order Ga Ga SHES af Dashboard 0 _ Dictionaries El Home 10 y Logs a Common Settings E Customer Management 40 a Business Foundation El Organizations 30 a Search Index Contacts 40 a Left Menu AS El Roles 50 Catalog System 3 Order System El SW aiia p og Management 60 et Catalog Entry Search 10 E Catalog Batch Update 20 ad Catalogs 30 af Order Management 80 Order Search 10 fat Dashboard Eb Purchase Orders 20 ree Customer Management El Today 10 Ed This Week 20 Catalog Management El This Month 30 Order Management Ed All 40 mr Marketing af Purchase Orders By Status 30 Asset Management Carts 40 P Reporting rh Administration Page Size 20 a 75 items Page 41 234 Indexing Your New or Edited Catalog In order to
264. o add and configure the Commerce Orders gadget 1 Logon to EPiServer Commerce and select Dashboard in the right click menu 2 Select the Dashboard tab under which you want the gadget to appear 3 Select Add Gadgets in top left corner of the dashboard and then select the Commerce Orders gadget by clicking on itin the list The gadget will be displayed on the dashboard By default it will be updated to display new data every 30 seconds 4 To update the refresh interval select Edit in the drop down menu of the gadget and enter a new time interval Click OK to save you changes CMS Commerce Add Gadgets Add Gadgets Commerce Orders Commerce Overview When the Commerce Orders gadget has been added to your dashboard you will be able to easily mon itor sales activities for your EPiServer Commerce website Commerce Overview Gadget The Commerce Overview gadget shows sales data from the e commerce system The data is grouped by products categories orders customers and promotions Do the following to add and configure the Commerce Overview gadget 1 Log on to EPiServer Commerce and select Dashboard in the right click menu 2 Select the Dashboard tab under which you want the gadget to appear 3 Select Add Gadgets in top left corner of the dashboard and then select the Commerce Overview gadget by clicking on itin the list The gadget will be displayed on the dashboard By default it will be updated to display new data e
265. o have a provider that represents a particular service e g USPS A provider can also representa particular type of O EPiServer AB The EPiServer Commerce Platform 19 shipping situation One example is that you could have a provider for overnight delivery The pro vider could retrieve pricing for that service to determine the lowest price given the location of the customer A provider could also represent other specific scenarios with one or more services such as price by weight or ground shipping Business Foundation e Business Foundation Object BF Object Similar to a meta class allows end users to create cus tom objects with Ul presentation business objects and a database layer without modify code e Bridge A many to many or N N relationship between two business objects e Extension this allows you to extend an existing meta class with extra properties For example you can have a download class and you can extend it with imagedownload which contains width and height as extra parameters e Field Type The type of data that the data field supports There are multiple types included with Commerce Manager out of the box Boolean Currency DateTime Dictionary items File Guid Integer Referenced Field read only String 1 to Many Relationship 1 object can be associated or related with multiple object related data For example one organization can be associated with multiple contracts e Many
266. o the current entry 1 Click on the Find Assets pull down menu to display all files available in the Asset system 2 Choose one file ata time and type in an appropriate Group Name see table below depending now how you would like it to be displayed 3 Click on Add Asset The asset associated to this entry will appear in the lower section of the screen e You can edit the Group Name or sort order by clicking on the Edit icon to the left of an existing asset After making any changes make sure to click Update Clicking OK at the bottom of the screen during the editing mode will not save the changes made e You can delete any existing asset by clicking on the X icon File type Group Names How it gets displayed in the public site mage Files jpg pgn etc image Thumbnail icon will appear on the product details page Downloadable Files docs A Downloads tab will appear towards the bottom of the Downloads pdf mp3s details page A Specifications tab will appear towards the bottom of Specification Files docs pdf Specifications o details page Catalog Node Edit Overview SEO Assets Find Assets Root Video hal Group Name default Edit Command ID Type Name Group Sort Order x 2 folder Root Video default D aL Page 1 of 1 1 items Deleting a Category 1 To delete a category node go to the Node List 2 Checkmark the box next to the node 3 Click on More Actions and then click on De
267. oceeds to checkout Open the Shopping Cart page in Edit mode to define the following e The Review store page Page describing the general store policy Create the page page type Standard Page and select itin the page tree e The Return and exchange policy page Page describing the general return and exchange policy Create the page page type Standard Page and select itin the page tree e The Privacy page Page describing the general privacy policy for personal information stored on the site Create the page page type Standard Page and selectit in the page tree O EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 237 Commerce EPISERVER MET Admin Mode Reports Visitor Groups DO XX Ae B G O a E Structure Favorites My Cart iste ES Products 0 A Page Type Commerce Shopping Cart Status Published Version ES English United States y Compare With News Buyers guide a Preview Edie Versions Work ow_ Our Services LA Save Ll Save and View Save and Publish EJ Cancel B Customer Service ame Content Scheduling Settings shortcut Categories EJ Support Affiliate Program Name My Cart El Function Pages 3 Review store page My Account H My Account A Return and exchange policy page HOw l Privacy page Check out My Cart Wish List T Login Register Search page Payment Forgot Password Produ
268. ociation A pop up window will appear that says Edit Association Infor mation 2 When the pop up appears enter an Association Name Description and define the Sort Order Once you re done click on Save Changes 3 The new association will appear in the drop down list 4 You can also choose to Edit Details which will allow you to edit associated items The Pick Item drop down appears below Modify Existing Association 5 Click on Modify Association and you can edit the name description and sort order of an existing association You can also Delete an association if needed 6 Pick an item or items to add to the association Click Add Item to do so 7 Once you click on Add Item the item will appear in a list just below You can have more than one item tied to an association You can Edit an item on the list You can change the Sort Order and the Type Once you re done mod ifying the values click on Update to save your changes Otherwise select Cancel to navigate away with out saving Assets Tab Assets are downloadable contents such as documents links videos and images that can be linked to specific products Assets are uploaded and managed in the Asset Management subsystem 1 Under Find Assets select from the drop down list and click Add Asset 2 Enter a Group Name By default Commerce Manager offers three options with names that will allow the associated assets to be correctly displayed on the product details page
269. od 45 Creating an Organization _ 222 ieee cece cece cee eee c eee cece aooaa 46 Creating an Organization Unit 000 2000 e cece eee 47 Creating an Organizational Hierarchy _ 22 22 ee eee eee cece cee cee eee cece eecees 47 Creating and Editing Dictionary Entries 00 000 022 lee eee eee cee eee ee 48 Adding New Dictionaries for Organization Type 22 220 e eee eee eee eee eee ee 48 Adding New Business Categories 0 02 lee eee ee eee eee 49 SOMA e A scree seek eee See pace ecstacy en 5 Sater A 49 BROWSING CONC cusco o ir as sie li 49 Viewing Detailed Contact Informati0N o oooccoccoccccccccccccoccnccncnccnccncnncncos 49 Searching Tor ON CS ds 50 Generating a Printer Friendly List of Contacts ooococccccoccccccccccccnccnccnocnncno 51 Creating or Customizing Views for Browsing Contacts ooccoocccccccccccccccccncccncco 51 Creating a New View ooooooococccocccoccnoc ce cece cee eee eee nec e nec eeeeeeeceeeceeee 52 Applying and Editing a View 2203 20k ds asias 54 Creating a Cona i eiai a ose ea es Ea a dente anin a 54 EPiServer AB Table of Contents 5 CRE GMM GAM AC COUN liao cc cise ae a ene eh r E AEE 56 Editing an Account Changing an Account Password and Removing Accounts 97 Create an Order Within a Contact 20 22 c eee ce eee oaoa nnan 57 Roles a a Permission ts di aa 58 Definitions of Roles osito de once dara cueros taste
270. off Purchase Condition and Reward This type of promotion discounts the order subtotal if minimum order amount is met Minimum order amount o Amount D Percentage Based e Example Build Your Own Discount 20 Off for a Shopping Cart Subtotal of 100 or More Like a custom Catalog Entry discount add link here users can create their own custom Order Level dis count based on a list of Purchase Conditions and Rewards This means that there is a wide range of Order Level discount possibilities The follow Condition and Reward example shows how to create a Promotion that gives 20 off for a shopping cart subtotal of 100 or more O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 149 Purchase Condition and Reward This type of promotion allows you fo create your own custom promotion Use the condition below to restrict how the promotion will be applied Purchase Condition 5hoppingCart Sub Total Equals 99 99 Use the actions below to assign rewards Rewards bese get off whole order reward 20 00 The discount should reflect on the shopping cart on front end public site Creating a Shipping Level Promotion Shipping Level Promotions are promotions that give discounts based on the overall shipment The dis count will appear on the order page just before you submit the order Currently creating a Free Shipping promotion based on a certain order amount e g free shipping for an order of 50 or more is not available out o
271. og entries In order for the Asset files to correctly display in catalogs you ll need to configure your Internet Information Services IIS Find out more Displaying Assets section of the Developer Guide for EPiServer Commerce Associating Additional Digital Materials with Catalog Entries Assets are downloadable contents such as documents links videos and images that can be linked to specific products Assets are uploaded and managed in the Asset Management system 1 Under Find Assets select from the drop down list and click Add Asset EPISERVER Variation SKU Edit Welcome Change Language About 3 Catalog Management _4 Catalog Entry Search Find Assets Root Images phone jpg Add Asset io Group Name default 343 Catalogs Everythin 33 Edit Command ID Type Name Croup Sj Mobile Phones Plans Y _ Plans Y Phones Diaital Downloads 2 Entera Group Name By default Commerce Manager offers three options with names that will allow the associated assets to be correctly displayed on the product details page of the public site O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 113 e Image type as image all lowercase thumbnail icon s will appear on the product details page e Downloads a Downloads tab will appear towards the bottom of the details page e Specifications a Specifications tab will appear towards the bottom of the details page _ Find Assets Root Images phon
272. ommerce 1 R2 SP1 EPISERVER Order Search Welcome Change Language About Order Management D Class Type Purchase Order Return 2 y e Order Management Status Any ID Q Order Search Date Range All e Customer Purchase Orders 3 E ID Customer Total Status Last Modified o Today G This Week E POO485 Mary Smith 39 98 In Progress Today 11 46 AM a This Month F PO0850 Mary Smith 59 98 Cancelled Today 10 49 AM Description Class Select Purchase Orders on the drop down list Otherwise if you want to Type search for a specific shopping cart or payment plan select those You can filter results by their statuses For example if you want to find only completed purchase orders select from the drop down list Completed Available status options are e OnHold Status e PartiallyShipped e InProgress e Completed e Cancelled e AwaitingExchange Date You can select from date ranges from today last week or this month Range Enter in the return number of a purchase order if a return was created for that Return particular order ID You can specify the order ID Orders created out of the box with EPiServer Commerce are typically numbered as PO Enter in a customer name and the search results will return only orders filtered Customer l by the specified name Click on Search to being your search query The desired results appear below The results are broken down by fi
273. opdown during the checkout process Max Quantity this is the maximum allowable number of items that can be purchased at one time this number gets displayed as the upper range in the dropdown during the checkout process Merchant optional if you use many merchants on your site this provides another way to add more information for a product this can only be added edited directly in the database so please contact your site administratior developer to make any changes Weight based on your shipping configuration the weight you enter here will affect the total ship ping cost Package this value is based on width length height dimensions the options for this dropdown are configured in the Administration area Tax Category this separation of taxes by category allows you to charge a different rate of taxes depending on what is being purchased for example you can have one rate for General Sales items and another rate for Luxury Sales items Warehouse the details on the available selections are maintained in the Administration Sub system Track Inventory Yes No If this is set to Yes then the quantity value of In Stock Preorder and Backorder fields will be deducted each time a purchase is made If this is set to No then those values will not change EPiServer AB 106 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Inventory Status Enable Disable If this is Enabled then the number of units of a product being pur
274. ore services such as price by weight or ground shipping Shipping Gateways Under Shipping Providers a shipping gateway is the specific class that you select Generic Gateway or Weight Jurisdiction Gateway There are two options out of the box for shipping gateways 1 Generic Gateway flat shipping rate and 2 Weight Jurisdiction Gateway base price additional fee depending on weight and shipping location You select the shipping gateway in the Shipping Provider screen and then configure the actual values for that gateway provider in the Shipping Methods area Shipping Jurisdictions an option which allows you to define values for region specific shipping rates this is only used when you select the Weight Jurisdiction Gateway i e California Shipping Jurisdiction Groups group of jurisdictions this is required because this is a required field when configuring the Shipping Method parameters i e Southwest region Shipping Methods A Shipping Method manages a set of information and rules that determines the shipping cost and dis plays it on the front end site while a customer checks out an item from his her shopping basket The ship ping fee is added to the total price of the purchase A shipping method is mapped to a Shipping Provider visible to a back end administrator in Commerce Manager This allows the public site to display friendly names such as Ground Shipping to the customer and this is mapped to a provider such as UPS T
275. ort To import catalog please pick up an existing file from the grid below or upload a new one Then click the button Start Import to start impo E Add New File Files Available For Import Actions File Name Downlcad Delete BabySalePrice csw Downlcad Delete BabyAssociations csw Download Delete BabyEntryRelations csw Downlcad Delete BabyWariationInventoryPricing csw Dovnload Delete BabyWariations csw Dovnload Delete BabyPackages csy Dovnload Delete BabyProducts csw Dovnload Delete BabyStuffCategories csy 1 Choose mapping file Actions File Name Choose catalog for import Start Import Figure 10 Step 4 Create a mapping file for each CSV file Now create a mapping file that will specify the data in the CSV file to its corresponding attributes in the Commerce Manager Mapping file tab e Click the Mapping file tab in the main view You will now see the Mapping file tab view of the CSV Import Catalog view as shown in Figure 11 EPiServer AB Size 151 bytes 215 bytes 354 bytes 1 52 KB 1 20 KB 259 bytes 369 bytes 274 bytes Size Crez Toda Toda Toda Toda Toda Toda Toda Toda reat Commerce Manager 75 CSV Import Mapping file Edit existing mapping file Load mapping file BabyProducts xml v MetaClass Language Data File And CSV
276. ou can right click in View mode and select Visitor Groups in the EPiServer CMS right click menu The personalization criteria for EPiServer Commerce are available under Commerce Criteria when you click Add to define visitor groups for your site The various criteria can then be dropped into the con figuration area Start Commerce Edit Mode Admin Mode Reports Create Visitor Group O Adapt content on your website by first creating visitor groups and then using the groups to target the content on pages Criteria zore Commerce Criteria Customer Properties Order Frequency Product in Cart or Wish List Match All Drop new criterion here h Total Spent Recent Orders i hea Nn La Sr RnR Other Information Name Notes E Community Criteria Security role F Make this visitor group available when setting access rights for pages and files ty Statistics Y Enable statistics for this visitor group Site Criteria Time and Place Criteria URL Criteria E Save Cancel Visitor Groups EPiServer AB 256 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 The predefined personalization criteria for EPiServer Commerce are described in more detail in the fol lowing Customer Properties Criteria With the Customer Properties criteria you can personalize content based on for instance age and geo graphic location Personalize content based on the following information select from drop do
277. ount Enter in the Amount of the Promotional discount whether Percentage Based or Value Based Select any number of Variations from the drop down menu and click on add variation Repeat to add more Variations to this Promotion Click on the red X button next to the Variation to delete it Purchase Condition and Reward This type of promotion gives 5 off discount per item for the minimum quantity Minimum quantity g Amount o Percentage Based Variations 510 Headset Charger ELCBOOOLKLOX46 Y l add variation x Apple Iphone PDA Premium Reusable LCD Screen Protector with Lint Cleaning Cloth ELCBODOTCGOHAWE6 x Apple iPhone 1G Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit Case Black Cozip Brand Made in Korea ELCBOOOWHE3V26 x 510 Headset Charger ELCBODOCKLEOX46 O EPiServer AB 148 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Buy X get N quantity of Y at a discount This type of Promotion allows a customer to be eligible to buy a designated number of items ata reduced price 1 Selectan Entry X variation from the drop down menu and click on add variation What does Exclude do 2 Select catalog entry Y from the drop down menu A certain number of Y entries will be dis counted based on the Purchase Conditions 3 Enter in a Max quantity Y for the maximum number of Y entries eligible for a discount 4 Enter in the Amount of the Promotional discount whether Percentage or Value based Purchase Condition and Rewar
278. ous step are dis played in the left column and there is a possibility to back to the previous step to update any information Clicking on Proceed To Payment will take the customer to step three in the process EPiServer AB 234 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Step 3 Payment Options Payment Options 1 Shipping Address 2 Shipping Options 3 PaymentOptions 4 Order Confirmation Email Address Notification about your order will be sent to this email address Email Address New Billing Address FIRST NAME Mary LAST NAME Smith STREET ADDRESS 1 First Street CITY Santa Monica COUNTRY United States STATE PROVINCE California e ZP 81823 DAY PHONE 8181234567 EVENING PHONE FAX Payment Options 9 Pay by credit card DIBS You will be redirected to DIBS to make payment Data Cash gt Pay by PayPal Express Pay By Credit Card Pay By Phone lt lt Back Review amp Place Order The customer enters the billing address if this is not already in the system The desired payment option is selected Here there is a possibility to back to the previous steps Clicking on Review amp Place Order will take the customer to step four in the process EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 235 Step 4 Order Confirmation Order Confirmation 1 Shipping Address 2 Shipping Options 3 Payment Options 4 Order Confirmation Shipping Address Order Email 1 p
279. ove them to the Chosen Countries boxes by clicking Add EPiServer AB 212 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Overview Settings Parameters Restricted Countries Available Countries Afghanistan Albania Algeria American Samoa Andorra Angola Anguilla Antarctica Antigua and Barbuda Argentina ii Add All gt gt Restricted Regions Available Regions Alabama Alaska American Samoa Arizona Arkansas Armed Forces Africa Armed Forces Americas except i Armed Forces Canada Armed Forces Europe Armed Forces Middle East Restricted Payments Available Payments Payment by card DIBS nsoftware Pay By Phone Pay By Credit Card am Add gt Add All gt gt e Chosen Countries Chosen Regions Chosen Payments The Parameters tab is use to set conditions to determine the shipping fee This screen become available only when the Weight Jurisdiction Gateway is select in the Provider field in the Overview tab it will be empty with the Generic Gateway option Overview Settings Parameters Configure Price Per Weight for Jurisdiction Group Jurisdiction Group United States A Weight or more Price Start Date 5 25 2010 EH 12 00 AM End Date Group Name 5 25 2011 fa 10 55 AM Weight Price 10 Start Date United States 10 8 2008 12 00 00 AM 0 or more O EPiServer AB End Date 10 8 2020 12 00 00 AM Edit Modify Delete Publishi
280. ow Product Picker works in the standard page of a sample instal lation of EPiServer Commerce Displaying Product Information in a Page 1 Open an standard content page for editing in Edit mode 2 Inthe Select Product field click the selection button The product picker dialog will open When you expand the catalog tree on the left related products will be displayed You can browse the structure and select products The product display can be sorted by clicking on product ID or Name You can also search for a product by entering free text or product ID Select a product in the list and click Select 3 Save your changes The selected product will be linked to the page and displayed in the page using the display template that has been defined ammerre http daily co Admin Mod y repy Catalogs Everything dl Search Mobile Phones amp Plans Search for product by name or ID in current and child nodes aa Root folder Digital Downloads Da Name E le Bi i Digital Cameras 000000000000 Kodak EasyShare C330 4MP Digital Camera with 3x Optical Zoom F ecycle Bin B a 10 start i Camera Accessories 013803025040 Canon PowerShot A70 3 2MP Digital Camera w 3x Optical Zoom AA a Brands 013803025071 Canon PowerShot A60 2MP Digital Camera with 3x Optical Zoom x j non PowerShot Pro Series wit x Image Stabilized Zo News 013803063998 Ca Pp Shot Pro 3 IS GMP with 12x Stabilized Z 013803078442 Canon PowerShot A
281. p the busi ness object you selected will be 1 In the example below 1 Organization and N related objects such as Address Contact CreditCard etc To add a 1 to many relationship to a business object you will need to create a new business object or use an existing one On the Business Object Customization page click on 1 N Relations Welcome Manager Configuration Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServ Get Help For This Page r Business Object Customization 13 New Field Edit 23 Publish EJ Back To List System Name CreditCard Friendly Name Credit Card Type Business Object Plural Name CreditCard System Name V Friendly Name Type N Address Address Text ReferencedField 3 Addressid Address Reference aY CardType Type CreditCardType N Contact Contact Text ReferencedField 3 Contactid Contact Reference aY Created Created DateTime Click on New Relation one to many to create a new relation Business Object Customization New Field El Edit 23 Publish Back To List System Name Organization Friendly Name Organization Type Business Object Plural Name Organization Cies rarctaions ro reos NN Renions Forms System views Name Primary Object Related Object New me one to many gk Address Organization Address El g Contact Organization Contact El g CreditCard Organization Credit Card El a Organizatio
282. pecifications 3 Software 7 Downloads 7 User Guides Y Images Uploading Multiple Files at One Time To upload multiple Files to a Folder click on Create New gt Upload Multiple Files Asset List Create New 2 More Actions Cii New Folder New File Upload Multiple Files The Add Files pop up window appears Click on Browse to add Files An additional field will appear below allowing you to add more You can upload up to five Files at one time One done adding Files click Upload EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 163 Add Files C Users anfi Documents Images calculator jpg C Users anfi Documents Images computer_cable jpg Upload A progress bar window will pop up showing you the progress of the uploads Once complete the Files will appear in the Asset List Asset Management a Create New More Actions y 33 Root E Mame I Video J Presentations m E EE calculator jpg 7 Specifications c Software EJ EE computer_cable jpg 3 Downloads El ER phone jpg User Guides a C0 Images Reporting Various reports are included out of the box to help management and other personnel to make informed decisions The default reports include e Sales Report this report provides an overview of a site s sales performance over a period of time e Shipping Report this report provides the shipping method number of orders and total shipping cost over a period of tim
283. pments Welcome Change Language About T Order Management ae a E Order Management a Order Search pa Purchase Orders H Purchase Orders By Status 4 Carts H Payment Plans recurring Warehouse Default Warehouse e B Add Shipment to Picklist A E O 2 18 2011 9 58 27 AM 2 18 2011 9 58 27 AM PO1537 2 Order Created Last Modified O Today 11 46 AM Today 11 46 AM POO485 11 a4 Shipping Receiving Sfp Shipments Released for Shipping a Pick Lists EN Returns 4 The Add Shipments to Pick List pop up appears You can choose to create a New Pick List by default the List Name shows the date and time the Pick List was generated or add the chosen shipment s to an existing Pick List you can select from the List Name drop down list Click OK to save your changes Add Shipments to Pick List Create New Pick List List Name 2011 06 16 16 36 Add to Pick List List Name Note that it is currently not possible to change the pick list name It defaults to date and time EPiServer AB 128 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Printing Picklists and Printing Packing Slips 1 Goto Order Management gt Pick Lists You can see existing Pick lists you can filter the view by choosing which warehouse the pick list was generated in EPISERVER Pick Lists Welcome Change Language About 7 Order Management 3 2B Order Management Q Order Search 4 1 Purchase Order
284. r New View Fiers 5 Parent Organization Equals Company X Please choose el Please choose And b Or Code Created Customer Group Date Of Birth Email First Name Full Name ld Last Name Last Order Date Middle Name Modified Parent Organization Parent Organization Reference Preferred Billing Address Preferred Billing Address Reference Preferred Currency Preferred Language Preferred Shipping Address Preferred Shipping Address Reference Registration Source There are a multitude of options available for customization EPiServer AB 54 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Applying and Editing a View Once a View is created and saved it appears in the View drop down box Contact List View Only in Company X System Views BSJ New Contact amp Printer Version Y lt Delete Selected All contacts Full Marne ser views Only in Company X h E ER mats episerver com Mats Hellstrom Mal New View Email Marysmtih comopanyx Mary Smith Mary a El da peter sunna episerver com Peter Sunna Peter To apply the View select it from the drop down Based on the columns and filters you applied for the cus tom View your Contact List will reflect those options To editan existing View or a View you just created select the View from the drop down menu and click on the Edit icon next to it The View Editing form pops up and you are able to e
285. r Discount You can apply a discount to the item either Value or Percentage based The total is automatically calculated factoring in the actual price quantity and any dis counts applied Total 2 Once the item is configured click Add item to the order The item will appear on the Purchase Order form E New Item X Delete F wo Name Quantity List Price Total Discount F ELCBOOOSOVTFS6 Nextware iPhone Screen Protector 2 pk 1 19 99 19 99 0 00 Page Size 20 le 1 items Completing the Rest of the Purchase Order Form 1 Enter a Billing and a Shipping Address When entering the Shipping or Billing Address you can select an existing address associated with the contact if any O EPiServer AB Billing Address Address Add new address v Name First Name Last Name Line 1 Line 2 City Country Name United States State Alabama Postal Code Day Phone Evening Phone Email F Add to customer s address book Shipping Address Address Name First Name Last Name Line 1 Line 2 City Country Name State Postal Code Day Phone Evening Phone Email Commerce Manager 119 Add new address Same as Billing Address United States Alabama F Add to customer s address book v Checkmark Add to customer s address book if you want to save the address to the contact If the Shipping Address is t
286. r item Y at no cost Select catalog entry X Plantronics Voyager 510 Bluetooth Headset Carrying Case Select catalog entry Y Adapter Car Lighter Explorer Voyager ELCBOOOCHSM2ME Creating Custom Promotions You can create custom promotions instead of using the built in ones It is possible to create custom pro motions on a catalog order or shipping level How to Use Or When Building Your Own Promotions EPiServer Commerce has a powerful discounting engine and can be used to build all types of promotions without writing custom code In most cases these discounts can be built using one of the builtin Build Your Own Discount options Building the Discount In this case we want to build a promotion that will give a 10 discount on certain items in our catalog We want products with Canon OR Vista in the display name to receive 10 off the item In this case we are using a Promotion Type of Catalog Entry Build Your Own Discount Constructing the purchase con dition can be a confusing when using the Or operator The first item we must add to the condition is the Or operator since And is the default The Or will have the effect we desire if added first which is And Or Dis playName Canon DisplayName Vista which is translated by the rules engine to And DisplayName Canon Or DisplayName Vista If the Or is not added first the results will not be as desired as the Dis playName would have to contain Canon And Vista
287. r starting from O the lower number is listed on the top of the drop down e Visible Yes No Country Edit Overview Regions Country Name Code Sort Order D Visible A Yes No Regions refer to states provinces or prefectures In the Region tab fill in the following e Type a Friendly Name e g CA this will be displayed in the public site during the checkout proc ess and click Add You can checkmark it either as Visible or not on the public site EPiServer AB 194 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Overview Regions New Region Name CA Regions Edit Command Wame Ordering Visible x CA o When you click the Edit icon you can change the Ordering of the region Click Update to save those changes Regions Edit Command Name Ordering visible Update Cancel CA 0 Adding New Currencies To add a new Currency login to Commerce Manager and go to Administration gt System Settings gt Dictionaries gt Currencies g4 System Settings Sites a4 Dictionaries GH Languages a Countries E Logs Click on New Currency Fill in the following displayed in the Overview tab e Currency Name this name is displayed in the front end public site currency drop down and var ious Commerce Manager admin pages e Code this currency code needs to be obtained from this site http en wikipedia org wikiISO _ 4217 Active_codes Currency Edit T Overview Rates Currency Name Code Modifie
288. r the category entry Available a Yes No Is Primary Yes a No O EPiServer AB 202 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 5 Under the Address tab enter all relevant information regarding this Warehouse Overview Address First Name Last Name Organization Line 1 Line 2 City State Country Code Country Name Postal Code Region Code Region Name Day Phone Evening Phone Fax Number Email 6 Once you are satisfied with your entries click on OK to save the Warehouse Otherwise click Can cel to go back to the Warehouse List page The new Warehouse will appear on the list New Warehouse More Actions y F Name IsActive Created Modified Sort Order Default Warehouse True 5 11 2010 1 25 45 PM 5 11 2010 1 26 31 PM 0 E New E True Today 1 17 PM Today 1 17 PM 10 To delete a Warehouse place a check mark on the box next to the name of the Warehouse and the click on More Actions on the menu bar New Marenouse El Fl Default Warehouse New Warehouse Marne Confirm deletion by clicking OK on the pop up window Otherwise click Cancel to go back Order System This section describes the system administration for the order system Payment Gateways When creating and configuring payment methods in EPiServer Commerce there are three components that need to be created or re used as well as configured Payment Types Payment Gateways and EPiServer AB Publ
289. ral Sales 17 99 General Sales 18 99 General Sales 18 99 General Sales 25 99 General Sales 25 99 General Sales 25 99 General Sales 4 49 General Sales 15 99 General Sales 25 99 Genera Sales E Track Inventory True False TRUE TRUE TRUE TRUE TRUE TRUE TRUE TRUE TRUE TRUE TRUE EPiServer AB c D Commerce Manager 71 E Parent Entry Code Child Entry Code Sort Order 4 Warl Warehouse Default Warehouse Default Warehouse Default Warehouse Default Warehouse Default Warehouse Default Warehouse Default Warehouse Default Warehouse Default Warehouse Default Warehouse Default Warehouse Warl0 Var Weight AS ee lA lA lA ee 1 2 C C Package Min Quantity Max Quar box box box box box box box box box box box A A fa ee A a ee fa a 72 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 This file is used to specify the information for the Pricing section of the Pricing Inventory page A B D E E H 1 Action Entry Code Sale Type Sale Code Unit Price Currency Start Date End Date 2 Insert Varl BBYV1 16 99 USD 1 1 2009 6 00 10 1 2009 18 00 3 Insert Var2 BBV 17 99 USD 1 1 2009 6 00 10 1 2009 18 00 4 Insert Vard BBYV3 17 99 USD 1 1 2009 6 00 10 1 2009 18 00 3 Insert Ward BBV4 18 99 USD 1 1 2009 6 00 10 1 2009 18 00 6 Insert Vars BBYVS 18 99 USD 1 1 2009 6 00 10 1 2009 18 00 7 Insert Varo BEYO 25 99 USD 1 2 2009 11 00 6 3 2009 23 00 amp Insert War BBV 25 9
290. rating value based on the number of votes from users The average rating for a product as well as the number of votes will be displayed to all visitors to the site regardless of whether they are logged on or not O CLICK TALK 1 item s in your cart ES Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers Start Phone Accessories Apple Iphone PDA Premium Reusable LCD Screen Protector with Lint Cleaning Cloth You May Also Like Apple Iphone PDA Premium Reusable LCD Screen Protector with Lint Cleaning Cloth Average rating Ml E E E Number of votes 2 2 9 99 wi Add To Cart 39 99 Compare Products F Sei Item Number ally Ships in 24 S r You have no items to compare EL CBOOOTGOHAWE Usually Ships in 24 Hours Compare Apple iPhone Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit Case Silver Cozip Brand Made in Korea Commenting To comment on a product a visitor needs to be registered with an account and logged on to the site You also need to be logged on to the site to see the comments for a product When selecting a product there will be a Post Comment button available Clicking on the button will open a comment editor where the user can add and save commenting text Your rating COMMENTS POST COMMENT Great phone This s a great phone just ordered one Posted 7 m ago By Mary Remove Status Pending EPiServer AB 258 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Logged on users can remove
291. rce Manager offers three options with names that will allow the associated assets to be correctly displayed on the product details page of the public site e Image type as image all lowercase thumbnail icon s will appear on the product details page e Downloads a Downloads tab will appear towards the bottom of the details page e Specifications a Specifications tab will appear towards the bottom of the details page 3 Once an asset is added to the list below you can choose to edit specific assets such as their Group name and Sort Order 4 Once done click OK and the new category node will be created You will be redirected to the Node List Otherwise select Cancel to go back to the Node List without saving any changes Relations Tab Here the relations for a product will be displayed and you can manage the categories a product is linked to This is useful in order to get an overview of all the different categories nodes where a product will occur A product can for instance appear in the French Market category as well as under Daily Spe cials and Digital Cameras Browse to a product and open it for editing The relations for the product will be displayed under the Relations tab O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 105 Creating a Package 1 2 3 4 Click on Catalogs The Catalog List appears on the main window Click on an existing catalog name highlighted in blue The Node List window appears Click on Create N
292. re 0 Percentage Based e Discount description amount 49 99 Catalog Phone Accessories Phone Accessories Phone Accessories Phone Accessories Phone Accessories Phone Cress ores Type Variation Variation Variation Variation Variation Variation Price 49 99 29 88 19 99 23 25 9 99 39 99 In 1319 items Page 41 5 Entera shipping and billing address Select the shipping method to use for the Exchange Order Click on Recalculate to adjust the Summary total 6 Click OK once done O EPiServer AB Configure Selecte Commerce Manager 135 Viewing an Exchange 1 Once an Exchange Order has been created click on View Exchange to view the details ofthe EO An EO is similar to how a Purchase Order is set up Exchange actions View Exchange 2 Click on the Payments tab to add a paymentto the Exchange Order Select a payment method for processing the EO You can adjust the amount if needed the amount default value is based the item cost shipping Order The Order is in the Edit Mode Save changes before exit EJ Add Note 3 Send Notifications f Add Order Address Order No EGO731 Customer Jennifer Browne Original Order PO6G9085 Order Total 51 99 Status AwaitingExchange Details Payments Create Payment Fl Name Transaction Type Amount Status E 3 Pay By Phone 51 99 Pending Page Size 100 a 3 The Exchange
293. rformance a X Sales Graph no sales data available Mm Total Sales this year no sales data available O EPiServer AB File Management 35 File Management In EPiServer Commerce there are two places to store content files assets e Inthe File Manager of EPiServer CMS e Inthe Asset Management sub system of Commerce Manager in EPiServer Commerce However files can be managed entirely from the File Manager in EPiServer CMS Using the Virtual Path Provider VPP technique the two storage areas are synchronized meaning that when you create fold ers and add files in one place the same content will be available in the other location Assets can be created updated moved and deleted from the File Manager and changes will be reflected in the Asset Manager as well When installing the EPiServer Commerce sample site the Asset Management sub systemwill be auto matically configured and available in the File Manager as the Commerce Assets starting point In the fol lowing we will briefly describe how files are managed in EPiServer Commerce Working With File Management Working with the File Manager Files such as images and documents that are used in the editorial parts of the sample website are stored in the File Manager of EPiServer CMS just as for any other EPiServer CMS site With editorial content we hereby mean web pages with content that is created from the EPiServer CMS Edit mode For instance this could
294. rganization List View att organizations Lx E New Organization Printer Version pl Delete T Mame Description Type Business Category E ER Company X East Online software application Organization Unit Computers amp Electronics o E El Company X West Online software applications Organization Unit Computers Electronics E Company XIT W Online software application IT s Divisional Unit Computers Electronics E company X Online software applications Organization Computers amp Electronics O EPiServer AB 44 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Example 1 Creating a View to Only Show Organizations that Match a Business Category and Organization Name 1 In this example we will create a filter condition that display Organizations with a Business Cat egory that equals Business Professional Services and an Organization Name that equals Company X 2 Click on the icon and from the drop down select Business Category Two fields which default to Equals and Arts amp Entertainment automatically appear Click on Equals and a drop down appears Keep the field as Equals Click the field to the right of it and select a Business Cat egory name such as Business and Professional Services 3 Since we want to add another filter so that the Organization not only matches this Business Cat egory but also a specified name click on the following icon and then on the drop down select Name
295. rganization to the Account which enables the Inheritance drop down menu below If specific permissions are set for an Organization you can set to Inherit from Parent inherit permissions from the Parent organization or Overwrite parent Click Save to assign the role Repeat these steps to assign more roles to the Account Welcome admin Contact Info Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF GS Deployment EpiServer 9 Get Help For This Page Edit X Delete Contacts Full Name Mary Smith Parent Organization Company X Information Roles Information ye r Assign Role X Remove Roles Addresses Credit Cards Role Name Organization Inheritance Security Registered none Undefined ners ty ms Admins Company X Overwrite parent Order History W Shopping Lists Page Size 20 3 items Page 41 Wish Lists Shopping Carts Cancel O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 63 Catalog Management An EPiServer Commerce front end public site allows customers to shop for products To manage prod ucts you can go to the back end Commerce Manager and you will notice that products are arranged into one or more catalog s Catalogs are independent from one another and you may create as many cat alogs as you need Catalogs can be structured in a number of ways For example you may have various brands or product lines Each brand or product line can h
296. rice usd Min Quantity Max Quantity Merchant Weight Package Tax Category Warehouse Track Inventory Inventory Status Pricing Add Item Edit Command In Stock 10 1 Reserved 2 Reorder Min 100 Oty 1 select merchant Allow Preorder Yes a 10 Preorder Oty 10 Preorder Avail 8 1 2011 select package le 01 22 PM select tax category Allow Backorder F Yes i select warehouse Backorder Oty 10 Backorder Avail 3 1 2011 Yes a No ee i i 01 22 PM Disabled sale Type sale Code Currency Price Min Quantity Start Date Enc Display Price Min Quantity Max Quantity Merchant Weight Package Tax Category Warehouse Track Inventory Inventory Status Description Enter the price that will be displayed on the public site This sets the minimum quantity the customer is able to purchase the var iation SKUs product page This is the maximum allowable number of items that can be purchased at one time this number gets displayed as the upper range in the drop down during the check out process Optional if you use many merchants on your site this provides another way to add more information for a product this can only be added edited directly in the database so please contact your site administrator developer to make any changes Based on your shipping configuration the weight you enter here will affect the total shipping cost This value is based on
297. rld episerver com EPiServer AB 32 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Globalization With globalization we mean the possibility to display content in different languages to website visitor groups with different language preferences When a visitor to the website selects a language option the content for that language will be displayed If content doesn t exist in a selected language a fallback pro cedure may be applied ifthis has been configured Another dimension of globalization is the possibility for users to select differentlanguage options for the user interface inside EPiServer Commerce Find out more about globalization and language management in general on a website in the doc umentation for EPiServer CMS on world episerver com In this section we will describe in more detail how you work with the different language settings in EPiServer Commerce Working With Language Settings Specific Language Settings In EPiServer CMS there are three different language concepts two which are defined by ASP NET Cul ture and UI Culture and one which is the EPiServer content language The ASP NET Culture is referred to as System Language and UI Culture as User Interface Language A typical culture is en US which defines the language as English en with the culturally defined specifics for United States US In EPiServer Commerce UI Culture is used and English United States is the default lan guage used by the
298. rmany 3 Spanish Spain 7 French France The Payment Methods window appears By default Payment by Card DIBS Pay by PayPal Express Pay by Credit Card and Pay by Phone are already setup O EPiServer AB 204 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 EPISERVER 7 admin Q Settings EPISERVER Payment Methods IRA 5 2 build 243 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Welcome Change Language About 1 Get Help For This Page 2 Administration a 13 New 2 More Actions y Y fin Administration Name IsActive IsDefault Ordering Created Last Modified G aa System Settings XX Pay by credit card DIBS True False o 5 13 2011 3 57 49 PM 5 13 2011 3 57 49 P a Catalog System E o ag Order System x Pay by PayPal Express True False o 5 13 2011 3 57 49 PM 5 13 2011 3 57 49 P Meta Classes Ny x Pay By Phone True True 2 4 20 2010 2 00 00 AM 4 20 2010 2 00 00 A Meta Fields Fl x ExchangePayment False False 2 4 20 2010 2 00 00 AM 4 20 2010 2 00 00 A 3S Payments Econ ata coll A YX Pay By Credit Card True False 2 4 20 2010 2 00 00 AM 4 20 2010 2 00 00 A 4 il at Dashboard 4 feet Customer Management Catalog Management e Order Management PA mareto J nm Page Size 20 5 items Page i gt To create a new Payment Method click on New to open the Payment Method Edit screen Payment Method Edit Overview
299. rt Export More Actions ya Fl ER eA en Import Catalog Ol pe fh era SA Export Catalog Importing Catalogs 1 Browse and select the file to upload 2 Click on the Upload file button The files upload will appear in the list below 3 Click on the Start Import button The progress window will show that the import is taking place A When the import is 100 complete close the progress window Welcome admin Im port Catalog Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer ES Get Help For This Page gt Import It is strongly recommended that you back up your ECF database before performing import To import catalog please pick up an existing file from the grid below or upload a new one Then click the button Start Import to start importing E Add New Files Available For Import Actions File Name Size Created Last Updated Download Delete MobilePhoneProductCatalog zip 9 81 KB Today 1 42 PM Today 1 42 PM id Page 1 of 1 1 items Exporting Catalogs There are two ways to export catalogs in the Export Catalogs page 1 Export everything included in the catalog node that you ve selected e Todo this click on the Start Export button The progress window appears and shows the status of the export e When the exportis 100 complete click on Close to close the progress window 2 Export only the desired files e Todo this click on the Download links highlighted
300. s 7 Purchase Orders By Status mim Warehouse Default Warehouse A x Delete Selected E Name Packing Shipments Warehouse Created By E 2011 02 21 12 35 1 Default Warehouse admin Y _J Carts 7 Payment Plans recurring 3S Shipping Receiving 35 Shipments O Released for Shipping a Pick Lists a Returns You can also sort existing pick lists by Name Packing Shipments Warehouse and Created By 2 Click on an existing pick list The Packing Shipments window appears You can choose to printa packing slip and or a picklist Checkmark one or more purchase orders Click on Print Picklist to generated a printable and exportable Excel or PDF pick list ld 4 ofi p fi 100 Select a format i Export Shipment Id 4 CustomerName Product Code Product Name Qty Carlos Nevada ELCBOO0TGQHAWE6 Apple Iphone PDA Premium Reusable LCD 1 00 Screen Protector with Lint Cleaning Cloth Shipment Id 6 Customer Name Product Code Product Name Qty Jennifer Browne ELCBOOOWHKSV26 Apple iPhone 1G Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit 1 00 Case Black Cozip Brand Made in Korea ELCBOO0WKS8QG6 Headphone Adapter for Apple iPhone 1 00 Recessed Jack 3 5mm Male Female Extension Plug Black Shipment Id g Customer Name Product Code Product Name Qty Lisa Prescott ELCBO00FOMGBAG Plantronics Voyager 510 Bluetooth Headset 1 00 Carrying Case ELCBOO0WKS8QG66 Headphone Adapter for Apple iPhone 1 00 Recessed Jack 3 5mm Male Female Ex
301. s e User documentation for editors of EPiServer CMS e User documentation for administrators of EPiServer CMS e User documentation for EPiServer OnlineCenter e SDK for EPiServer CMS and the EPiServer Framework Online Community on EPiServer World EPiServer World is an online community where you can find the latest product information It is open to the public for partners customers and everyone working with EPiServer products such as editors web masters site owners and developers Here you can download material participate in discussions read articles receive support and much more Feel free to sign up as a member Copyright Notice Copyright 1996 2011 EPiServer AB All rights reserved Changes to the contents or partial copying of the contents may not be done without permission The doc ument may be freely distributed in its entirety either digitally or in printed format to all users of EPiServer Software We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the content of this doc ument We reserve the right to alter functionality and technical system requirements EPiServer is a reg istered trademark of EPiServer AB EPiServer AB 16 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 The EPiServer Commerce Platform EPiServer Commerce comes with a sample site including a complete set of page templates containing all the necessary functions for setting up a website with an online store The purpo
302. s To add a new Language login to Commerce Man ager and go to Administration gt System Settings gt Dictionaries gt Languages Administration qa g System Settings Sites 3 Dictionaries a Countries 3 Currencies When you click New Language fill in the following e Language Code to obtain code go to this MSDN site htto msdn microsoft com en us i brary ms533052 28VS 85 29 aspx you must use the codes that contain dashes e Friendly Name this name is displayed in the front end site language drop down and various Commerce Manager admin pages e Is Default Yes No EPiServer AB Publishing a Contract 193 Language Edit TF Overview Code en US Language code for example en US Friendly Name English Is Default Yes ig No Click OK to save the language Adding New Countries To add a new Country login to Commerce Manager and go to Administration gt System Settings gt Dic tionaries gt Countries Administration go ES System Settings Sites a Dictionaries a Languages Click on New Country and fill in the following displayed in the Overview tab e Country Name this is the friendly name that is displayed in the public site during the checkout process e Code to obtain the code go to this MSDN site htto msdn microsoft com en uSs I brary ee799297 28CS 20 29 aspx use the ISO Short Code or ISO Long Code as long as you remain consistent e Sort Order enter a numbe
303. s contains information regarding brands and sales items These sets of information will either be displayed on the front end site or used for other purposes such as for pricing and Promotions To create a new Catalog click on New Catalog Catalog List Cy New atalog 2 Import Export More Actions Mame El FA Everything Fl E A Erands e Category Name this name will appear in the Catalog List Page e g Brands Everything e Catalog Owner designate an existing user as the Catalog owner e Available from select the date to which the Category is activated e Expires on select the expiration date once the expiration date passes the Product will no longer appear on the front end site e Default Currency this setting will setthe Default Currency for the relevant Catalog contents O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 65 e Default Language this will set the Default Language for the contents e Base Weight this assigns the weight units for the contents of the Catalog e g pounds or kil ograms More units may be added e Other Languages you can also select other available Languages other than your default Lan guage e Sites this determines the site sites that the relevant Products will be displayed in At least one site must be highlighted but you can highlight multiple sites to apply the catalog more than one site e Sort Order the Sort Order determines the order to which the Catalog app
304. s select the Entry w Meta Data option under Mapping Type e For CSV Entry Relations file select Entry Relation e For CSV Associations file select Entry Association e For CSV Pricing Inventory file select Variation w Inventory e For CSV Sale Pricing file select Sale Price e When all the mapping files are saved your CSV Import tab screen should look something like this CSV Import Mapping file It is strongly recommended that you back up your ECF database before performing import To import catalog please pick up an existing file from the grid below or upload a new one Then click the button Start Import to start importing ig Add New File Files Available For Import Actions File Name Size Created Last Updated Dovnload Delete BabySalePrice csw 138 bytes Yesterday 4 35 PM Yesterday 3 14 PM Dovnload Delete BabyAssociationms csv 215 bytes Yesterday 4 33 PM Yesterday 4 33 PM Dovnload Delete BabyEntryRelations csv 354 bytes Yesterday 4 33 PM Yesterday 4 33 PM Dovnload Delete BabyVariationInventoryPricing csv 1 54 KB Yesterday 4 23 PM Yesterday 4 49 PM Dovnload Delete BabyVariations csv 1 20 KB Yesterday 4 23 PM Yesterday 4 21 PM Dovnload Delete BabyPack ges csvw 259 bytes Yesterday 4 21 PM Yesterday 4 21 PM Dovnload Delete BabyProducts csv 369 bytes Yesterday 4 21 PM Yesterday 4 21 P
305. s left empty it will be automatically filled in with a generated URL which depends on the entry name If the URL field is not empty you entered some URL it will be saved as it is and will not be changed automatically even if you change an entry name If you need the URL to change leave it blank Product Edit Variations SKUs Tithe en us Digital Camera Powershot Url en us Description en us Ai Keywords en us 4 Title de de Url de de Description de de Keywords de de 4 b Title es es Url es es Description es es de Keywords es es P Associations Tab Different products or variations SKUs can be linked to this product Follow these steps to create product associations 1 Click on Add an Association A pop up window will appear that says Edit Association Information Edit Association Information Name cts Enter association name Description LY Enter association descrptron Sort Order Enter sort order Save Change EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 97 3 The new association will appear in the drop down list a lt lt Modify Existing Association crs oat ok cane 4 You can also choose to Edit Details which will allow you to edit associated items The Pick Item drop down appears below Modify Existing Association la lt lt ala Modify Existing Association CTS y crm Sum
306. s orders are now directly attached to individual contacts Order Workflow The order workflow is described in the topics of this section Creating a New Order Option 1 Creating an Order Within a Contact 1 Goto Customer Management gt Contacts and create or click on an existing contact The contact details appear 2 Click on New Order EPISERVER View Welcome Change Language About Y Customer Management 5 El Edit x Delete Contact Contacts 1 New que 3 rer Customer Management a AAN Full Name admin New Order arent Organization rganization soma Information Information amp Roles Informati Contact Full Name admin Cus Credit Cards Security First Name admin Pref Roles Middle Name Pref seguis Last Name Regi Order History Shopping Lists Parent Organization Wish Lists Shopping Carts Preferred Shipping Address Preferred Billing Address L Account Edit Account 3 The New Order pop up window appears Select the site to apply the order to and click OK The Purchase Order New form appears allowing users to enter basic information about the order O EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 117 Filling Out the New Purchase Order 1 Enter Basic Order Information Basic Order Inf Customer admin Currency US dollar A Coupon Code 1234567 af Apply Description Customer This is the name of the contact Currency Select
307. s report is used to determine which products are running low in inventory If a product s inventory is less than its reorder minimum quantity it will be included in this report e Sales Report this report provides an overview ofa site s sales performance over a period of time e Shipping Report this report provides the shipping method number of orders and total shipping cost over a period of time Prerequisites This documentation is intended for website editors and store and system administrators The doc umentation describes a sample installation based on EPiServer CMS and the sample template package of EPiServer Commerce Please be aware that your specific system may differ from what is described here since your website is most likely customized and may be integrated with additional products EPiServer AB The EPiServer Commerce Platform 23 In order for EPiServer Commerce to work properly itis essential that you are using the specific language culture setting Ul Culture ASP NET on your website i e en US e en GB nl BE etc This is crucial in order for the different languages to display correctly on the site Make sure this is set up correctly from the start to avoid problems later on Find out more about this topic in the Globalization section In this documentation you will learn about specific functions and features of the EPiServer Commerce sample site and templates Prior knowledge of EPiServer CMS and
308. s selling item Associations can be made EPiServer AB 86 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 from any of the individual products Product Entries SKUs Bundles Packages and Dynamic Packages Browsing Products Products are created within a catalog Products can be placed one level beneath the root of a Catalog and further down into subfolders To browse products click on a Catalog and drill down categories until you see Products such as the one highlighted below in the second screenshot Welcome admin Catalog List Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF GS Deployment E 1 Get Help For This P Gis New Catalog 2 Import Exporty A More Actions y Name Available frorn Expires Status El M Everything 12 18 2007 9 00 00 AM 12 18 2020 9 00 00 AM True m Ed M Brands 6 24 2008 7 00 00 PM 6 24 2020 7 00 00 PM True Node List Create Newr 2 More Actions y Fl Marne LJ E ras Camera Accessories E MI Canon PowerShot AS7OIS 7 1MP Digital Camera with 4x Optical Image AS E WM canon PowerShot 460 2MP Digital Camera with 3x Optical Zoom E WI Canon PowerShot A70 3 2MP Digital Camera w 3x Optical Zoom Creating a Product including Variations and SKUs SEO Associations Assets To create a product click through an existing catalog and click on Create New and then click on Create Product Node List Create New 2 More Actions
309. s the release history L Add Other Basic Ul and Navigation Elements e The Dashboard Controls can be collapsed rearranged and closed by clicking on the Arrow but ton clicking on the X button and click dragging the title bar respectively e There are tabs below the left navigation frame that corresponding to a specific system ofthe Com merce Manager Clicking on each button results in a change of the top side menu e Acommon navigational model is the hierarchical folder node structure e Some systems such as Customer Management do not have collapsible nodes Instead you click directly on the menu options to access its contents Working Procedures There are many different types of e commerce websites however the two most common ones are e Business to Consumer B2C typically designed for selling goods and services to consumers e Business to Business B2B used to build strategic relationships with other businesses and to ease the supply and procurement processes that characterize trade among those organizations Sites can also have multiple roles and a single EPiServer Commerce site can provide several functions Working with EPiServer Commerce involves various tasks and roles using different parts of the system In the following we will describe the tasks involved when working with the different parts of EPiServer Com merce e EPiServer OnlineCenter for monitoring website activities e
310. s various forms of merchandise that you can display and purchase from the front end site including Products Variations SKUs Bundles Packages and Dynamic Packages e Product Entries a Product Entry typically contains a product name part number descrip tion and images e Variations SKUs a Variation or SKU corresponds to a specific type of product with spe cific characteristics For example a shirt product will have an individual Variation SKU which includes size color and sleeve length e Bundles a Bundle is a collection of Variations and SKUs allowing customers to purchase two or more items atonce e Packages a Package is comparable to an individual SKU because the Package item must be purchased as a whole i e computer system e Dynamic Packages a Dynamic Package is similar to the Package definition above with the added ability to configure the Package during checkout Working with Catalogs A catalog is a top level container for all catalog entries such as Categories Products and SKUs In this section you will learn how to browse create and delete catalogs We recommend that you start with the catalog that came with the EPiServer Commerce sample site which contains the Everything Brands catalog You can use the import functionality to get this into one of your environments edit master the con tent and export it so that this polished catalog can be used in a different environment Also you are given the flexibilit
311. se with the sample site is to exemplify and illustrate the code behind the templates and to provide inspiration when building your own e commerce solution The Commerce Manager module is closely integrated with EPiServer CMS Editors and store admin istrators can work with the content as well as managing the online store administration using the same interface for easy access The EPiServer OnlineCenter provides the overall frame for accessing the entire website and other systems integrated as well as the personalized dashboard with gadgets for individual users Overview The foundation of the EPiServer Commerce platform is EPiServer CMS for presentation and the Com merce Manager module for web store management with functionality for managing customers products and orders Customers can register an account on the website and manage their account details as well as create their own personal wish lists When a shopper is ready to finalize a purchase the Commerce Manager will provide functionality for handling the checkout procedure with shipping and payment options and order confirmation ACA MECO A EPISERVER CMS 6 Presentation User Controls Sample Site Templates EPiServer Online Center CMs Commerce Manager Edit Mode Content editing DESIL Order Management GMS Page Provider Asset Management Marketing amp Promotions Combined Search URL Rewnter FURL WWF Windows Workflow Foundation EPiServer DB Commerce DB Web Service g
312. selected Organization Info Edit Organizations Name Company X West Parent Company X Information Information Information Organization Contacts Name Company X West Type Organizations Addresses Credit Cards Cancel Description Online software applications Business Categt Repeat the steps above to create further subunits of the Parent Organization Creating and Editing Dictionary Entries By default when creating or editing an Organization there is a default list of Types and Business Cat egories available to the user More options can be created by editing the Dictionary within the Organ ization Edit page Adding New Dictionaries for Organization Type 1 To edit the Dictionary open the Organization Edit page by creating a new organization or editing an existing one Click on the icon next to the Type drop down menu 2 The new window appears allowing you to edit the existing organization Type dictionary To add a new item to the dictionary click on New Item 3 Select the order of the item from the drop down on the left EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 49 4 Enterin a name of the item on the field next to the drop down 5 Click Save to save the dictionary item 6 The dictionary item is now available in the Type drop down Adding New Business Categories Out of the box there is a list of categories you can assign to an organization You can add more cat egories the sam
313. ser URL window Description this is the meta description that is used for SEO purposes by search engines Keywords keywords used for SEO purposes by search engines EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 107 If the Url field is left empty it will be automatically filled in with a generated url which depends on the entry name If the Url field is not empty you entered some url it will be saved as itis and w will not be changed automatically even if you change an entry name If you need the url to change leave it blank Associations Tab Different products or variations SKUs can be linked to this Product Package Follow these steps to create associations 1 Click on Add an Association A pop up window will appear that says Edit Association Infor mation 2 When the pop up appears enter an Association Name Description and define the Sort Order Once you re done click on Save Changes 3 The new association will appear in the drop down list 4 You can also choose to Edit Details which will allow you to edit associated items The Pick Item drop down appears below Modify Existing Association 5 Click on Modify Association and you can edit the name description and sort order of an existing association You can also Delete an association if needed 6 Pick an item or items to add to the association Click Add Item to do so 7 Once you click on Add Item the item will appear in a list just below You can have more t
314. ship with a Primary and Related Object a 1 N relationship is automatically generated for the Primary Object under the 1 N tab EPiServer AB Adding a Many to Many Relation 173 Adding a Many to Many Relation Users can also create Many to Many relationships with business objects For example many to many rela tionships help to track different SKUs and their inventory levels with different warehouse locations Another example is multiple contacts a part of multiple organizations A Many to Many relationship between two objects is also referred to as a Bridge In the example both Organization and Organization_Contact N To create a Many to Many relationship click on a business object and then click on the N N Relations tab Welcome Manager Configuration Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer hd 9 Get Help For This Page i Object HS peen Field Edit 23 Publish Back To List System Name Organization Friendly Name Organization Type Business Object Plural Name Organization System Name Fr A Name Type aY BusinessCategory Business Category BusinessCategory aY Created Created DateTime 3 Creatorld Creator Guid aY Description Description LongText aY Modified Modified DateTime Click on New Relation many to many to create a new N N relationship Business Object Customization New Field El Edit 33 Publish Back To List System Name
315. sociation if needed 6 Pick an item or items to add to the association Click Add Item to do so 7 Once you click on Add Item the item will appear in a list just below You can have more than one item tied to an association You can Edit an item on the list You can change the Sort Order and the Type Once you re done mod ifying the values click on Update to save your changes Otherwise select Cancel to navigate away with out saving Assets Tab Assets are downloadable contents such as documents links videos and images that can be linked to specific products Assets are uploaded and managed in the Asset Management subsystem 1 Under Find Assets select from the drop down list and click Add Asset 2 Enter a Group Name By default Commerce Manager offers three options with names that will allow the associated assets to be correctly displayed on the product details page of the public site e Image type as image all lowercase thumbnail icon s will appear on the product details page e Downloads a Downloads tab will appear towards the bottom of the details page e Specifications a Specifications tab will appear towards the bottom of the details page 3 Once an asset is added to the list below you can choose to edit specific assets such as their Group name and Sort Order 4 Once done click OK and the new category node will be created You will be redirected to the Node List Otherwise select Cancel to go back to the
316. st variations or SKUs to associate with the product 3 Click on Add Item Product Edit Variations SKUs Find Item W Ultimate Ears Metro fi 150 Noise Isolating Earphones Black WI 510 Headset Charger Group min Adapter Car Lighter Explorer Voyager min Apple Iphone PDA Premium Reusable LCD Screen Protector min Apple iPhone Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit Case Silver Cozi min Apple iPhone 1G Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit Case Black Co min Headphone Adapter for Apple Phone Recessed Jack 3 5mm iI Creative Headphones HQ 140 MI koss SPARKPLUG Stereo In Ear Ear Plugs You can add multiple associations to the product and they will appear in a list under the column headers below Variations SKUs Find Item Apple Iphone PDA Premium Reusable LCD Screen Protector with Li Edit Command ID Name Oty Group Sort Order ev XA 2 510 Headset Ch 1 default 0 ev A 5 Apple Iphone PD 1 default o 1 Page 1 of 1 2 items SEO Tab Search Engine Optimization can be achieved by entering the following information for the product e Title this is the friendly name that appears in your browser s title area e URL this is what gets displayed in the browser URL window e Description this is the meta description that is used for SEO purposes by search engines e Keywords keywords used for SEO purposes by search engines O EPiServer AB 96 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 If the URL field i
317. stem Settings and click on Busi ness Foundation to access the list of Business Foundation Objects Administration B4 System Settings H Sites Dictionaries Y Logs o Common Settings o Business Foundation o Search Index o Left Menu H Catalog System 3 3 Order System In this example the CreditCard Business Object is used Welcome Manager Product Version 5 1 build 24 Configuration License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer v 1 Get Help For This Page Create Neww 2JExport Import y Show All System Name Friendly Name Plural Name Type Address Address Address Info Contact Contact Contact Info amp CreditCard Credit Card CreditCard Info amp Customizationitem Customization Item Customization Items Info CustomizationitemArgument Customization Item Argument Customization Item Arguments Info CustomPage Custom Page Custom Pages Info Folder Folder Folder Info FolderElement FolderElement FolderElement Info 3 ImageFolderElement ImageFolderElement ImageFolderElement Card Member Member Member Info Ag NewObject NewObject NewObject Info Eb x Organization Organization Organization Info 3 PdfFolderElement PdfFolderElement PdfFolderElement Card RecentReferenceHistory User Recent Reference User Recent References Info If you want to add a new field to this CreditCard Business Object or any other Business Object click on New Field Business Object Customization
318. store multiple shipping addresses view and track your orders in your account and more m User Name Email Mary Smith Create a New Account Password s Y Remember me next time Log In Forgot your password Buyers guide About us Our Services Customer Service Support Didigtal cameras History How to place an order New Customer Download Mobile Phones Our success Your payment methods Register Help Site Map Contact Terms and Conditions Forgotten your password Press Order tracking Affiliate Program Guarantee Join our program Copyright 2010 EPiServer AB When opening the Login page in Edit mode you can define the Password recovery page and the Reg ister page page by selecting the appropriate pages in the page tree structure Naturally these pages must be created before you can configure them here Commerce EPISERVER 7 admins Q Admin Mode Reports Visitor Groups DO XxX 504 B G a E lt BS v Structure Favorites My Tasks Login Page pa English United States E ompare v E Root folder a Page Type Commerce Login Status Published Version Lidl Recycle Bin Preview Edit Versions worknow B start kd Save Save and View Save and Publish J Cancel amp Products gt Content scheduling settings shortcut Categories News E Buyers guide About us Our Services Name Login Password recovery page Register page
319. strate how this works Method 1 Configuring Taxes Manually To set up your taxes manually you will need to work with the following areas in the Administration tab of the Admin Site Tax Categories Tax Jurisdiction Groups Tax Jurisdictions and Taxes as well as the configuration pages for each of the catalog items The steps below summarize the process you need to follow to configure taxes 1 Create and configure Countries and Regions Go to Administration gt System Settings gt Dic tionaries gt Countries In Countries section create the countries you plan to sell your products in and set the appropriate country codes For the country codes it is important that you use the ISO Short code provided in the following link htto msdn microsoft com en us i brary ms866171 aspx Using the ISO Long code or anything else will not correctly calculate taxes during checkout 2 Create new Tax Categories Go to Administration gt Catalog System In this step you will create tax categories that will be used later to associate your catalog items with the tax rates you define For example you may create categories such as General Sales Food and Luxury Items depending on the tax regulations for your item types The categories you create here will become selectable on the Page Details of your items i e Variations SKU Edit page and on the Tax Edit page 3 Create and configure Tax Jurisdictions Go to Administration gt Order syst
320. system is the Expression Engine which allows variable conditions to be applied when creating a Promotion These conditions vary from the number of items the percentage discount shipping rates and many others Order Management e Browsing and Creating Purchase Orders e Purchase Orders the manual method of generating an order for a customer rather than having the customer checkout and complete an order from the front end website It allows Commerce Manager users to generate orders directly from the Commerce Manager e Status set to NewOrder Submitted Processing Canceled Rejected Shipped e Currency select a Currency type from the drop down menu e Customer select a Customer from the drop down list of Contacts e Billing Address select a Billing Address from the drop down menu e Affiliate select an Affiliate from the drop down list Affiliates can be used when inte grating with other systems and can only be edited in the database Users do not have Com merce Manager access for managing Affiliates e Tracking Number enter in a Tracking Number of the shipment EPiServer AB 22 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Expiration Date enter in an Expiration Date for the order if this order is tied to a recurring payment plan for subscription based transactions Parent Order Id this can be used to relate Purchase Orders to a payment plan or other order When creating a Purchase Order from a Re
321. t O O i 0 0 A G 1 0 49 O lt Business AP Functions and Page Templates The functionality of an EPiServer CMS website is controlled by page templates These are linked to page types in which the editor enters the content of the web page The functionality in the page template decides what will happen with the content and how it will be displayed With the use of customized page O EPiServer AB The EPiServer Commerce Platform 17 templates the various products and shopping activities can be displayed on the website with information collected from the Commerce Manager module Access Rights Access rights control what editors and administrators can do and what visitors to the website can see Access rights in EPiServer Commerce can be managed from the EPiServer CMS Admin and Edit mode as well as from the Commerce Manager administration interface depending on type of role and per missions Editorial Content Editors enter information into the page types and the information is then stored in the EPiServer data base Generally the EPiServer Commerce specific sample templates contain few editor fields since they are only used for display and most of the functionality is built into the page templates Store Administration The online store is administered through the Commerce Manager user interface Store administrators can easily access all the online store functions including customer product and order
322. t Case Silver Cozir min Apple iPhone 1G Soft Polycarbonate Slim fit Case Black Co min Headphone Adapter for Apple Phone Recessed Jack 3 5mm II Creative Headphones HO 140 Wl Koss SPARKPLUG Stereo In Ear Ear Plugs EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 89 You can add multiple associations to the product and they will appear in a list under the column headers below Find Item Apple Iphone PDA Premium Reusable LCD Screen Protector with Li Edit Command ID Name Oty Group Sort Order ER XA 2 510 Headset Ch 1 default 0 ERA 5 Apple Iphone PD 1 default 0 1 Page 1 of 1 2 items SEO Tab Search Engine Optimization can be achieved by entering the following information for the product e Title this is the friendly name that appears in your browser s title area e URL this is what gets displayed in the browser URL window e Description this is the meta description that is used for SEO purposes by search engines e Keywords keywords used for SEO purposes by search engines If the URL field is left empty it will be automatically filled in with a generated url which depends on the entry name If the URL field is not empty you entered some url it will be saved as itis and w will not be changed automatically even if you change an entry name If you need the url to change leave it blank Product Edit Variations SKUs E Associations Title en us Digital Camera Powershot Url en us Description
323. t up a new catalog using the CSV import feature Before you start choose an existing catalog folder or create a new one in the Catalog Management sys tem to import the CSV files to 1 Create CSV data files using Excel Spreadsheet Notepad etc with information about your cat egories entries and entry relations 2 Create necessary meta fields for the new catalog entries in the Administration system 3 Upload the CSV data files to the CSV Import page 4 Create a mapping file for each CSV file A mapping file is needed to link each column of data ina CSV file to the correct attributes in Commerce Manager 5 Import the CSV files and their corresponding mapping files into a specific catalog 6 Create entry relations to associate one entry with another e g a Package and a Product a Prod uct and a Variation SKU etc Format for CSV Files CSV files you create and import into Commerce Manager need to have a particular format e The first row should have headers that correspond to different attributes of the data you want to import e g product name price description image file location etc e There are a few attributes that are in your CSV file to correctly structure your catalog e Code A unique code to identify each category or entry e Name A unique name for each row of data EPiServer AB 68 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Entry Type for entries only Each row must contain one of the
324. tal Camera Template e Code Sort Order fal The sort order for the category entry Available Yes No Meta Class Default Catalog Entry A Description Name Enter a friendly name which can include spaces and special characters Available from Enter the date and time the SKU will be available and active Expires On Enter the date and time the SKU will be unavailable and deactivated Chose a display template used to display the Variation SKU in the public site from this drop down menu By default the only available catalog display template is Digital Cam era however additional templates can be developed Display Tem plate Code Enter a value without special characters or spaces such as BlueShirtXL Enter a numerical value to determine the SKU s sort order on the list of variations and Sort Order SKUs Set Yes to activate the SKU Set No to keep the SKU inactive and unsearchable on the Available front end site Select from the drop down menu a particular Meta Class add link to how meta classes are created Depending on the meta class you select additional fields will appear in the Overview tab The values entered within the fields of the meta class you selected will be shown on the front end public site Meta Class Pricing Inventory Tab Under this tab you can set specific pricing and inventory settings for the variation SKU O EPiServer AB 102 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Display P
325. talog Management e Rightnextto the Get Help For This Page button is an Up Down Arrow which allows you to hide or unhide the header above the menu bar to save screen space EPISERVER Ladminy Q Settings Welcome admin EPISERVER DEGU lo Product Version 5 2 build 91 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer Welcome Change Language About 1 Get Help For This Page gt A y a h rd 2 News amp Announcements a x Summary a P Home i E EPiServer World News db Products 1319 Categories 64 Lazar Gramatikov consultant at Virtual Affairs our member no Orders 7000 0 Thu 27 Aug 2009 08 43 00 GMT a dd Performance na Download EPiServer CMS 5 R2 SP2 Today Sales Graph Thu 02 Jul 2009 14 55 00 GMT EPiServer CMS 5 R2 SP2 Release Candidate is now available bal PS no sales data available Fri 22 May 2009 16 56 00 GMT m Get Started on EPiServer World Thu 14 May 2009 12 03 00 GMT Kim Medin developer at NetRelations our member no 6000 Wed 04 Mar 2009 13 30 00 GMT li EPiTrace for EPiServer CMS 5 R2 SP1 Tue 03 Mar 2009 21 14 00 GMT at Dashboard Help ax fee Customer Management Help will appear in a separate window Catalog Management Find answers to questions about Commerce Manager containing the terms Search Help Examples Campaigns and Promotions a How do Create a Discount Promotion b How do Create a New Product c Where i
326. talog System gt Warehouses Administration System Settings Bo Catalog System o Tax Categories a Meta Classes a Meta Fields The important thing to keep in mind is that you can only associate a single warehouse for every SKU So when you are creating a new SKU you will have to specify the Warehouse where the item is being stored within the Pricing Inventory tab EPiServer AB Publishing a Contract 201 The Warehouse List page appears An example warehouse called Default Warehouse is on the list To create a new Warehouse click on New Warehouse on the menu bar Welcome admin Warehouse List Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment Ej 1 Get Help For This Pi 13 New Warehouse More Actions y E Name IsActive Created Modified Sort Order E Default Warehouse True 5 11 2010 1 25 45 PM 5 11 2010 1 26 31 PM o The Warehouse Edit page has two tabs Overview and Address 1 Under the Overview tab enter in a Name and Code The Name and Code name can have spaces in between characters 2 Enter in a value for the Sort Order to determine the Warehouse s position on the Warehouse List 3 Under Available select Yes or No 4 Under Is Primary select whether or not this Warehouse is the primary one You can only have one primary Warehouse Warehouse Edit Overview Address Name New Warehouse Code new warehouse sort Order 30 The sort order fo
327. te E Business Category Marne Description Type E Computers amp Electronics Company X East Online software application Organization Unit a E Computers amp Electronics Company X West Online software applications Organization Unit E Computers amp Electronics Company XIT West Online software application IT Divisional Unit El Computers amp Electronics Company X Online software applications Organization Example 3 Creating a View to Display Companies with Specific Business Category and or Name In this example we will create a filter condition that displays Organizations with a Business Category that equals Computer Electronics and or an Organization Name that contains X Mew View x Fiers Or Name Equals X pu Business Category Equals Computers Electronics pu Name Contains X EPiServer AB 46 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Organization List JP ewe Professionarservices Companies oe taf X Business Category Name Description Type Computers amp Electronics Company X East Online software application Organization Unit Computers amp Electronics Company X West Online software applications Organization Unit Computers Electronics Company XIT West Online software application IT Divisional Unit om puters Electronics Company X Online software applications Organization Creating an Organization To create an Organization click on New Organization Organization
328. te EJ Back to list Contract Name HP Servers Organization EPiServer Information Details Details l Contract Name Contract Name HP Serwers Organization EPiServer Cancel You can make further edits to the details of the Contract by clicking Edit or delete the entry Otherwise click on Back to list to go back to the list of contracts By going to the Organization Info page for the particular organization you assigned multiple contracts to you will see the list contracts you assigned i You may need to make sure the Display Region is set for the related object i e organization _ or else you will not see the business objectin the Edit Form F N E Welcome Store Manager Organization Info Product Version 5 1 build 24 i License ECF G5 Deployment Episerver aie z P Get Help For This Page Edit Ed Organizations Name EPiServer Parent Information Contract Information Contacts Organizations Y Add Items Exclude Selected Addresses Credit Cards o Be act Publishing Business Objects A user created business object can be published as a node anywhere in the left navigation frame to extend functionality under that particular subsystem You must refresh your browser after a business object has been published Permissions When publishing Business Objects to place on a node on the left Navigation Frame you can set per missions before publishing a Business Object Click
329. tem is where you can add individual organizations contacts and Com merce Manager users You can also create purchase orders for each individual customer account e Organizations groups or sub groups of Contacts e Contacts individuals with a certain set of personalized information name address email etc Contacts can be customers or users with Commerce Manager permissions to manage one or more systems e Commerce Manager User this is a user with an assigned role which provides access to the Com merce Manager site Organizations In the Organizations section Commerce Manager users can create new organizations or organization units which are basically groups or sub groups of assigned contacts Organizations can be categorized into different types such as organization or organization units i e regional branches departments and also business categories such as Computer and Electronics or Clothing and Accessories Organizations can be structured into a tree structure with sub units with dif ferent levels of permissions assigned to each For example you can set up your company as a parent level organization while your departments such as Sales amp Marketing IT Development and operations as organization units With this scenario you can allow users in each departments to have access to only rel evant systems screens and functionality within Commerce Manager EPiServer AB 40 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1
330. tension Plug Black ELCBO0081A2D06 Koss SPARKPLUG Stereo In Ear Ear Plugs 1 00 To generate a packing slip checkmark one or more purchase orders to include in the packing slip and then click on Print Packing Slip EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 129 Finalizing a Package for Shipment There are two ways to complete a shipment Method 1 1 Check mark the box next to the shipment and then click Complete Packing Shipments Els Print Picklist Print Packing Slip 4 Remove from Picklist E Last Modified Customer Shipping Method El 4 6 16 2011 12 09 53 PM PO4563 4 Carlos Nevada Fixed Shipping Rate E O Fi 6 16 2011 12 14 41 PM PO6908 6 Jennifer Browne Fixed Shipping Rate O 3 Today 1 40 PM PO10728 9 Lisa Prescott Ground Shipping 2 The Complete shipment pop up appears The default shipment number is based on the number after the purchase order number For example in the screenshot above the PO number is PO7884 7 The last number after the dash is the number you want to enter into the text field Packing Shipments Complete shipment Shipment 9 3 Click on Validate Once validated you will see the customer name shipping address shipping method and a field to enter in the tracking number provided by the shipping provider Enter in a tracking number and click OK The shipment is sent out and completed The purchase order status will change to Completed Complete shipment x Shipment
331. teways of e commerce websites are often parts that are highly customized Payment methods are set up under application configuration for payment gateways in Commerce Man ager The Payment page functionality is linked to the corresponding payment method Other payment methods may be payment by phone or by credit card The Payment page is created in Edit mode and then defined under the site configuration setting of the start page Several payment methods may apply on an e commerce website The default payment pro vider for the EPiServer Commerce sample site is PayPal Express Find out more in the Payment Pro viders section Forgot Password The purpose ofthe Forgot Password page is to provide possibility for registered users to retrieve lost passwords The user will enter the e mail address that is registered in the system to receive a new pass word set by the system O EPiServer AB 242 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Log in My Account My Cart Wish List English United States Y US dollar Y O CLICK TALK Your stopping Basta Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers Start Forgot Password Forgot Your Password m Enter your Email to receive your password The password will be emailed to the address specified during registration User Name Email mary smith company com Submit Buyers guide About us Our Services Customer Service Support Didigtal camer
332. the CMO Gadget Do the following to edit a set of settings for the CMO Gadget 1 4 Open the EPiServer OnlineCenter Dashboard and navigate to the Commerce settings for CMO gadget Click the Edit icon for the settings you want to edit Update the settings information please refer to the section about adding the Commerce settings for CMO gadget Click OK to save your changes Deleting Commerce Settings for the CMO Gadget Do the following to delete the settings for the CMO Gadget 1 Open the EPiServer OnlineCenter Dashboard and navigate to the Commerce settings for CMO gadget In the check box to the left select the set of settings you want to delete Click the Delete button and click OK to confirm Managing the Tag Cloud Tags are words describing the content of a website A tag cloud is a visual depiction of tags on the site In a tag cloud the importance of a word is shown with font size or color Tags are also hyperlinks and clicking on a tag will display content marked with that particular tag The tag cloud in EPiServer Commerce is a search tag cloud generated by users when searching for an item on the site The more popular a search phrase is the more highlighted it will be in the search tag cloud The search tag cloud on the sample site is displayed under the Popular searches part of the mid section of the start page EPiServer AB 254 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Popular s
333. the Conditions based on the screenshot below 7 Condition Dialog Expression Name Company X or Techarts Email enter expression name Expression Xml 3 And e py Or Email Equals Text Company X Email Equals Text Techarts Click OK to save the Conditions EPiServer AB 154 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 A XK Company X or Techarts Email The above conditions will be evaluated in runtime and if any are true the customer will be part of this segment Working with Expressions Expressions are customizable Conditions which allow users to extend different aspects of the Marketing system Promotions Customer Segments and Policies all rely on Expressions There is an Expressions Engine which is a core technology behind the Marketing system Users can create Expressions under Promotion Segment or Policy To access and create Expressions click on Marketing gt Expand Expressions gt Either Pro motions Segment Policy to view the Expression List page pa Campaigns pa Promotions Customer 5egments a Policies 33 Expressions Promotion segment Policy Expression List New Expression Ej More Actions El Mame Description Modified Created E BuyXGetOffDiscount This type of promotion gives off discount 10 8 2008 4 21 58 AM per item for the minimum quantity To create a new Expression click on New Expression The Expression Edit page appears In order to create an
334. tically in the ColumnCount property default and maximum value is five For additional information on this please refer to the technical documentation for EPiServer Com merce available on world episerver com In the Display bottom menus from field select the page in the page tree structure to define it Account page This setting defines the Account Dashboard page to be used This page displays a snapshot of recent account activities for a customer and also provides possibility to update account information Select the page in the page tree structure Address book page This setting defines the address book page to be used when displaying a customers address information Select the page in the page tree structure Account edit page This setting defines the account edit page to be used when displaying a customers account details Select the page in the page tree structure Search page This setting defines the search page to be used on the website Select the page in the page tree structure Product page This setting defines the product page to be used when displaying details for a particular product Select the page in the page tree structure to define it for the website If you are using the EPiServer Commerce catalog page provider the property setting here can be ignored Wish list page This setting defines the wish list page to be used when displaying a customers wish list Select the page in the page tree structure Shopping
335. ting Payment Methods _ 2 2 22 lee eee cece cee cee eee eee eeeeeeeeeee 207 Deleting Payment Methods _ 2 oe eee cee cee cece cee cnn 208 A oes a ote NS Ne ees Sch int te cate A cee oe he Ns 208 lo gs 0 oe tet A ele died ton ey oe Saat ta 209 Customizing Shipping Methods _ 2 22 ieee eee cee cee eee cece eeceeee 209 Deleting Shipping Methods 00 eee ec eeccee ec cece cece ecceeeceees 213 SMIPPINGHPFOVIGCIS 2 05 ee Poe audios arc credit dba 213 Customizing Shipping Providers 2 occ cece ee cee cece cece cece cnn 213 Deleting Shipping PrOVIGSIS iio occasion cala a rt o ie lid do ca ole dud dees 214 Tax COMMOUIANO Ns teta a ie EE es ath Ea o As Sead 215 INTOQUCRON colita ica dal eee et eee ltd e iba eden 215 Method 1 Configuring Taxes Manually 2 00 eee ee cee ec ee eee ec ee ec eeeee 215 Method 2 Configuring Taxes Using CSV Import _ 2 2 22 22 eee ee eee eee 215 Sample CSV Files and Example Scenarios 0 00 220 e eee eee ee eee eee eee 216 EPiServer Commerce Sample Site _ _ 2 lice eee eee eee 217 Display Templates se cee tet ee a Oe oe ee ey bbe eee eee aloes 217 Adding a display template _ 20 22 c cece no 218 Updating an existing display template 000 eee cee cece cece cee ccc eeceeeee 218 Importing the Sample Catalog iio is a teks 218 Import the Sample Catalogs 22 lee cece cee cece cece cece eccecce
336. tore man agement activities These are described further in the following Visitor A visitor is someone using a web browser to visit the website and use available functions and services A visitor can register an accountand become a customer when purchasing a product Customers can update information related to their personal account In EPiServer Commerce visitors use the same login procedure to the website as site administrators without getting access to the back end functions Editor The editor will work with website content from the EPiServer CMS Edit mode Working with content here means create editorial content such as news company related information or articles on different sub jects Store Administrator The store administrator works in the Commerce Manager interface with information related to customers orders and products Store administrators may also work with configuration of the Commerce Manager system settings System Administrator The system administrator works with the administration of the entire EPiServer Commerce platform This is done from the EPiServer CMS administration mode and involves setting access rights for pages web site language management and other tasks Commerce Manager roles The Commerce Manager module has its own set of user roles covering the different tasks that store administrators work with These roles are described further in the Commerce Manager section under Cus tomer Management
337. ts and the Created date Asset List Create Newv More Actions y Name Size Created O El video 5 11 2010 3 34 57 PM El Ef 6 presentations 5 11 2010 3 34 57 PM El El Gi specifications 5 11 2010 3 34 57 PM O E O sofware 5 11 2010 3 34 57 PM El E 1 pownloads 5 11 2010 3 34 57 PM El El user Guides 5 11 2010 3 34 57 PM O E images N 5 11 2010 3 34 57 PM Folder and Asset names can be edited by clicking on the Edit icon next to the Name EPiServer AB 158 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Create News 2 More Actions Mame I video O Presentations G specifications GD software Gt Downloads fm User Guides HoaebagaagalAa This brings you to the Folder Item page allowing you to edit the Name Folder Item Folder Item Mame Specifications If you are editing an Asset such as an image the File Item page appears allowing you to edit the name as well File Item File Item ImageFolderElement Name calculator png Copying Moving and Deleting Folders and Assets Users can also copy move and delete Folders and Assets To copy or move an Asset or Folder to another location place a check mark in the box next to the Folder or Asset name and then click on More Actions gt Move Copy EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 159 Asset List FJ Name X Delete Selected af 1 calculator The Move Copy to Folder pop up appears You can s
338. unta disal 58 Creating Editing and Deleting Roles 0 000 2 lec eee co 58 Gre atingra Ole station ic ted rro ba da des did Sass 58 EGilINGIEXISUNGUROIGS nici aires cti cta deta pr tas 60 Deleting Roles ets e de e o da oh ble o cl 60 Assigning Roles to Individual Accounts 0 02002 eee eee eee eee eee eee 61 CalalOG WanaGe men e668 ac acs cette eats cui eeu td i et en T 63 Calalog and Catalog ENT Sois o ads 63 Working with Galal0O Sica alas a o ba SO a ee DAA 63 Browsing Catalogs isobar lee E ee pil oe ee a 64 Creating a Catalonia A id a 64 Importing and Exporting Catalogs 0 00 lee ce cc ee cece cece cece ce eeceeecenee 65 Accessing the Import amp Export Functions 22 22 222 ieee ee eee eee eee eeeee 65 NNO OFUING Catalogs eerren e dali iia 66 ExXpPoning CGatal00S sois atecnasa ok Alan loto os dido caer Sana te 66 Using CSV Files to Quickly Create Custom Catalogs 0 0 0 00 2c eee eee eee eee 67 Why Should Use a CSV File cso ee dele se pened levee ee gon edd a 67 NMI OR OVEIVICW ia ea 67 Formation GOV Files ito ck costos hee eee ae eens none ac sehen meres 67 Mapping TW P6Ss cross sd es ecseedeadacanatenaesneloneee 68 Example Importing and Setting up a New Catalog 2 2 2 2 eee eee eee eee ee 68 Prerequisite Create a new catalog eee eee cc ee cee cece cece ceeecceecees 69 Step 1 Create CSV files containing data for your new entries _
339. used The different pages and page types are described in more detail in other sections of this documentation Standard Page The page type Standard Page in EPiServer Commerce is used for creating an ordinary information page The Standard Page in the EPiServer Commerce sample site has some additional fields in comparison with a standard page in an ordinary EPiServer CMS sample site e The Fetch left menu listing fromfield which allows editors to define which pages should be dis played in the left menu listing Selecta page in the page tree from which to display the left side menu listing If nothing is selected here the left column will be empty e The Select Product field allows you to select a product from the product catalogue to display the product content for that product O EPiServer AB 228 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Secondary body AO O a S ly ll i hl 3 H 7 mentum elit et volutpat Aliquam erat volutpat Cras sollicitudin ligula a neque scelerisque faucibus Duis accumsan dictum lorem ut congue eros facilisis vitae Phasellus eget felis id lectus mattis laca Nulla adipiscing adipiscing RINES Vivamus nulla tellus ornare in mollis vel pretum at enim Fusce ad pana auctor massa magna accumsan felis et ullamcorper odio diam et nulla Nunc posuere est vitae libero in vel tempor ipsum tincidunt Curabitur non ligula mauris Vivamus placerat feugiat tortor ac molestie
340. using the PayPal Express payment services provider This solution is described more in the PayPal Express section e DIBS Pay by credit card payment option using the DIBS credit card payment services provider This solution is described more in the DIBS Credit Card Payment Services section e Pay by Phone payment option where payment is done by phone e Pay by Credit Card payment option for other common credit cards Payment Options Available as Separate Modules The following payment options are available as separate modules for EPiServer Commerce e Klarna Payment Provider payment using the Klarna Invoice and Part Payment services pro vider Please refer to world episerver com for more information about this solution e DataCash payment option using the DataCash payment services provider Please refer to world episerver com for more information about this solution Refer to the EPiServer Commerce Developer Guide for more information on how to create and configure different payment options PayPal Express Payment Provider If selected the PayPal Express payment services are installed and configured automatically during the installation procedure for the EPiServer Commerce sample site When the order is placed and confirmed the procedure will continue with the payment If the selected payment option is Pay by PayPal Express in step 3 of the checkout procedure the PayPal Express payment function will be activated to carry out t
341. ve column fields e ID e Customer name e Total cost of order e Status e Modified date You can sort results by ID Customer Total or Status Shipping and Receiving Workflow The Shipping and receiving workflow is described in the topics of this section Processing Shipments and Creating Picklists Once an order has been released for shipment the order then goes through shipment processing where you can add the shipment to a Picklist and select the warehouse where the item will be packed and EPiServer AB Commerce Manager 127 shipped from 1 Goto Order Management gt Shipping Receiving gt Shipments gt Released for Shipping This shows the Released Shipments screen EPISERVER Released Shipments Welcome Change Language About Order Management a E E Order Management aL Order Search Warehouse Default Warehouse Hi Add Shipment to Picklist El Order Created Last Modified El pa Purchase Orders a Purchase Orders By Status El 2 19 2011 9 58 27 AM 2 18 2011 9 58 27 AM PO1537 2 a Carts E i Today 11 46 AM Today 11 46 AM PO0485 11 H Payment Plans recurring 33 Shipping Receiving Gf Shipments E Released for Shipping a Pick Lists He Returns 2 Selecta Warehouse from the drop down list to determine where the item ship be packed and shipped from 3 Checkmark which orders you want to add to the Picklist and click Add Shipment to Picklist EPISERVER Released Shi
342. very 30 seconds 4 To update the refresh interval select Edit in the drop down menu of the gadget and enter a new time interval Click OK to save you changes Commerce Overview Settings Refresh Interval in seconds 30 EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 251 When the Commerce Overview gadget has been added to your dashboard you will be able to easily mon itor sales data from your EPiServer Commerce website Comment Approval Gadget The Comment Approval gadget makes it possible for EPiServer Commerce administrators and editors to manage comments that are left by website visitors This gadget provides an overview of the commenting status and you can view approve or delete comments from here Do the following to add and configure the Comment Approval gadget 1 Logon to EPiServer Commerce and select Dashboard in the right click menu 2 Selectthe Dashboard tab under which you want the gadget to appear 3 Select Add Gadgets in top left corner of the dashboard and then select the Comment Approval gadget by clicking on it in the list The gadget will be displayed on the dashboard 4 Byselecting Edit in the drop down menu of the gadget you can setthe number of approval items to display as well as the length of the description 5 Click OK to save you changes The gadget will be displayed on your dashboard Do the following to use the Comment Approval gadget 1 Logon to EPiServer Commerce and select Dashboar
343. ving Manager Everyone Registered Management Users Administrators WebAdmins WebEditors x XXX KX KX KX XK XK X Page Size 20 11 items Page 4 1 Each role is associated with a range of permissions on different levels related to the various parts of the Commerce Manager system The following roles are available by default with a set of permissions for each role Admins default role allowing to fully administer most areas of the Commerce Manager Order Managers this role can create returns and exchanges view and edit orders send noti fications process payments and split shipments You can also allow order managers to manage discounts and or change the line item price Order Supervisors this role has full permissions for the entire order management procedure including the entire Order Managers permissions Shipping Manager this role allows for viewing packing and completing shipments Receiving Manager this role can view shipments and receive returns Everyone assigned when a customer registers an account from the front end public site Registered assigned when you register from an Account from the front end public site Management Users this role allows users access to Commerce Manager Administrators this role has extensive administration rights in areas such as assets catalogs core functions marketing and customer and order management WebAdmins this role is EPiServer CMS specific a
344. webpage Do you really want to delete selected section Cancel Recreating a Form Recreating a form allows a user to create a form from scratch with a single field rather than customize a form with all fields already in place Click on Recreate Form on the upper right corner of the window Common Tasks Recreate Form Edit Form Save Table Credit Card Form Edit Form Addy a Edt X Remove Overview Type Last Four Digits Expiration Month Card Number Expiration Year Security Code Customer Service Phone Number A popup will appear Click on OK to recreate the form Otherwise click Cancel Once you confirm the fields will clear from the form except for the required field Common Tasks Recreate Form Edit Form Esave Table Credit Card Form Edit Form Addy E gt a Edt X Remove Credit Card Card Number Saving a Customized Form Once you are done with your changes click on Save on the upper right corner of the window To save and close the window at the same time click the down arrow next on the Save button and on the drop down click Save and close O EPiServer AB 182 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Common Tasks Recreate Form WEdit Form E Save Table Credit Card Form Edit Form Addy Y Y EHEdt X Remove E Save ry Gi Save and close T Overview Type Last Four Digits Exp
345. wish list The Apply coupon option will apply any discount from a selection of related discount options from the system When the shopping cart information has been changed clicking the Update Cart option will cause the pricing information to be recalculated based on the new information Clicking the Continue Shopping option takes the customer back to the product page last visited EPiServer AB 236 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Log in My Account My Cart Wish List English United States Y US dollar Y O CLICK ALK 2 item s in your cart ES Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers Start My Cart Shopping Cart m Coupon Apply coupon Description Each Qty Total Move to wishlist Canon PowerShot Pro Series S5 1S 8 0MP Digital Camera with 449 99 314 99 4 314 99 Remove 12x Optical Image Stabilized Zoom You save 135 00 Item 013803079616 Move to wishlist g Vista Explorer 60 Lightweight Tripod with Tripod Bag 3 999 00 4 gt 3 999 00 Remove A Item 049383208344 3 Sub total 4 313 99 Update Cart Continue Shopping Proceed to checkout Review Store Policies Return and Exchange policy Privacy policy General information regarding store and privacy policies are also defined on the Shopping Cartpage type for this sample site This information will be displayed as default links on the Shopping Cart page to be visible before the customer pr
346. wn list e Date of Birth define an age range by entering a from to date Select a date in the calendar or enter a date directly in the field default format mm dd yyyy e Customer group select one of the existing groups Customer Partner or Distributor e Registration source enter the source of registration in free text format e Country select a country from the list e Region code selecta region code based on the address region in addresses e Address postal code based on state selected select a postal code from the list e State selecta state from the list Only one property type with a related value can be selected for a criterion but several Cus tomer Properties criteria can be defined for a Visitor Group Order Frequency Criteria With the Recent Orders criteria you can identify customers that have placed an order in the store X times in the last Y days Personalize content based on the following information e Order times selectthe number of times an order has been placed e Number of days select the number of days Product in Cart or Wish List Criteria With the Products in Cart or Wish List criteria you can identify shoppers that have placed a product of a certain type or brand in their cart or on their wish list Personalize content based on the following information e Specified product code enter the desired product code in free text format e Product from a specified category select t
347. x Tab Index enter an index for the tab Selecta View Type either a One Column or Two Column In the dropdown enter in the number of text box rows up to 3 Click Save to add the field to the section O EPiServer AB Customizing an Existing Form 179 Common Tasks HS Recreate Form fEditForm Save eCommerceFramework Windows Intern juin ES http Table Credit Card gt BEd X Rem ecf episerver com Apps MetaDataBase MetaUl Pages Add Field Add a new form item to the form Last Four Digits Field Organization Card Number Field Is Read Only Security Code item label showing on the form Hide Label 9 System Label Custom Label Customer Service Phone Number Label Width Tab Index View Type One Column Two Column Internet Protected Mode On To edit a field click and highlight the field and click on Edit to change your previous settings Common Tasks GRecreate Form EditForm Save y Table Credit Card Form Edit Form call J e gt LENA Ane Last Four Digits Expiration Month Card Number Expiration Year Security Code Customer Service Phone Number Credit Card 2 Organization AAA AAA A A A AAA AAA AAA AA A AAA A ee 0 rr You can re arrange fields on a form but using the arrow controls on menu bar Highlight the field and then click on the directional arrow you want the field to
348. y to use a CSV file to rapidly create a new catalog from scratch O EPiServer AB 64 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Browsing Catalogs All Catalogs are managed under the Catalog Management system To browse the Catalog click on Catalog Management on the left menu Click on Catalogs to browse the list of Catalogs 4 Catalog Entry Search a Catalog Batch Update H Catalogs The Catalog List page shows the following two sample nodes by default e Brands this node contains information regarding different brands e Everything this node contains information on individual sales items grouped in different cat egories Digital Cameras Daily Specials etc Clicking on the Memo icon located between the check box and the folder icon will display more infor mation and settings of the particular Catalog in the Catalog Edit page Clicking on the Catalog names Brands and Everything highlighted in blue will take you to the Node List page which is the list of Sub Categories under the selected Catalog Welcome admin Catalog List Product Version 5 1 build License ECF G5 Deploym 1 Get Help For T Cy New Catalog F Import Exporty A More Actions y Name Available from Expires Status El ERA Everything 12 18 2007 9 00 00 AM 12 18 2020 9 00 00 AM True O ef A Brands 6 24 2008 7 00 00 PM 6 24 2020 7 00 00 PM True Creating a Catalog The Catalog List page used to organize and manage catalog
349. y x Depending on the meta class selected more fields are available to enter data For instance selecting the Digital Camera meta class will yield digital camera meta fields and attributes EPiServer AB 88 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Overview Variations SKUs SEO Associations Assets Name Available from 5 27 2010 fa 08 41 AM Expires on 5 27 2011 eal 08 41 AM Display Template Digital Camera Code Sort Order o The sort order for the category entry Available Yes No Meta Class Digital Cameras Display Name en us Display Name de de Display Name es es Primary Image en us Primary Image Description en us Variations SKU Tab Variations SKUs are subcategories of a Product which represents different variations of the particular product colors sizes different editions for example Such Variations SKUs can be grouped a chosen product from this tabbed page Follow these steps to group variations SKUs 1 Select the Variations SKUs tab 2 Within the drop down menu next to Find Item select from the list variations or SKUs to associate with the product 3 Click on Add Item O Find Item Add Item MI Ultimate Ears Metro fi 150 Noise Isolating Earphones Black 2 1 510 Headset Charger Group mii Adapter Car Lighter Explorer Voyager win Apple Iphone PDA Premium Reusable LCD Screen Protector MI Apple iPhone Soft Polycarbonate Slim fi
350. you need to have both EPiServer CMO and EPiServer Commerce installed on your website Adding the Commerce Settings for CMO Gadget When you add and configure this gadget you can choose to monitor activities for a selection of product s or order s EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 253 Do the following to add and configure the CMO gadget for EPiServer Commerce ee Ty Open the EPiServer OnlineCenter for your website s and select Add Gadgets Click on the Commerce setting for CMO gadget to add it to your dashboard Click Add to define the monitoring parameters Select Type choose either Product View or Product Order The Product View will define views of a product or all products under a specific category node The Product Order will define orders for one selected productor all orders of products under a specific category node In the Product Category field choose a product or a category by selecting an option in the tree structure on the left hand and click Search in the area to the right Select a product in the search list and click Select Or you can select an entire category node You can also search directly for a product name or ID Click Select to add your selection In the Application Key field enter the application ID defined in EPiServer CMO In the URL for CMO Web Service field enter the URL to be used by CMO for the web service defined in EPiServer CMO Editing Commerce Settings for
351. you to reserve a specified number of inventory In Reserved Stock and prevent them from being used So for instance if you set the In Stock 10 and Reserved 5 then the In Stock count will not go below 5 lf the inventory falls below the value specified here then this item will appear in Reorder Min Qty the Low Stock Report in the Dashboard or Reporting system Allow Pre Yes or No you need to set Allow Preorder Backorder status to Yes to turn either of order Backorder these features On When you turn on either of the two and specify a quantity the count will begin to decrease after the In Stock count reaches its limit For example if you set In Stock 10 Reserved 3 and Backorder 10 then the Backorder qty will start to decrease after In Stock count reaches 3 So if you place an order for 10 units then Preorder Backorder Avail the final count will be In Stock 3 Reserved 3 and Backorder 7 The quantity you set here will determine the backorders that can be made by cus Backorder Qty tomers even when the item is out of stock Sale Type you can select All Customers a single Customer or a Customer Price Group the Customer Price Group gives you the ability to create tiered pricing Sale Code This is an optional setting The Sale Code field is used for assigning a price to a specific group of customers For instance when you add a new price and select Customer Price Group as the Sale Type you need to put the n
352. ype a customer can update the user name e mail address and password for the account EPiServer AB EPiServer Commerce Sample Site 231 Welcome Store Log out My Account My Cart Wish List English United States Y US dollar Y O CLICK TALK Your Shopping Basket Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers Start Account Information Edit Account Information Account Information m User Name admin First Name John Last Name Smith Email Address john smith yourcompany com Change Password Save My Account Account Dashboard Account Information My Orders Address Book Buyers guide About us Our Services Customer Service Support Didigtal cameras History How to place an order New Customer Download Mobile Phones Our success Your payment methods Register Help Site Map Contact Terms and Conditions Forgotten your password Moone Medan bow alia When created the Account Information page is defined in the site configuration setting of the start page Account My Orders The purpose of the Account My Orders page type is to display the order history for an account The infor mation is collected from the customer management part of Commerce Manager Welcome Store Log out My Account My Cart Wish List English United States US dollar Y O CLICK TALK Your Shopping Basket Digital Cameras Camera Accessories Mobile Phone Phone Accessories Special Offers
353. zation you selected Welcome admin Organization Info Product Version 5 1 build 24 License ECF G5 Deployment EpiServer a 1 Get Help For This Page gt El Edit Organizations Name Company X North Parent Company X Information Information bl A Organization Contacts Name Company X North Type Organization Unit Organizations Addresses Description Online software applications Business Category Business Professional Services Credit Cards Creating an Organizational Hierarchy You can create Organization Hierarchies by assigning a Parent Organization to a child Organization and then another Organization to the child Permissions can be set to determine which users can view cer tain Organizations in the hierarchy O EPiServer AB 48 User Guide for EPiServer Commerce 1 R2 SP1 Create an Organization Unit by assigning a Parent with a child Organization For example Company X is the Parent Organization and Company X West is the Organization Unit Assign another Organization with the child Organization Company X West Click OK Organization Edit Overview Name Company X West Description Online software applications a Type Organization Unit E Business Category Computers amp Electronics E O notser OK Company X More In the Organization Info page the Organization becomes the child to the Organization Unit you

EPiServer Commerce User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents